HGBooks August Kit 2019 by Hardie Grant Publishing

The Briefing August 2019

A Lot with a Little Tim Costello ALSO AVAILABLE:

C OV E R

The long-awaited memoir of Australia's favourite activist and man of the people.

DRAF T

In this compelling and provocative book Tim Costello explores the main influences that led him to be a socially active fighter for the world's most challenging issues. He thoughtfully introduces those who have helped him to look beyond himself and to see where and how he can make a difference. Integral to who Tim Costello is, he explains how his faith has sustained him when confronted with the big questions facing humanity. In doing so he shares his fascinating life traversing the globe fighting global poverty and pursuing social justice. Challenging and thought provoking no matter what the status of your faith, this is a book to savour and re-read. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$45.00 | NZ$50.00

ISBN

9781743795521

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint Series Category

HG Local NA Auto/Biography

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

16 page picture section

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Tim Costello is one of Australia’s leading voices on social justice and global poverty and has been instrumental in ensuring these issues are placed on the national and international agenda. He has travelled the world for work in poverty and emergency relief and led World Vision in Australia for more than 12 years. The largest charity in Australia, World Vision in one year alone provided emergency relief to 3.2 million people around the world and food relief to 1.2 million.

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$34.99

ISBN

9781742703756

Tim has taken part in national and international debates on social justice issues as diverse as global poverty, gambling, homelessness, reconciliation and substance abuse. Tim was nominated for the Australian of the Year awards in 2006 and was awarded an Order of Australia in 2005. His previous bestselling books include Hope, Faith, Streets of Hope and Tips from a Travelling Soul Searcher.

Key Information • • • •

Tim Costello is recognised and respected Australia-wide for his often outspoken support for social justice. Tim led World Vision, the largest aid organisation in Australia, for more than 12 years. A book for anyone, no matter what their faith, interested in engaging with social justice. Learn how Tim Costello turned his concern for others into social activism.

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$34.99

ISBN

9781743791929

Praise for Tim Costello and his bestselling books, Hope and Faith: "Tim has an extraordinary moral compass and sense of how the world needs to change." — Paul Ronalds, CEO, Save the Children

C OV E R

"He just lives it [his faith]" — Nick Xenophon

DRAF T

"Thoughtful, fascinating, broad-ranging read." — Amazon review

"Costello's passion for spirituality, justice, and peace are evident, and his dedication to the struggle for equality and universal human rights is rooted in his faith. The quick, punchy chapters, accented with personal anecdotes, are a treat, and the narrative style is inviting and clear. This is a must-read for Christians looking to reconsider how faith affects lives on the most basic levels." – Publishers Weekly

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$45.00 | NZ$50.00

ISBN

9781743795521

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint Series Category

HG Local NA Auto/Biography

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

16 page picture section

Age Range

Terms

SOR

"Reading Faith is just like sharing an evening with Reverend Tim Costello - an evening rich with stories, wide-ranging, warmly engaging and infused with Tim's spirit of generosity and curiosity. Tim shares insights from years of travels across the world, as he encounters humanity at its best and its worst. Perhaps it's because his deep Christian faith has been tested and challenged in so many ways, Tim's reflections speak powerfully to the lives of seekers and believers alike. Whenever Tim's at the table, there's always space for another person - so pull up a chair!" – Tim Dixon, Managing Director Purpose.com, board member of Sojourners, cofounder of The Syria Campaign and More In Common

"I've known Tim Costello to be a man of faith who always speaks his mind - often as a powerful, prophetic voice for God's concern for justice and for the poor. Tim's thoughtful honesty is on display in his latest book, Faith, as he mines his life experiences to bring out how our beliefs shape us and enable us to makes sense of and engage in an often confounding world." - Richard Stearns, President, World Vision U.S.

"Tim Costello is one of the clearest and most prophetic thinkers and voices on the relationship between faith and public life that we have in our world today. Faith is a compelling account of his personal journey and, through it, a remarkable portrait of the true meaning of faith." – Jim Wallis, New York Times bestselling author of America's Original Sin: Racism, White Privilege, and the Bridge to a New America, President of Sojourners, and editor-in-chief of Sojourners magazine

Mad as Hell and Back A Silver Jubilee of Sketches by Shaun Micallef and Gary McCaffrie Shaun Micallef and Gary McCaffrie For old and new fans alike, this is the definitive collection of work from Australian comedy legend Shaun Micallef and his co-writer, Gary McCaffrie. 2019 will mark the tenth season of Mad as Hell , and Shaun Micallef’s twenty-first year in comedy – what better way to celebrate it than with a comprehensive collection of the funniest scripts and scenes from his long TV career. This book not only features the highlights of Mad as Hell – dubbed ‘the best 30 minutes on Australian TV’ by the Sydney Morning Herald – but also favourites from The Micallef P(r)ogram(me) , Micallef Tonight , Full Frontal and Newstopiä . With trademark wicked wit, Micallef and his co-writer, Gary McCaffrie, usher us behind the scenes with hilarious footnotes to many of their most-loved sketches.

Author Details

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$39.99

ISBN

9781743795170

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint Series Category

HG Local NA Humour

After several years of practising law, Shaun Micallef threw it all away for a life in comedy and television. Since ’94 he has graced Aussie screens in shows such as Full Frontal, Sea Change , the short-loved but brilliant Micallef Tonight and the immensely popular Talkin’ ’Bout Your Generation – to name but a few. He has been nominated for a number of AFI, Logie, AACTA, Auggie and Director’s Guild awards and even won some of them. He enjoys wind farming and has written five books. Oh yes, and he also does a show called Shaun Micallef’s Mad as Hell . Gary McCaffrie turned his back on a career editing Industrial Commission transcripts in Tasmania to try writing comedy for television. He has tried writing it for Fast Forward, Full Frontal, Jimeoin, The Micallef P(r))ogram(me), Micallef Tonight and Shaun Micallef’s Mad As Hell, along with several other less revered shows that IMDb insists on listing. He is the only TV comedy writer to be a gold member of the West Adelaide Football Club, and still feels the pull of the Tasmanian public service.

Key Information • •

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

384pp

•

Illustrations

16 page picture section

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

• • •

Shaun Micallef is considered one of the most brilliant and eccentric comedians in Australia, and is extremely well loved. Not just the scripts – this book brings you insights and never-before-heard details of each sketch and show from Micallef himself, as well as reclusive co-writer Gary McCaffrie. Broad in appeal, comprehensive in nature and really the absolute best of Micallef's wit over his 21-year career. This book is much more accessible than both Preincarnate and The President's Desk. No exaggeration to say it is absolutely hilarious – the perfect gift for anyone with a sense of humour. Publication timed for Mad as Hell's July/August 2019 season - the 10th season on air.

Mad as Hell consistently gets 600k+ viewers per episode and has 105k Facebook followers, 18k Twitter followers and 6k YouTube subscribers. Micallef's previous books have been bestsellers for Hardie Grant. Preincarnate sold 9,500 copies and The President's Desk sold over 8,000 copies. Huge marketing and publicity campaign on release with national reviews, interviews and extracts.

Dale Vine's Outdoor Reno Guide Dale Vine Transform your garden on any budget with Dale Vine's hands-on guide to planning and executing your dream outdoor reno project. Nobody wants to spend time in a tired, uninspiring backyard. But how can you create an outdoor space that's beautiful and works for your needs? Landscaper and much loved The Block contestant, Dale Vine will help you create your dream garden with his Outdoor Reno Guide. From the initial vision to planning, budgeting and final execution, Dale demystifies the process of turning your humble garden into a space that you and your family want to spend time in, whether you're starting with bare ground or you are renovating an existing space. With clear examples, notes on common pitfalls and simple, step-by-step DIY projects, Dale provides the specific tips, tricks and advice essential for any landscaping project, from site analysis to lifestyle considerations to plant selection. His most important message: you need a plan. No matter its size or shape, you can transform your outdoor space from a neglected, untamed patch of dirt and weeds into something magical on any budget – and even small changes can turn a simple backyard into a photogenic sanctuary. Dale Vine’s Outdoor Reno Guide is an inspirational and instructive resource thanks to Dale's years of experience and expert knowledge. With great photos throughout, see the potential of your garden through the lens of an expert landscaper. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781743795132

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint Series Category

HG Local NA Gardening

Format

240 x 210 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Landscaper Dale Vine made his TV debut on the Nine Network’s award-winning reality show, The Block, for its fifth season. Competing alongside his wife, Sophie, Dale instantly won over audiences with his laid-back personality and undeniable charm – not to mention his wealth of home reno knowledge. Tackling one challenging renovation after another, Dale and Sophie made it all the way to the series grand finale with their $1.3-million-dollar home. Considering Dale’s success, it’s no surprise he was invited to return to The Block site the following year for The Block: All Stars, in 2013. In 2014, Dale returned again for The Block’s Fans vs Faves series, where he was paired with his good mate Brad Cranfield. Once again, Dale made it all the way to the series finale, sharing with audiences more of his jovial character and sharp wit through his own Block news parody, Dale-e News. Dale has been a regular columnist for Bauer Magazines as the resident gardening guru in Homes Plus Magazine. He has also appeared as a regular panelist on the Nine Network’s TV show ManSpace, while also making appearances on both Postcards and Getaway. In 2015 Dale appeared on Nine’s Reno Rumble and filmed Season 2 of ManSpace. By day, Dale runs his own landscape business, and he is the face of CAT clothing and workwear. Dale lives in Geelong with his wife Sophie and two kids.

Key Information • • • • • • •

Dale Vine is well-known across the country to fans of The Block and has a huge social media following (89k Instagram, Facebook 229k). Dale is great media talent with a personality that Australian's love, he will be promoting his book across TV, social media and more. This book is simple, practical and user-friendly. The creation of new outdoor living spaces is undertaken by all new home buyers, approx 500,000 homes are sold in Australia each year. Refreshing and renovating garden layouts and outdoor living space is one of the most common work undertaken by home owners. People spend between 10,000 and 50,000 dollars on landscaping around their homes so there is a lot of interest in getting it right, this book shows you how! Huge marketing and publicity campaign on release with Dale spruiking his book everywhere, national reviews, extracts and interviews on release across print, TV and radio e.g. Real Living, Inside Out, Home Beautiful, Channel 9 The Block, Domain and Real Estate.com.

IMAGINING YOUR GARDEN

imagine what features you’d like to see, and where ...

The vision splendid Have you ever been in one of those conversations where someone is trying to explain something to you – and no matter how many questions you ask, you just can’t work out what they’re going on about? Welcome to the world of landscape designers meeting a client for the first time. You might have an epic vision of how you’d like your garden to look, but we can’t dip 12

into your head to see it. So, the first thing you should do – even before you consult a landscape designer – is to begin a ‘vision board’ or scrapbook. Collecting images of garden elements you like will help you develop a clear vision of your future outdoor space – one that you can then show to a landscape designer, to tradespeople and nursery folk, explaining where you’d like to see different features and what type of plants you prefer.

IMAGINING YOUR GARDEN

hours, and often their home is their ultimate expense. This means people frequently find themselves with less time and energy to socialise when they do have time off, particularly given the number of hours we spend glued to our screens and phones. While many busy people may be enterÂ taining less at home, in high-end design the request for large entertaining areas with decks, outdoor rooms and fire pits is still quite prominent. This is often because a large chunk of money was put aside during a renovation to ensure these elements can be added. The reality, however, is that for the average homeowner, these areas cost significantly more money to create and maintain relative to how much use theyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll actually get once completed.

consider how often you will actually use a highend entertaining area

Before making any hard and fast decisions about how much money youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re going to spend, and on what features, take some time to consider your overall needs and stage of life.

The young professional When it comes to a garden or landscape design, many young professionals with busy working lives are looking for something neat, tidy and low maintenance. After all, if you fall into this category, would you rather be mowing the lawn on Saturday 19

Creating a dog-proof fence

You might be lucky enough to move into a house that already has a high fence around it. But if you don’t, you’ll need to install one well before your dog moves in. Never underestimate the canine potential to escape! Tall fences – at least 1.2 metres high for a small dog, and up to 1.8 metres for large dogs – will stop them jumping over into a neighbour’s yard or out onto the street. However, you also might need to consider the fact that great diggers will try to escape by burrowing their way underneath a fence! Steel fences, such as Colorbond, are virtually impenetrable. Solid timber fences are also a good option, but you’ll need to ensure the boards are double nailed or screwed at the bottom to stop inquisitive dogs from pushing their way out. If your dog is one who likes to break free, consider having a concrete footing, about 30 centimetres deep, running along the full length of the fence, so they can’t dig a trench beneath it and slither out to the other side. Any sort of tall gate should also have its latch up high – escape-artist dogs can soon learn to operate latches at waist height. (A high latch can come in handy for child safety, too.) Some people install picket-style fences, but dogs can get their paws stuck between them when they try to jump out. Other dogs will use any sort of railing as a type of ladder. If your dog has been in the family for a while, you might know the likelihood of an escape, but if you’re in the preparation stages of getting one, it’s important to consider all your fencing options – it’s better to be safe than sorry. Remember, too, that dog-proof fences are also likely to keep kids in ...

It’s POISONous! Plants that are toxic to dogs Sometimes we forget that plants aren’t just beautiful – some are actually poisonous to animals. Since dogs like to chew things, make sure you don’t plant any of the following species in your yard, or you may end up with a seriously sick pet – or worse. These are definitely plants to avoid if you have a dog: • Tulips, daffodils and autumn crocus, especially the bulbs • Sago palms, especially the nuts • Oleander • Cyclamen varieties • Azaleas • Amaryllis It’s also worth remembering that peace lilies – one of the most popular, easy-care houseplants – are also toxic to dogs and cats.

Tulips

daffodils

autumn crocus

Sago palms

Oleander

Cyclamen

Azaleas

Amaryllis

DESIGNING FOR LIFE

Creating family-friendly gardens Not so long ago, family homes – in Australia at least – were renowned for being built on large blocks of land, with lots of space to stretch out in the backyard, meaning children of growing families had plenty of areas to run, dig, hide, build and play. Now, with space dwindling (particularly in cities and new suburban areas where houses are increasingly being built on smaller blocks), it becomes even more important to think of how to best use the available space for activities incorporating children’s play. Here’s how to design with kids in mind.

Keep ’em curious It’s a really great idea to create features or areas in backyards that will engage young minds. Kids’ imaginations can turn a small corner area with a group planting of three or four silver birch trees into a magical forest; a retaining wall or garden edge built with large rocks becomes the tallest mountain in the world; and a cubby house can offer a whole universe of make-believe and fun. It doesn’t take much, but with a few carefully selected materials and planned areas, you can still provide a space that will allow growing children to invent, play and enjoy.

Safety first!

Space age Most kids need some form of open space to run, spin, jump and do all the sorts of energetic crazy things they love to do – whether it’s on lawn or areas of decking or paving (although these aren’t as nice and soft and springy underfoot as real grass). Any of these spaces can be treated like a blank canvas, allowing for an everchanging play environment with multiple uses, and they can be home to different kinds of equipment such as trampolines, portable slides, climbing equipment, toys and inflatable pools.

room to run and play

If children’s play is a major focus in a backyard design, safety must always be taken into consideration. It’s important to know your children will be safe as they explore their environment, and although they should be supervised at all times, incorporating some commonsense safety elements will give you a bit more peace of mind. Eliminating hazards such as sharp corners, brackets hanging off walls at eye height, steep areas, ponds and other water hazards, as well as avoiding thorny or skin-irritating plants are just some of the things you can do.

Crappy to Happy: Love What You Do Simple Steps to Find Meaning in Your Work Cassandra Dunn Whether you’re working full or part time, for yourself or a big business, beginning a career or at apoint where you feel stuck, there’s no reason you can’t love what you do. When you spend so much of your life working, it’s no surprise that job satisfaction is key to your happiness and that job stress can take a serious toll on your mental and physical health. Cassandra Dunn, clinical psychologist and host of the hugely popular Crappy to Happy podcast, knows what it is to need more from work – not just from her clients but from her own professional journey. If you need to change how you work to find more balance, how you think about work to make it more meaningful, or what you do for work altogether, Cass is there for you every step of the way.

ALSO AVAILABLE:

It’s time to start making your work, work for you.

Author Details Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781743795149

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Self Help

Format

182 x 130 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Cassandra Dunn is a clinical and coaching psychologist and an experienced mindfulness educator, workshop facilitator and keynote speaker. Cass is the expert psychologist for trainer Tiffiny Hall’s online health and fitness program, tiffxo.com, and she regularly shares her insights on happiness, mindfulness and wellbeing in print and digital media. She also hosts the wildly popular Crappy to Happy podcast, which has reached over 3 million downloads! Cass lives on the Sunshine Coast in Queensland with her husband, daughter and a menagerie of rescued animals.

Key Information • • • •

• •

With the rising recognition 'burnout' and the impacts of work stress, the focus of Cass's second book could not be more timely. Ten easily digestible chapters are each followed by three key takeaway steps, making it really easy to start implementing Cass's practical advice. As a Master of Psychology (Clinical) and Science (Coaching Psychology), Cass explains the science behind our emotions so that we can better understand how we can change them. The Crappy to Happy podcast, which Cass began with trainer Tiffany Hall in 2017, has had over 3 million downloads in Australia, averaging 200,000 downloads per month! It was the number one health podcast in Australia for several months and is being championed by PodcastOne in the US market. Beautiful format makes this book a lovely gift or self purchase. Marketing and Publicity campaign on release.

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781743795118

Step one S TA R T W H E R E YOU ARE

I’d like you to consider the possibility that right now you are exactly where you’re meant to be. I don’t know how satisfied you are with your work or what the future holds for you, nor do I have any idea of the past experiences that have brought you to this point. But I know two things for sure:

S tart where you are

When you realise you are finally experiencing pure contentment and a deep sense of meaning, and you are

1. It is absolutely possible to find more joy and purpose in what you do. 2. When things fall into place, you will look back and see that it all made sense.

fully engaged in your work and life, you will understand that every challenge, every random, seemingly pointless job, every twist and turn along the path has helped you reach the place where you feel completely aligned with your soul’s purpose. Maybe you enjoy your job, but don’t find it as fulfilling as you used to. Perhaps you’ve worked hard to build a career but now, having achieved ‘success’ by society’s standards, you find that it doesn’t equate to happiness, and you’re wondering if you’ve pursued the wrong dream. You might be taking a break from traditional employment while raising children or studying for a new qualification, and using this as an opportunity to imagine what a more passionate and purpose-filled working life might look like. Perhaps you’re in the process of establishing your own business and you want to prioritise joy and meaning along with the flexibility and freedom you crave. Wherever you find yourself right now, and no matter how unclear the future may be, what I know for sure is that you can only join the dots in hindsight. We have to

CRAPPY TO HAPPY

S tart where you are

know if I could handle the pressure of university with small children’. If the risk of making a change feels too great, you’ll

Until you decide to change your situation, you are choosing the situation you’re in.

likely choose the status quo, and that’s perfectly okay! What’s important is to acknowledge that this is a choice you are making for now. Until the day you hand in your resignation, submit your university application or register your business name, you are making the choice to leave things as they are. And this is where you’ll stay until you have more of whatever it is you need to let go of that safety net and

tell yourself you can’t leave your job, your focus and

make your move. So, what is it that you need? It might

perspective narrows to a very limited view of what’s

be more information or it might be more self-belief. I’d

possible for you. You can take back your power by

hazard a guess, though, that what you’re really holding

reminding yourself that everything is a choice. You may

out for is more certainty. And that is the one thing you

choose to remain in an unsatisfying job because it pays

may never have.

your bills and is preferable to the alternative, which is being unemployed. That’s a valid choice. You might have thoughts such as, ‘I’d like to

Can you think of a time when you had a decision to make and you just couldn’t be sure you were going to make the right choice? It could be something

leave my job but I don’t know if I’d get this salary

as simple as choosing tiles for your bathroom or as

somewhere else’, or ‘I’d love to start my business, but

important as choosing a school for your child. You go on

what if it fails?’, or even ‘It would be my dream to go

a mission to gather information, and you probably ask

back and study for a whole new career, but I don’t

everyone else for their opinion, too. You compare and

CRAPPY TO HAPPY

Making a few little tweaks to your actual job, or to the way you think about your job, can make all the difference to how you feel when you wake up in the morning. when you identify the things that will have the biggest impact on your happiness, you have the best chance of focusing your energy where it counts. Making a few little tweaks to your actual job, or to the way you think about your job, can make all the difference to how you feel when you wake up in the morning. For some people, it might be a case of cutting through old self-limiting beliefs or overcoming your fears to find the courage and motivation to pursue more meaningful work.

S tart where you are

KNOW WHERE YOU’RE AT

What decision are you making today? If you’re unhappy at work, these are the choices available to you right now: 1. You can make the choice to leave. 2. You can choose to stay and actively focus on what’s wrong, feel resentful and complain to anyone who will listen. (It’s not an option I recommend but I’m sure we can all think of plenty of times we’ve done this.) 3. You can stay and be proactive in changing the things you can and accepting the things you can’t. Be grateful for the aspects of your work you genuinely appreciate and the people who make it easier. Remind yourself of your values and make the decision to live by them, even in the face of difficulty.

Halliday Wine Companion 2020 The bestselling and definitive guide to Australian wine James Halliday

C OV E R

The annual bible for lovers of Australian wine, detailing the best wineries and vintages of the key regions.

DRAF T

For over thirty years James Halliday has been Australia's most respected wine critic, and his Halliday Wine Companion is recognised as the industry benchmark for Australian wine. A best-selling annual, the Halliday Wine Companion is the go-to guide for wine ratings, regions, best varietals, winery reviews and a curated selection of the best wines in Australia. The 2020 edition has been completely revised to bring readers up-to-the-minute information, as well as re-designed in a modern new style to reflect the brand's ever expanding audience. In his inimitable style, Halliday shares his extensive knowledge of wine through detailed tasting notes with points, price, value symbol and advice on best-by drinking, as well as each wine’s closure and alcohol content. He provides information about wineries and winemakers, including vineyard sizes, opening times and contact details. The perfect self-purchase or gift for the wine lover in your life.

Publication

08 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781743795583

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint Series

HG Local NA

Author Details James Halliday is an unmatched authority on every aspect of the Australian wine industry and can be compared to the likes of Hugh Johnson, Robert Parker and Jancis Robinson. His winemaking has led him to sojourns in Bordeaux and Burgundy, and he has had a long career as an international wine judge. In 1995 he received the Australian wine industry’s ultimate accolade, the Maurice O’Shea Award, and in 2010 he was made a Member of the Order of Australia.

Key Information • The Halliday Wine Companion is the bible for lovers of Australian wine – it is highly anticipated by wine connoisseurs each year.

Food & Drink

• It includes a comprehensive list of the best wines and wineries that Australia has to offer.

Format

234 x 153 mm

• It includes reviews, styles, prices and the history of wineries reviewed by James Halliday.

Extent

776pp

• Listed alphabetically either by region or winery.

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Category

• Includes James Halliday’s famous 5-star rating system – wineries use his reviews in marketing for their wines. • James and Hardie Grant also have Australia’s most popular wine website, www.winecompanion.com.au, as well as the Wine Companion magazine and app. • National marketing and publicity campaign launched the night of the Halliday awards (7 August) to coincide with release. • POS available including posters and signed bookplates.

Special Offers for Halliday 2020! Pack 1 GTIN 9349685011798 12 Copies of Halliday 2020 with A2 Poster and signed bookplates! with 47.5% discount AU RRP $479.88 with discount $251.94 NZ RRP $540.00 with discount $283.50

Pack 2 GTIN 9349685011804

C OV E R

24 Copies of Halliday 2020 with A2 Poster and signed bookplates! with 50 % discount

DRAF T

AU RRP $959.76 with discount $479.88 Free A2 Poster! GTIN 9349685011781

NZ RRP $1080.00 with discount $540.00

All Day Cocktails Low (and no) alcohol magic Shaun Byrne and Nick Tesar A cocktail book that taps into the trend of low-alcohol drinking, with creative cocktail recipes that outshine their boozy counterparts. Enjoy cocktails at any time of day with this collection of fresh, creative low- and no-alcohol recipes. Celebrating seasonal ingredients, and with a focus on sustainability, All Day Cocktails showcases nearly fifty varieties of citrus, berries, tropical fruits, stone fruits, pome fruits, vegetables, herbs and nuts. Each variety features a versatile prep recipe that can extend into your cocktails and beyond, meaning All Day Cocktails is much more than your average cocktail book. All Day Cocktails brings you ninety cocktail recipes + fifty prep recipes, including: bitters, caramels, cordials, coulis, granitas, honeys, jams, jellies, juices, kefirs, liqueurs, sherbets, shrubs, syrups, tisanes and vinegars. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$39.99

ISBN

9781743795248

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

222 x 175 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Full-colour illustrations and photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Shaun Byrne has been mixing drinks since he was legally allowed to – and has never really stopped. After spending four years working in restaurants and bars in Europe, he returned to Australia to become part of Melbourne's revered Gin Palace family. During that time he teamed up with winemaker Gilles Lapalus to start a business producing what has become the best regarded vermouth in Australia. As well, he joined coauthor Nick in a company called Marionette, and together they work directly with Australian farmers to make cocktail staple liquors. Nick Tesar is a world-class competition bartender with an impressive resume of Melbourne it-list restaurants to his name. These days you can find Nick manning Fitzroy’s Bar Liberty, but it was during his previous role at Bar Lûmé in the acclaimed Lûmé restaurant where his enthusiasm for liqueurs took flight. There, they focused on getting the most out of incredible Australian produce, thinking laterally to extract flavour using the best equipment available. He wants to encourage readers to think like this, whatever produce or equipment they have on hand.

Key Information Low- and no-alcohol drinks are having a moment. Young people – indeed, drinkers across the ages – are realising that amped-up high ABV cocktails are not the only way. This is driven by heightened awareness of health and a recognition that taste need not be diminished. This is for people who want to wake up feeling good! • A twin trend is sustainability and seasonality; there's a growing awareness that our drinking culture can adapt too, and that drinks recipes should reflect the season as they do in so many cookbooks today. • To help readers buy sustainably, the book features a table of local brands for each type of alcohol (covering Australia, Europe and North America). • There are so many clever applications for different ingredients, which can prolong their life and bring alcohol-free joy beyond their season. • Marketing and publicity campaign on release. •

Citrus The first thing to understand about citrus is that the citrus fruits we know today are actually hybrid varieties of four original ones: mandarin, pomelo, citron and papeda. And the citrus family is growing all the time as farmers crossbreed their citrus to produce more unique offerings of desirable fruit. The second thing is that a lot of citrus fruits come into season in winter, which comes as a surprise to a lot of people. We associate that fresh, juicy, zingy kick of citrus with good times in the hot weather, but often that citrus you’re enjoying has travelled a long way to arrive in your summer cocktail. You see, we are spoilt for choice; if we want a blood orange in the middle of summer, then someone will import it for us from the opposite hemisphere. One of our reasons for writing this book was to help remind people that seasonal and local is best, and that we don’t need to have certain fruits and veg at certain times of the year. Citrus is a prime example of this, especially if we look at lemons and limes, which are probably the two most heavily used varieties in bars. A lot of bars will carry them throughout the year, regardless of the season, to make sure customers can have their G&T with lemon or their margarita with lime, mainly because bars are there to meet the demands of the customer. We need to change that way of thinking. There is citrus fruit available in different varieties all year round and, I’ll give you a hot tip, they are all delicious in a G&T! One last note on citrus fruit before we get stuck in to the recipes: fresh is best. Once citrus is juiced, you should ideally use it within a few hours. If you leave it any longer, you will notice a deterioration in flavour and some funky, metallic notes coming through.

–Shaun

VA R I E T Y

Sweet orange These are the types of oranges I grew up with. They were packed in my lunchbox for a snack and served at half-time in football matches. Fast forward to today and I still enjoy an orange or three, albeit in juicy liquid form with a splash of gin. There are three main varieties of sweet orange: navel, valencia and blood. Valencias are famed for their juice and make the perfect addition to that summer mimosa, whereas navels are favoured for their flesh. BloodÂ oranges sit in both camps for me: I love blood orange juice and I love using blood orange segments in salads.

BLOOD

N AV E L

VA L E N C I A

SPRING

SUMMER

AUTUMN

WINTER

Pome fruits For me, there is nothing more autumnal than the flavours of pome fruits, which are fruits that have a ‘core’ of seeds, such as apples and pears. While writing this chapter, I looked back on all the cocktails I developed during my stint at Gin Palace. We changed the cocktail list every season and, flicking through the autumn cocktails, it was all apples, pears and quinces! These items not only make their way into drinks, but onto dinner tables in the form of apple pie, poached pears and quince tarts. All of these dishes and drinks somehow say it’s getting colder outside, but it ain’t freezing just yet. A couple of other pome fruits that we couldn’t squeeze in here are loquats and medlars, which, to be fair, I don’t know much about (but I am keen to learn more – perhaps for the next book).

–Shaun

119

VA R I E T Y

PREP

Apple

Apple-brandy liqueur

Apples generally belong in one of two camps: pitters or eaters. ‘Eaters’ or ‘eating’ apples do what they say on the tin: they are for eating, and they are delicious. ‘Spitters’ or ‘cider’ apples, on the other hand, aren’t too tasty in their raw form; as soon as you take a bite you’ll want to spit it out. Most of us are familiar with the eating kind, but unless you are big into your cider you probably won’t be too familiar with the other. Cider apples are great for pressing and fermenting into cider. Personally, I have never worked with cider apples, but I have put one in my mouth (and didn’t spit it out but only due to sheer will) and I think it is important to note them in these pages. In Australia, most of the cider I know is made from eating apples, but the ones I’ve had with cider apples are, in my opinion, superior. Within the eating category, there is a huge number of varieties, from tart Granny Smiths to fujis with their delicate honey flavours, to Braeburns (my favourite), which have a subtle, spicy quality perfect for an apple pie.

MAKES APPROX. 600 ML (20½ FL OZ) 2 g (1/8 oz) ascorbic acid 12 apples 500 ml (17 fl oz/2 cups) brandy

Apple juice has a tendency to brown quickly. Behind the bar, I used to squeeze in lime (when in season) with my apple juice to help prevent this. Then I discovered Dave Arnold’s book Liquid Intelligence and learned that there is a much better way. Juice your apples directly into an ascorbic acid solution. Ascorbic acid, or vitamin C, prevents the apples from browning. It also has a lovely tartness. For this recipe, we also need to discuss apple molasses. It’s made very simply by reducing freshly pressed, sieved apple juice. You have to reduce it a lot – to about 10 per cent of its original volume. Apple molasses, or boiled cider, has been made for centuries. It was a great way to get that appley goodness throughout the year and, in the olden days, it used to be cheaper than sugar, so was frequently used as a sweetener. You’ll need to start this recipe the night before. Dissolve the ascorbic acid in 1 tablespoon water and pour into a container. Juice the apples and pass the juice through a fine-mesh sieve into the ascorbic solution; this should yield about 1 litre (34 fl oz/4 cups). Add the pulp to the brandy and refrigerate overnight. Pour the apple solution into a saucepan and bring to the boil over a medium heat. Reduce to about 10 per cent of the original volume, i.e. from 1 litre (34 fl oz/4 cups) to 100 ml (3½ fl oz). Remove from the heat and leave to cool overnight. After a well-deserved night of rest, strain the brandy through a fine-mesh sieve and discard the pulp. Combine the brandy and apple molasses, then pour into a sterilised glass bottle (see page 15). The liqueur will last the winter to keep you warm at night.

For another day

CIDER

Custard. Spike some custard and serve it with pudding. Dunking. Sip it neat with some sweet biscuits for dunking. E AT I N G

SPRING

SUMMER

AUTU M N

WINTER

121

C O C K TA I L S

Spiced milk tea MAKES 2 CUPS OF TEA 300 ml (10 fl oz) full-cream (whole) milk 2 green cardamom pods, crushed 5 g (1/8 oz) diced fresh ginger 5 g (1/8 oz) loose leaf black tea 5 g (1/8 oz) caster (superfine) sugar 60 ml (2 fl oz) Applebrandy liqueur (page 121) (optional; see Note) sweet biscuits (cookies), to serve

I made this recipe and then promptly forgot about it until the tail end of winter when I was doing a bit of ‘spring’ cleaning. I quickly poured some out and thought to myself, I think it’s gotten even better! Being still quite cool at that time of year, I decided to play around with it in a hot drink and, by golly, does it work well with tea. Not so much with the water, though; it was quite diluted. So swapping out the water for milk was easy, then I added a few spices that worked with apples and, hey presto, job done. Combine all the ingredients except the liqueur and biscuits in a saucepan. Heat gently over a low heat for 5 minutes, then remove from the heat and add the liqueur. Stir for 30 seconds to allow the residual heat of the saucepan to gently warm the liqueur. Strain into a teapot and serve with dry biscuits. You can omit this if you are having an alcohol-free day.

Apple rickey 30 ml (1 fl oz) Apple-brandy liqueur (page 121) 20 ml (¾ fl oz) fresh lime juice (or verjus, if limes are not in season; see page 218) 10 ml (¼ fl oz) Sugar syrup (page 217) 90 ml (3 fl oz) soda water (club soda) ice cubes, to serve lime twist, to garnish (zest the lime before juicing and save the zest)

122

Rickeys are cocktails made with a spirit mixed with lime, sugar and the bubbliest of water. During my stint at Melbourne’s Gin Palace, I certainly made a number of gin rickeys, but also bourbon and even rum (which is a mintless mojito, sort of ). Anyway, the lime here really freshens up the liqueur and gives you a much lighter beverage to enjoy. Combine the liqueur, lime juice and sugar syrup in a highball glass and stir gently. Top with soda water. Gently stir, then top with ice. Gently stir (just kidding). Garnish. Drink gently.

Apple-brandy liqueur

VA R I E T Y

Japanese tiki-style drink

Nashi (Asian pear) I have always called them nashis and, growing up, mum told me that they were a cross between an apple and a pear. As an adult, I now know that to be false, but it appeared my mum wasnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t the only mum telling their kids this; when I was doing research for this book, a few friends mentioned the same thing. There are only two varieties of nashi that I am familiar with: Hosui and Shinko, although many exist. I canâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t detect a huge difference in taste between the two. The Shinko is a little larger and a little less intense, but they are both sweet, juicy and crisp.

HOSUI

S H I N KO

SPRING

SUMMER

AUTU M N

WINTER

VA R I E T Y

PREP

Pumpkin

Roasted pumpkin syrup

Pumpkin, in Australia, refers to all forms of winter squash. They differ from the rest of the squash family in that they are not harvested until they are mature and have developed their hard external skin. Blue pumpkins are the large, pale blue-skinned monsters of the pumpkin family, often weighing around 5 kg (11 lb) each. These are the best roasting pumpkins. The kabocha, or Japanese, pumpkin has very sweet flesh, and is easily the most user-friendly, as cutting through it is far less of a chore than cutting through the larger blue ones. Butternuts are the variety that look like a bell, with a pale orange interior that is nutty, and my favourite for a rich pumpkin soup. As long as they’re stored in a cool, airy environment, pumpkins will last for a number of months, meaning that they will still be around past winter. My mum has converted an old drying rack in the laundry into a resting port for her pumpkins. Interestingly, a pumpkin can take up to three months post-harvest to reach peak ripeness as the vegetable’s starches are converted into sugars.

MAKES APPROX. 500 ML (17 FL OZ/2 CUPS) 600 g (1 lb 5 oz) pumpkin (winter squash), skin and seeds removed, cut into 4 cm (1½ in) cubes 100 g (3½ oz) brown sugar 200 g (7 oz) caster (superfine) sugar 1 cinnamon stick

Growing up, I was always confused by the crossover between sweet and savoury flavours. I didn’t understand the idea of a savoury pumpkin (winter squash) scone (biscuit), and certainly couldn’t comprehend the idea of a pumpkin pie. That was until I lived in Canada and got to experience my first Thanksgiving meal. We were treated to a pumpkin pie and, in a moment, I understood it all. This is, quite simply, a syrup that recreates the flavours of that pie. Preheat the oven to 180°C (350°F) and roast the pumpkin for 45 minutes. Make a sugar syrup by combining the sugars with 650 ml (22 fl oz) water in a saucepan and stirring over a medium heat until dissolved, about 5 minutes. Once the pumpkin is roasted, transfer to a food processor or high-speed blender and blitz to a smooth purée. Pour into another saucepan, add the sugar syrup and cinnamon stick, mix well and simmer over a medium heat for 15 minutes. Strain the syrup and transfer to a sterilised glass bottle (see page 15). Store in the fridge for up to 2 weeks.

For another day Roasted pumpkin seeds (pepitas). Mix with tamari for a delicious snack. Pre-nap tipple. Combine with chai mix for a warm, soothing drink.

B LU E

Savoury scones. Whip with cream for a great topping for savoury scones (biscuits). Dark & stormy. Use it to spice up your cocktail.

BUTTERNUT

KABOCHA

SPRING

SUMMER

AUTU M N

WINTER

143

C O C K TA I L S

Trick or treat? 30 ml (1 fl oz) rye whiskey 60 ml (2 fl oz) Pumpkin syrup (page 143) 60 ml (2 fl oz) cream soda ice cubes, to serve

When we were writing this part of the book, it just so happened to be Halloween. Coincidentally, all the ingredients in the cocktail are classically American flavours, hence the name. Spicy, warming and a heap of fun. Combine the whiskey and pumpkin syrup in a tall glass, giving it a good stir. Add the cream soda, then top with ice and serve with a metal straw.

Must be mad 40 ml (1¼ fl oz) Pumpkin syrup (page 143) 40 ml (1¼ fl oz) pineapple juice 10 ml (¼ fl oz) apple-cider vinegar 10 ml (¼ fl oz) Rosemary honey (page 177) ice cubes, for shaking rosemary sprig, to garnish

(L) Must be mad (R) Trick or treat?

When I suggested this combination of flavours, Shaun promptly told me I must be mad. He was right and wrong at the same time. Think of it like the first time you had fresh fruit in a salad – it’s confusing, but it works. And it’s delicious. Combine all the ingredients in a shaker with ice. Give it a strong shake (you want the pineapple juice to really fluff up). Strain into a cocktail glass and garnish with a sprig of rosemary.

145

Infused Waters 50 simple, gorgeous drinks for ultimate hydration and health Georgina Davies

C OV E R

Pretty, cool hydration with 2019’s most Instagrammable drinks trend.

DRAF T

We all know we should drink more water – sales of reusable water bottles have soared as we seek to cut down on our plastic and maintain maximum hydration. But it isn’t the most inspiring of drinks – until now.

Infused Waters offers 50 beautiful, healthy drinks that will help you get through the day’s challenges. With drinks designed for whether you want an reviving lift, a relaxing sip or a restorative burst of hydration, through these imaginative fruit infusions, herbal waters and spicy blends, you’ll find ways of adding a little vitamin C to your office bottle – and fruity and floral fragrance and delights to the dullest of drinks.

Author Details Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781787134201

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 160 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Georgina Davies is a London-based chef, food stylist and recipe writer who is passionate about delicious, healthy food made from fresh and seasonal ingredients. Her extensive knowledge of nutrition informs her recipes.

Key Information • •

Floral infusions in water have been highlighted as a major drinks trend for 2019 Hot trend on Instagram: #infusedwater has over 380,000 tags

Paris for Food Lovers Elin Unnes

Discover the coolest places to eat in the City of Light from the best market stalls, the tastiest and cheapest oysters, restaurants in alleys, bars in the cellar, and places serving 'nouvelle nouvelle cuisine'. Author Elin Unnes is at the cutting edge of Paris's food scene, and says, 'The new French chefs are not necessarily French. They are French-Japanese-Nordic. And it doesn’t matter where they come from. The restaurants where they cook are often in the culturally unique eleventh arrondisement. They have odd chairs, classic Opinel knives that are licked clean between courses and a talented sommelier who pours new, fantastic natural wines in the same glass as the last. It’s an intoxicating fairytale world where a little bit of everything can happen.' Organised into chapters for different parts of Paris, this guide includes many great photos and interviews with local chefs. It covers all the places Hemingway didn’t drink at.

Author Details Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781741176605

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

General

Series

Food Lovers Guides

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 160 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Elin Unnes is a Stockholm-based music and gardening journalist. She has been editor at various Swedish publications and writes regularly for Dagens Nyheter and Allt om Trädgård. She is also the author of acclaimed Swedish books The Secret Gardener (2014) and the follow-up Herbariet (2016). Once a year Elin takes a train to Paris and spends the winter on the continent.

Key Information • • • •

Discover the latest in cool places to eat in your favourite cities around the world with the Food Lovers series This series takes well-known foodie destinations (Paris, Tokyo & Rome) and finds the lesser-known food cultures, chefs and cuisines that are shaping the food scene in their own way Offers insight into the history and future of food in each city, from the pizza wars in Rome to the details of Tokyo’s 150,000 restaurants to the culturally unique eleventh arrondisement in Paris. A fun addition to the package is a removable jacket which includes a map of the city on the inside, to take with you on your travels

Foreword

Where are we going? Alice B. Toklas, who moved to Paris in the early 1900s and became the partner of Gertrude Stein (the American novelist, playwright and poet), likened French cooks to the classic kings of Bourbon: ‘They learn nothing, they forget nothing.’ But now, something has happened. Paris has a new cuisine. Again. To me, the best designation for what people have come to call ‘nouvelle nouvelle cuisine’ is ‘cuisine du marché’, or market-driven cuisine*. The new French cooks are not necessarily French. They may be French-Japanese-Nordic. And it doesn’t really matter where they come from. They listen to the same music (the good kind). They’re passionate about vegetables. The restaurants where they cook serve handmade dishes and have mismatched chairs. There’s tap water in unwashed old bottles, tattered posters on the walls and silverware barely licked clean between dishes. And there’s nearly always a skilled sommelier pouring fantastic new organic and natural wines into the same old glasses. It is an intoxicating, fabulous and wild world where menus change every evening, every hour, and where just about anything can happen. The new French kitchen is a group of loosely connected places where each evening it’s proven again that alchemy exists – for example, by serving a drink that seems to have materialized out of invisible spores in the atmosphere and found its way somehow onto a plate of grapes. The one aspect of the new French dining scene that can seem a little elitist is that people are sometimes unwilling to give wine and food recommendations. ‘It makes no difference what is considered the best; people like what they like’, is unhelpful advice if you have no idea what you like and couldn’t name a French wine district to save your life – at least, not until someone reminds you that Champagne is a place. * The restaurant Au Passage (p. xxx) often namechecked its maraîcher, or market gardener, Joël Thiébault. Joël was at Marché de l’Alma and on rue Gros, but closed his market stall on New Year’s

Paris for Food Lovers

1423 FL PARIS_1.indd 6-7

Eve 2016. In a heartbreaking article in Le Figaro, a star Paris chef wrote that Joël was like a god and that when he retired, it was like losing someone you loved.

28/1/19 12:30 pm

Au Passage et al.

11 arr

Au Passage Restaurant

In my head, it all starts with Au Passage. The winter that we finally decided to stop whining – that it was time to do something, and that that something was to spend winter on the Continent – that same year, Au Passage opened. When we first stepped off the night train in Gare de l’Est, with sleep-tousled hair and stomachs full of hot chocolate, I didn’t know that some time earlier, Audrey Jarry and Jean-Charles Buffet, along with some friends, had bought the old house in passage SaintSébastien. They had long dreamed of a certain kind of restaurant, one where it felt like you were eating at the home of a friend, and finally they decided to open the place themselves. I didn’t know any of this that night at Gare de l’Est. All I knew was how good it felt to 10

Paris for Food Lovers

1423 FL PARIS_1.indd 10-11

go to Au Passage. In the midst of happiness and new love in a new city, it felt completely natural – or beyond natural, more like a law of nature – for a place such as Au Passage to be there. Peeking into the narrow alley between boring new buildings, you might at first think you took a wrong turn, but then you hear the Dead Kennedys’ song Too Drunk to Fuck coming from the open window to the kitchen, and when at last you step inside the messy restaurant on the ground floor of an old rickety building, it’s like stepping into a new world – a world where someone has been eavesdropping on your food fantasies. From the start, it was all precisely as it should be: the portion sizes, the posters on the walls, the natural wines, the little shiso leaves beside every other plate. Nor did I think it was anything special. I didn’t think it was anything other than Paris, just as Paris is. There have been many different cooks in the kitchen since my first visit, but Au Passage 11

28/1/19 12:30 pm

Au Passage et al.

the menu, you must order it. The oysters are among the best in Paris. And I love the poster at the front of the room, which reads ‘The customer is king’ with a picture of a guillotine. For a while the pastry chef Quina Lon worked in the little kitchen, along with Edward and Peter. At that time the kitchen was about the size of a handicap–accessible bathroom, and the bathroom, wall-to-wall, the size of a broom closet. But Quina did things with dessert that would make a poet of Babylon blush. Once, during her time at Au Passage, we were stopped on our way out the door and sent back to our table. There stood several small bowls of ice-cream made with browned butter that left everyone at the table speechless. We did not recover until we were outside in the alley with all its graffiti and precarious flower pots.

continues to breathe equal parts anarchy and solidarity. The food is consistent, and the wine list is crammed with natural wines. One of the first chefs to run the kitchen was James Henry, and shortly after him Edward Delling-Williams. The Australian Shaun Kelly became a dad and moved on to cooking at the Australian embassy, where he also set up a kitchen garden on the roof. Peter Orr left for sister restaurant Bar Martin (p. xxx) before opening his own gourmet tavern, Robert. For a while, the ambitious Swedish chef David Kjellstenius took over. At the time of writing, the Portuguese chef Luis-Miguel Taveres had taken over from Dave Harrison. Regardless of who’s in the kitchen, you always get the freshest, most decadent vegetables here. Imagine a bowl of fresh 12

Paris for Food Lovers

1423 FL PARIS_1.indd 12-13

Dave Harrison, one of Au Passage’s many chefs, likes to drink wine in the hip little restaurant Chambre Noire 82 rue de la Folie Méricourt, 75011 Paris

These days Quina runs her own restaurant (p. xxx), browned-butter ice-cream is all over the world and Au Passage has both embodied and changed the way food is cooked and eaten in Paris. A few technical details. It’s best to go to Au Passage with someone with whom you’re comfortable sharing germs. First, you

radishes, dipped in butter and shared by everyone around the table. This is even more decadent than it sounds, because more often than not the butter will be loaded up with oysters or something equally rich. The radish greens are so fresh and clean you can eat them, too; they feel a little sticky on the tongue, but they taste bright and peppery. Mushroom toast also sounds simpler than it is: common pickled mushrooms mixed with larger fried mushrooms in a big pile atop a slice of fried, buttery sourdough bread swimming in broth, topped with what the menu describes as ‘walnut sprouts’. These are not in fact walnut sprouts, but something that looks like beansprouts and tastes like walnut. (To this day, I’m still searching my seed catalogues to find this mystery crop.) If there is burrata on 13

28/1/19 12:30 pm

Au Passage et al.

can sit and talk cheek-to-cheek when the noise levels rise later in the night. Second, the dishes are small and come out one at a time, so the smart move is to order as a group and share everything around the table. Otherwise, someone has to sit drooling over their mushroom toast as they politely wait for everyone else’s plates to arrive. If you’re here with colleagues or in-laws, it’s wise to order two of everything – that way everyone has their own mushroom toast and their own potato-fritter-with-algae. Everything is good, so you can’t really go wrong. And if anyone is left unsatisfied, you can always order more. If you’re early (say 7 or 7.30pm), you can slip into the bar for a glass of wine and a bit of cheese before dinner, and everything’s golden. 1 bis passage Saint-Sébastien, 75011 Paris restaurant-aupassage.fr +33 1 43 55 07 52

Paris for Food Lovers

1423 FL PARIS_1.indd 14-15

28/1/19 12:30 pm

Au Passage et al. Do you have a signature dish? Not really. Every time I think I’m on the way to having one, I mostly want to ask it to go to hell, take it off the menu and try to come up with something new to get stuck on for a while. What do you listen to while you work? We listen to a super eclectic mix of different genres – metal, punk, disco, opera, Sade, Prince, techno. Right now it’s mostly Nick Cave or The Birthday Party, New York Dolls, Happy Mondays, The Brian Jonestown Massacre, the Dead Boys … As loud as possible! Do you have any favorite ingredients? It’s probably acid or elderflower, or just whatever animal blood, innards, head or feet I have in front of me. Do you have a regular restaurant in Paris? If I’m going to be totally honest, I really eat most often at Best Tofu (p. xxx) in Belleville. Their soup with silken tofu, seaweed, mini shrimp and black vinegar is completely perfect and costs like 2 euro. Where do you go to drink? My favorite places to drink are Chambre Noire, Le Grand Bain and Dame Jane (p. xxx). What is the best dinner you’ve ever had in Paris? The best meal I’ve had to date in Paris would be my birthday dinner at Restaurant A.T. It was multifaceted, surprising and copious. Plus Atsushi [Tanaka] is an angel. And he loves house music!

Where do you eat?

Dave Harrison Dave Harrison comes from Texas. He had barely turned 24 when he became head chef at Au Passage (p. xxx). He was recruited through a long chain of relatives, mutual friends and an interview that basically went like this: ‘If you’re standing here on the

Paris for Food Lovers

1423 FL PARIS_1.indd 16-17

threshold within five days, you have the job’. So Dave packed his suitcase and left Texas without so much as a backward glance. Dave had earlier worked at Noma in Copenhagen, and at the time of writing he was back in Denmark, working at Copenhagen foodie-favorite Den Vandrette. He’s cooking there while planning to open his own restaurant with some of his fellow Au Passage stars. His style is more nose-to-tail than the typical market-driven cuisine – translated,

that means fewer bowls of radishes and more calf brains. Last time he cooked for us, Dave served, among other things, a sauce made of calf brains that the meat-lover in the group could not stop talking about, and about which the vegetarian in the group, who tasted the sauce, became noticeably quiet and thoughtful. At some point the words, ‘All this pig skin makes me sleepy’, were uttered. All the dishes were so good that it seemed less like a dinner than a meditation, or like taking a short vacation from reality.

Do you have a simple but magical flavor combo, something you came up with yourself, inherited or were served by someone else? Lately I’ve been very into Champagne and super buttery, salty popcorn.

28/1/19 12:30 pm

Rome for Food Lovers Peter Loewe

Discover the coolest places to eat in Rome from trattorias that have been in the same family for decades to restaurants, pizzerias, bars, cafes, gelatorias and delis. Author Peter Loewe also details the ongoing pizza wars in Rome, why Italians are not fatter and what might be hiding in a true Roman belly. Peter has also travelled far out into Rome’s periphery, to find the most characteristic places in which the traditions of Roman food and family recipes live on. Organised into chapters for different types of eateries and food stores, this guide includes many great photos and interviews with local chefs. Given the many tourist traps that have multiplied in central Rome, a guide to the city's restaurants is more important than ever.

Author Details Swedish-born Peter Loewe is a journalist and correspondent for Dagens Nyheter and has lived in Rome for over 30 years. Food and wine are two of Peter’s special interests and he is a regular contributor to Swedish publications such as Gourmet and Allt om Vin. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781741176612

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

General

Series

Food Lovers Guides

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 160 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • •

Discover the latest in cool places to eat in your favourite cities around the world with the Food Lovers series. This series takes well-known foodie destination (Paris, Tokyo & Rome) and finds the lesser-known food cultures, chefs and cuisines that are shaping the food scene in their own way. Offers insight into the history and future of food in each city, from the pizza wars in Rome to the details of Tokyo’s 150,000 restaurants to the culturally unique eleventh arrondisement in Paris. A fun addition to the package is a removable jacket which includes a map of the city on the inside, to take with you on your travels.

Tokyo for Food Lovers Jonas Cramby

Discover the coolest places to eat in Tokyo from smoky yakiniku eateries and steaming ramen restaurants, to cocktail bars the size of wardrobes and rowdy punkizaya joints with fantastic small plated dishes and spotlessly clean lavatories. Author Jonas Cramby says, 'Writing a restaurant guide to Tokyo seems close to an impossible task. Tokyo, as it happens, is not simply the best food city in the world, it is also the largest. The city is thought to contain more than 150,000 restaurants, which makes even the 10,000 catering establishments of New York, by comparison seem like the regional centre of a small and sleepy town. It has the best raw produce, the most brilliant chefs and the highest number of Michelin stars in the world. Tokyo is a city in which extreme care and concern for detail is not the sole preserve of fine dining – it exists everywhere. The city is packed with simple, fun, cheap and, above all, fabulously good eateries and this book is my highly personal guide to these places.' Organised into chapters for different types of food experiences, this guide includes many great photos and interviews with local chefs. It will help you to locate the finest kitchens and food stores on offer, decipher menus and rules of etiquette, and advise you on first-class dining close to wherever you are in the city. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

Swedish-born Jonas Cramby is a food writer for Café Magazine and Metro . He has written five highly-praised books on cuisine, which have been published in several countries around the world.

ISBN

9781741176629

Key Information

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

General

Series

Food Lovers Guides

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 160 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details

• • • •

CONTENTS Introduction 5 Disclaimer Some Advice for you, theÂ reader Ramen & tsukemen 10 Udon, soba & tempura 24 Yakiniku 36 Yakitori & yakiton 50 Japanese curry 62 Gyoza & biru 72

Tonkatsu 82 Sushi 92 Izakaya 100 Fast food & sweet treats 112 Coffee & tea 128 Craft beer, natural wine & sake 150 Japanese bars 162 Practicalities 172 Index 174

LEGEND i d a

Information District Address

1437 FL TOKYO_1.indd 2-3

21/2/19 11:52 am

RAMEN & TSUKEMEN

拉麺

RAMEN & TSUKEMEN The world’s best noodle soup

There are roughly 50,000 ramen places in Japan, which I assume makes them the East Asian equivalent to McDonald’s. That is if your local McDonald’s had a two-hour long line and the hamburger was placed in the bread by a mindfulness coach. Because in Japan, ramen is more a national obsession than a fast food: there are ramen bloggers, ramen movies, ramen fanatics, ramen manga, even a ramen museum; and it is more the rule than the exception to need to line up for 30 minutes 10

TOKYO FOR FO OD LOVERS

1437 FL TOKYO_1.indd 10-11

at your favorite place, and up to three or four hours if it is an especially popular restaurant like the two Michelin-starred ramen restaurants found in Tokyo. And all this is for a dish that costs around US$8 and takes about 5 minutes to eat. As someone who only eats instant ramen and is generally suspicious of soup – which everyone knows is the most boring food – I understand that this might sound strange, but saying ramen is a soup is a bit like calling a wedding cake a cupcake. It is so much more! As for ramen being a traditional “fast food”, as in it is fast to make, it definitely is not. For an average ramen chef making ramen is his entire life. Making ramen is an art, and unlike many other things in tradition-driven Japanese culture, there is room for innovation and personality. Then of course, Ramen is good too. Ridiculously good. Bending over a steaming bowl of ramen with a blissful smile on the lips, a little fat around the mouth and with noodles hanging like a delicate kind of goatee from the chin is a blissful and, in fact, a mandatory Tokyo experience. It’s an experience that happens to fit the beginner well bbbecause in Tokyo it can be easy to feel a little lost. English-speaking waiters and menus are not as common as in 11

21/2/19 11:52 am

RAMEN & TSUKEMEN

other countries, and Japanese etiquette can sometimes seem confusing. But ordering a bowl of ramen is something most visitors can handle. You don’t even have to talk to anyone, just press a button, hand over your tickets/voucher/docket and smile politely. Outside the ramen restaurants, there are usually machines where you order and pay for food, drinks and extra toppings. On most machines there are pictures of the food, but should it be an incomprehensible machine, just live a little and order the same as the person in front of you. When you pay you take the tickets and settle down where there’s space. A staff person will come to take your ticket. Hand it to them with both hands, it’s polite. When the ice-cold beer that you ordered is served, take a sip, lean back and observe the beautiful ramen ballet taking place in the kitchen in front of you. When your soup arrives, all that’s left is to dig in, and quickly – one bowl should preferably be eaten in 6–10 minutes; partly to make room for the others in the line, partly so the noodles don’t get overcooked in the hot broth. A ramen nook is not a place where you hang out for hours with a beer, but a quick-stop shop where you are in and out in minutes. Lean over the soup, lift some noodles with the chopsticks and slurp them into your mouth as loudly as you can. This way it tastes better and the noodles are cooled down. Yes, it is almost impolite to eat too quietly. Follow the noodle slurping by drinking the broth with the spoon and picking up the toppings and taking a bite – it’s okay to put things back in the soup, but don’t stir it. And the egg is always eaten with the spoon. When you are finished, you bow, say “Gochisousama” (it was delicious) and walk away with a litre of happiness sloshing around in the tummy.

TOKYO FOR FO OD LOVERS

1437 FL TOKYO_1.indd 12-13

Nakiryu

If you like fine dining on a budget, you need to go to Otsuka in northern Tokyo. This is the location of both ramen places with Michelin stars: Tsuta and Nakiryu. If you plan a visit, you have to set aside at least a few hours, partly because the area is quite far from everything else, partly because of the lines. About an hour before opening, it is already full of people, and a special “line” manager keeps track of all the ramenhungry people. There are four separate queues and you move forward only when you are told to. Only real newbies change lines themselves or go straight ahead and yank the door open – line jumping is an unknown concept in these parts of the world. But because the line is so organized and people eat their ramen so fast, it also becomes quite ok to wait: no offended sighs, no one pushing in, no risk of not getting any noodles; just stomach rumbling and anticipation of yummy ramen. Is it worth it? Yes!

As soon as you enter Nakiryu, your boredom vanishes and you experience an attentive service that is much like traditional fine dining. Even the food has that flair that reveals a shonukin (a Japanese artisan) is at work. Despite the Michelin star, Nakiryu is priced like a regular ramen nook, at about US$8 per portion. They have the usual shoya and shio ramen, (see p. 20), although the specialty is their fantastic danda noodles – look for 担々麵 on the ramen machine. Inspired by the Sichuan noodles of the same name, they consist of perfectly cooked, handmade wheat noodles with pork mince in a hot, beautiful bright-orange broth.

FA C T S

THE ANATOMY OF THE JAPANESE RAMEN LINE 1 A security guard ensures the people in the line don’t disrupt traffic. 2 The restaurant’s “line” manager on his way to take people from line 1 (not in picture) to line 2 (see point 3). 3 Line 2.

Open every day except Tuesday 11.30am–3pm and 6–9pm d Otsuka a 2-34-4 Minamiotsuka

4 Line3, mistaken by many newbies to be line 1. 5 Line 4, the so-called bench line.

21/2/19 11:52 am

RAMEN & TSUKEMEN

Kikanbo

When traveling back to a favorite city, the same dilemma always arises for us foodies: should we try new places or go back to old favorites? This choice is extra tricky in Tokyo, because there are so many restaurants, many of which are really good. One place I always return to is Kikanbo. They may not have Tokyo’s best ramen, but it is the kind I constantly have a lowintensity craving for, which only gets stronger the closer I get to Akihabara. In addition to the usual pork, eggs and noodles, it consists of an

extremely rich pork and miso broth which is seasoned Sichuan-style with two types of heat: kara (chili) and shibi (sansho). This is then topped with a high pile of flash-fried bean sprouts. Next door to the ramen shop is Kikanbo’s tsukemen restaurant which is just as good, making it hard to choose between them. i

Open Monday to Saturday 11am–9.30pm, Sunday 11am–4pm d Akihabara a 2-10-9 Kajicho

Afuri

Afuri is so popular that there are now nine Arfuri siblings in Tokyo (and one in Portland, USA). But the original is in Ebisu, and a visit here is mandatory for the serious ramen lover. Afuri makes a modern kind of ramen that may not necessarily be good for you, but definitely tastes like it is. It is clean, simple, and their specialty flavored with yuzu (a Japanese citrus fruit) is fresh like a spring creek. The water used in the broth is even said to come from a spring on the mountain Afuri in Kanagawa, hence the name. They have an English menu and it is generally easy for beginners to order. i Open every day 11am–5pm d Ebisu a F 117 Bld, 1-1-7 Ebisu

TOKYO FOR FO OD LOVERS

1437 FL TOKYO_1.indd 14-15

21/2/19 11:52 am

RAMEN & TSUKEMEN

Rokurinsha

Inside Tokyo Station is Tokyo Ramen Street – a long indoor street filled with lots of restaurants. The most legendary, and allegedly chef David Chang’s favorite venue, is Rokurinsha. Here they serve the ramen variant tsukemen – thicker, chewier noodles, served in a separate bowl to the broth, which itself is thicker and tastier than the usual broth. You dip some noodles into the broth and then eat them. Lovely! Rokurinsha also has a branch at Haneda airport, which means that Haneda has replaced Narita as my airport of choice in Tokyo. i

Open every day 7.30–9.45am and 10.30am–10.45pm d Chiyoda a Tokyo Ramen Street, Tokyo Station

TOKYO FOR FO OD LOVERS

1437 FL TOKYO_1.indd 16-17

FA C T S

TOKYO RAMEN STREET

Tokyo Ramen Street consists of eight ramen shops and is a part of Kitchen Street – a huge dining area in Tokyo Station. Here you could spend the rest of your life without getting bored of all the food that’s on offer. It is also a practical alternative for the traveler, since you often pass Tokyo Station on your way to other places anyway. You find Kitchen Street by getting yourself to level/floor/storey one and then go towards Yaesu North exit.

21/2/19 11:52 am

Special Offer! Food Lovers Pack

GTIN 9349685011774 6 copy pack with 50% discount AU RRP $179.94 with discount $89.97 NZ RRP $194.94 with discount $97.47 Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781741176605

ISBN

9781741176612

ISBN

9781741176629

Adelaide Street Directory 2020 58th ed UBD Gregory's

The latest edition of the UBD Gregorys Adelaide Street Directory has been fully revised and updated. Offering clear, comprehensive mapping at the best scale this directory is an essential tool when navigating your way around Adelaide and its surrounding suburbs and Victor Harbor. You will find all the detail you have come to expect from a UBD Gregorys product with the latest updates on the streets you need to navigate. As well as the many new streets included there are easy to read street index with over 30,000 street listings, suburbs listing including postcodes, and over 5,400 facilities listed. CBD maps at a scale of 1:5000 and an index to buildings for these maps, a list of city building numbers, main road maps with an index to streets and state mapping with an index to towns. More than ever you can trust your UBD Gregorys street directory to get you to your destination safely and on time. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$45.99 | NZ$50.99

ISBN

9780731932092

Publisher

UBD Gregory's

Imprint

Capital City SD

Series

No Series

Category

Travel

Format

216 x 283 mm

Extent

364pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Inclusions in this 2020 edition of the Adelaide directory are over 150 new streets, new suburbs of Eyre, Tonsley and Chiton. Further development in the subdivisions of Blakeview,Â Munno Para, Munno Para West and Seaford Heights. Upgrades to the Southern Expressway.

Key Selling Points â&#x20AC;˘ Marketing campaign on release with digital advertising campaign across key media and travel outlets.

Brisbane Refidex Street Directory 2020 64th ed UBD Gregory's

The latest edition of the UBD Gregorys Brisbane refidex has been fully revised and updated. Offering clear, comprehensive mapping at the best scale this directory is an essential tool when navigating your way around Brisbane and its surrounding suburbs including comprehensive sections for the Gold and Sunshine Coasts. You will find all the detail you have come to expect from a UBD Gregorys product with the latest updates on the streets you need to navigate. As well as the many new streets included there is an easy to read street index with over 58,600 street listings. There is also a suburbs and localities listing including postcodes, and over 8,990 facilities listed. CBD maps at a scale of 1:5000 and an index to buildings for these maps, main road maps covering from Boreen Point in the north to Mooball (NSW) in the south, a bridge clearance heights listing, and eleven state maps with an index to towns. More than ever you can trust your UBD Gregorys street directory to get you to your destination safely and on time. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$49.99 | NZ$54.99

ISBN

9780731932085

Publisher

UBD Gregory's

Imprint

Capital City SD

Series

No Series

Category

Travel

Format

216 x 283 mm

Extent

652pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Inclusions in this 2020 edition of the Brisbane refidex are over 620 new streets, the new suburb of Baringa. Further development in the subdivisions of Caboolture, Coomera, Griffin, Helensvale, Nambour, Pimpama, Sippy Downs, Spring Mountain and Yarrabilba. With all the information in this new edition now is an ideal time to replace your old refidex.

Key Selling Points • Marketing campaign on release with digital advertising campaign across key media and travel outlets.

Perth Street Directory 2020 62nd ed UBD Gregory's

The latest edition of the UBD Gregorys Perth Street Directory has been fully revised and updated. Offering clear, comprehensive mapping at the best scale this directory is an essential tool when navigating your way around Perth and its surrounding suburbs including Mandurah. You will find all the detail you have come to expect from a UBD Gregorys product with the latest updates on the streets you need to navigate. As well as the many new streets included there is an easy to read street index with over 39,500 street listings, a suburbs listing including postcodes, and over 6,300 facilities listed. Also included are CBD maps at a scale of 1:5000 and an index to buildings for these maps, main road maps and state mapping with an index to towns. There is also a map of Rottnest Island, Claremont Showground and Sir Charles Gairdner Hospital. More than ever you can trust your UBD Gregorys street directory to get you to your destination safely and on time. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$45.99 | NZ$50.99

ISBN

9780731932115

Publisher

UBD Gregory's

Imprint

Capital City SD

Series

No Series

Category

Travel

Format

216 x 283 mm

Extent

524pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Inclusions in this 2020 edition of the Perth directory are over 280 new streets, further development in the subdivisions of Brabham, Piara Waters, South Guildford and Yanchep.

Key Selling Points • Marketing campaign on release with digital advertising campaign across key media and travel outlets.

Sydney & Blue Mountains Street Directory 2020 56th ed UBD Gregory's

The latest edition of the UBD Gregorys Sydney and Blue Mountains Street Directory has been fully revised and updated and includes truckies information. Offering clear, comprehensive mapping at the best scale this directory is an essential tool when navigating your way around Sydney and its surrounding suburbs with a separate section for the Upper Blue Mountains. You will find all the detail you have come to expect from a UBD Gregorys product with the latest updates on the streets you need to navigate.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$49.99 | NZ$54.99

ISBN

9780731932122

Publisher

UBD Gregory's

Imprint

Capital City SD

Series

No Series

Category

Travel

Format

216 x 283 mm

Extent

628pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

As well as the many new streets included there are easy to read street indexes with over 56,000 street listings, suburbs listings including postcodes, and over 13,500 facilities listed. Also included are CBD maps at a scale of 1:5000 and an index to buildings for these maps, maps and a list of Sydney & Parramatta CBD building numbers, a list of bridge clearance heights, Sydney international and domestic airport terminal maps, Moore Park and Sydney Olympic Park maps, main road maps and state mapping with an index to towns. More than ever you can trust your UBD Gregorys street directory to get you to your destination safely and on time. Included in the 2020 edition of the Sydney and Blue Mountains directory are over 450 new streets, the new suburbs of Norwest and North Kellyville. Further developments at Box Hill, Marsden Park, Oran Park and Schofields. Continuing changes around the Western Sydney airport.

Key Selling Points • Marketing campaign on release with digital advertising campaign across key media and travel outlets.

Explore Australia 2020 Explore Australia The latest revised and updated edition of the ultimate travel reference guide to Australia – now in a larger format and hardback.

DRAF T

C OV E R

Now in its 37th edition, Explore Australia covers more of the country than any other Australian guidebook. You'll find details on over 700 regional towns, including information on local and nearby attractions, as well as markets and festivals. This beautifully designed and comprehensive guidebook outlines key information for every capital city and touring region, and suggested daytrip itineraries. Discover the best this country has to offer with features on the best beaches, gourmet food and wine destinations, nature escapes, wildlife experiences, adventure holidays, Indigenous cultural experiences and kid-friendly destinations. Whatever adventure you're looking for, Explore Australia 2020 is the ultimate travel guide to help you plan the perfect trip.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00 | NZ$65.00

ISBN

9781741176643

•

Publisher

Explore Australia

•

Imprint

Guides

Series

•

Category

Travel

•

Format

283 x 216 mm

Extent

480pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • •

•

Large hardback format and sophisticated design make it the ideal gift for all Australians! Revised and updated edition. Comprehensive town information, as well as touring regions and daytrip itineraries. Section at the front offers top ten lists by theme including Indigenous Australia, adventure travel, kid-friendly travel and gourmet touring. Ideal for planning your next holiday anywhere in Australia! Completely redesigned. Australia's longest-running and most trusted travel guide

New South Wales Sydney

Cabramatta

The Hawkesbury River

Hunter Valley

1.5 hours from Sydney CBD

1 hour from Sydney CBD

1.5 hours from Sydney CBD

2 hours from Sydney CBD

It only takes 90 minutes or so heading west – by car or train – to get to the Blue Mountains but, once you’re there, surrounded by World Heritage–listed wilderness and jawdropping views, you’ll feel a million miles away. The walking – varying from gentle strolls to challenging hikes – is superb! The area is also a magnet for those seeking a spot of retail therapy in the galleries, antique stores and boutiques of Leura or Katoomba; and for food lovers, who come up to the mountains for a long leisurely lunch or an afternoon high tea served with style in one of the grand Art Deco hotels in Medlow Bath or Katoomba. In summer the mountains are a welcome cool change from steamy Sydney. The many stately gardens are worth a visit in spring and autumn; in winter you might even see snow. See Glenbrook p. 43, Katoomba p. 52.

A daytrip to Cabramatta is like taking a daytrip to Asia. This suburb, on the western fringe of Sydney, is the Asian food and culture capital of the city. It even looks, sounds and smells more like Saigon than Sydney. Catch the train from Central Station – it will take around an hour – and spend the day shopping in the food markets and trinket stores, buying cheap-as-chips fabrics and other made-in-Asia goodies, slurping pho and other spicy Vietnamese dishes, visiting herbalists, getting a massage and drinking bubble tea. No passport needed.

Ever wondered what Sydney was like 200 years ago? Spend a day driving the back roads to Wisemans Ferry and St Albans and you’ll soon have a good idea. This area, about a 90-minute drive north-west of Sydney, is a rugged landscape with towering sandstone ridges backing onto dense national park bushland, punctuated with sleepy villages full of beautiful sandstone buildings and ancient (by Australian standards) pubs serving hearty meals. Everything on the Hawkesbury River moves to a delightfully old-fashioned beat. See Wisemans Ferry p. 90.

If you’re a wine lover, chances are you’ll know all about the Hunter Valley’s famous wines, particularly its semillon – a unique Hunter white that is regarded as the best of its type. Australia’s oldest wine-producing region is a two-hour drive from Sydney, so it’s ideal for a daytrip, although the range of accommodation and restaurants in the valley makes it the type of place where you’ll be tempted to stay overnight. World-class golf courses, luxury day spas, galleries and gardens make the Hunter Valley a great place to spend the day even if you don’t drink. See Cessnock p. 33.

Central Coast

Grand Pacific Drive

Newcastle

Northern beaches

1.5 hours from Sydney CBD

1 hour from Sydney CBD

2.5 hours from Sydney CBD

1 hour from Sydney CBD

A string of laidback coastal villages flanking blissfully uncrowded beaches makes the Central Coast a favourite weekend destination for Sydneysiders. But at just 90 minutes drive (or train ride) north of the city, it’s also the ideal place for a daytrip. Gosford is home to some great galleries and the Australian Reptile Park, which is the place to go to get an upclose look at Australia’s notorious snakes and spiders. Stylish Terrigal has lots of classy waterfront eateries, the Entrance is good for families, and Bouddi National Park in the south offers walking trails and beachside camping. See Gosford p. 44, Terrigal p. 80, The Entrance p. 80.

Victoria’s Great Ocean Road might get all the glory, but the Grand Pacific Drive, on the southern outskirts of Sydney between Royal National Park and Wollongong, is every bit as spectacular, with a lot less traffic on most days. A highlight is the thrilling Sea Cliff Bridge, which curves around the cliffs, cantilevered 50 metres out to sea. Chill out on one of the beaches along the way, take a dip in a rockpool or stroll through the rainforest. At around 100 kilometres each way, it’s the perfect length for a one-day road trip. See Wollongong p. 90.

Newcastle might be mainland Australia’s second oldest city and the second largest city in New South Wales, but there’s nothing second-class about this seriously cool place. Oozing street-smart post-industrial urban chic from every revamped railway yard, work shed, warehouse and laneway, the city overflows with art spaces, cafes, eateries and the work of emerging designers. Check out the city’s convict past, spend some time at one of the city beaches or rockpools, and watch the tankers and tugboats come and go in the working harbour from your perch in a waterfront bar or cafe. See Newcastle p. 68.

‘The northern beaches’ stretches from Manly (just north of the CBD) to Palm Beach (at the tip of the northern peninsula). The further north you go, the more glitzy it gets; ‘Palmy’ is a favourite summer holiday playground for visiting celebrities and local socialites. If you’re a fan of the TV soap Home and Away you’ll know Palm Beach as Summer Bay. But you don’t have to be rich and famous to enjoy a daytrip here: just catch a bus from the city centre. You’ll find plenty of great spots to eat and shop at each coastal ‘village’ on the way, and the walk around Barrenjoey Head is a delight.

1429 EA2020 01 NSW_2_2.indd 6-7

Blue Mountains

Sydney

New South Wales

Daytrips

FROM SYDNEY

26/2/19 11:32 am

New South Wales

1 Blue Mountains Blackheath p. 25 Glenbrook p. 43 p. 52 Katoomba Lithgow p. 59 Oberon p. 70

6 7 14

Southern Highlands andÂ Illawarra Berrima p. 24 Berry p. 25 Bowral p. 27 Bundanoon p. 30 Camden p. 31 Campbelltown p. 32 Jamberoo p. 51 Kiama p. 54 Moss Vale p. 63 Picton p. 72 Robertson p. 74 Shellharbour p. 75 Wollongong p. 90 2

Central Coast and Hawkesbury Gosford p. 44 Richmond p. 74 Terrigal p. 80 The Entrance p. 80 Windsor p. 89 Wisemans Ferry p. 90 Woy Woy p. 91 Wyong p. 92 3

4 3

1 12

Regions

p. 19 p. 21 p. 25 p. 42 p. 47 p. 47 p. 49 p. 58 p. 61 p. 62 p. 64

p. 36 p. 39 p. 40 p. 41 p. 42 p. 45 p. 46 p. 55 p. 63 p. 70 p. 71 p. 71 p. 75 p. 87

9 Capital Country Braidwood p. 28 Crookwell p. 37 Goulburn p. 44 p. 73 Queanbeyan Yass p. 92 Young p. 93

above Caption Caption below Caption Caption

Sydney

Canberra ACT

13 11

Hunter Valley and Coast Cessnock p. 33 Maitland p. 60 p. 62 Merriwa Muswellbrook p. 65 Nelson Bay p. 67 Newcastle p. 68 Raymond Terrace p. 73 Scone p. 75 p. 76 Singleton 4

below Caption Caption

Holiday Coast Bellingen Bulahdelah Coffs Harbour Dorrigo Forsterâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;Tuncurry Gloucester Kempsey Laurieton Macksville Nambucca Heads Port Macquarie Stroud Taree Urunga Wauchope Wingham

Hay Leeton Narrandera Temora Tumbarumba Tumut Wagga Wagga West Wyalong

p. 48 p. 58 p. 67 p. 79 p. 82 p. 82 p. 84 p. 88

Murray Albury Barham Corowa Culcairn Deniliquin Finley Holbrook Jerilderie Mulwala Tocumwal Wentworth

p. 18 p. 21 p. 37 p. 38 p. 38 p. 41 p. 48 p. 51 p. 64 p. 81 p. 88

14 Outback Bourke Brewarrina Broken Hill Cobar Menindee Tibooburra White Cliffs

p. 26 p. 28 p. 28 p. 33 p. 61 p. 81 p. 89

p. 23 p. 30 p. 34 p. 39 p. 41 p. 43 p. 53 p. 55 p. 60 p. 65 p. 72 p. 76 p. 77 p. 84 p. 86 p. 90

Tropical North Coast Alstonville p. 19 Ballina p. 20 Byron Bay p. 30 Casino p. 33 p. 40 Evans Head Grafton p. 45

Narrabri Nundle Tamworth Tenterfield Uralla Walcha Walgett Warialda Wee Waa 8

p. 22 p. 26 p. 32 p. 35 p. 36

10 South Coast Batemans Bay Bega Bermagui Bombala Eden Huskisson Jervis Bay Merimbula Moruya Narooma Nowra Tathra Ulladulla

p. 21 p. 23 p. 23 p. 26 p. 40 p. 49 p. 51 p. 61 p. 62 p. 66 p. 69 p. 78 p. 83

11 Snowy Mountains Adaminaby p. 18 Berridale p. 24 Cooma p. 35 Jindabyne p. 52 Khancoban p. 53 Thredbo p. 80 12 Riverina Adelong Balranald Batlow Cootamundra Griffith Gundagai

p. 18 p. 20 p. 22 p. 36 p. 45 p. 46

Islands Lord Howe Island Settlement (Lord Howe Island) p. 59

Central West Bathurst Blayney Canowindra Coonabarabran Coonamble

p. 66 p. 69 p. 77 p. 79 p. 83 p. 85 p. 85 p. 86 p. 86

Regions

7 New England Armidale Barraba Bingara Glen Innes Gunnedah Guyra Inverell Lightning Ridge Manilla Moree Murrurundi

Cowra Dubbo Eugowra Forbes Gilgandra Grenfell Gulgong Lake Cargelligo Mudgee Nyngan Orange Parkes Rylstone Wellington

1429 EA2020 01 NSW_2_2.indd 8-9

p. 49 p. 54 p. 58 p. 64 p. 65 p. 68 p. 83 p. 91 p. 92

New South Wales

Regions of New South Wales

Iluka Kyogle Lismore Mullumbimby Murwillumbah Nimbin Tweed Heads Woolgoolga Yamba

26/2/19 11:32 am

New South Wales

Touring route

Caption Caption Caption

ONE Stop in Glenbrook, one of the first towns in the Blue Mountains. Not only does the main street pump out caffeine and food for weary travellers, it’s also the starting point for the Red Hands Cave track, which leads to one of the best rock-art sites in the mountains. Cool off from the walk at Jellybean Pool, a swimming hole also near Glenbrook.

The foothills of the sandstone ridges, escarpments, canyons and eucalypt-covered plateaus known as the Blue Mountains start at the western edge of Sydney’s suburban sprawl and rise to almost 1200 metres before dropping away to the wide western plains some 100 winding kilometres later, just beyond the village of Mount Victoria. The mountains might be famous for their stop-you-in-your-tracks views, adventure sports and walking trails, butB55 the historic ridge-top towns also offer fine A32 dining, fantastic shopping and show-worthy gardens.

THREE Wentworth Falls has some big-name tourist attractions, from the eponymous falls to local bushwalks, as well as some interesting art galleries. FOUR Leura – quirky shopping, stylish fashion and better-thanaverage eateries are the name of the game here, as well as old-world houses and gardens, such as Everglades Historic House and Gardens. FIVE Echo Point Lookout – this is what most people come up to the mountains to see! Overlooking Jamison Valley and the famous Three Sisters, this view never disappoints, no matter how many times you may have seen it on a postcard. Walk down the Giant Staircase if you’re prepared for the climb back up.

Bell

GREA

GREAT

B59

Mount Victoria

A32

LIN

RANGE

RANGE N

Megalong Valley

JENOLA

Evans Lookout

Medlow Bath

GREAT

KATOOMBA Scenic World

Three Sisters

SPRINGWOOD

A32

Woodford

Blaxland Glenbrook Red Hands Cave

• The Blue Mountains really is a year-round destination. In summer the mountains are the perfect place to escape Sydney’s sticky heat; in autumn the deciduous trees in gardens and along avenues are ablaze with colour; winter time brings the occasional dusting of snow; and spring is a riot of garden blooms. • Main towns: Blackheath (see p. 25), Katoomba (see p. 52). • The Blue Mountains are the traditional land of the Dharug and Gundungurra peoples; search out the many rock-art sites. • The mountains initially blocked the Europeans from expanding their colony to the west, but a small expedition party, led by Blaxland, Wentworth and Lawson (all with local towns named after them), crossed the mountains in a remarkable 21 days. Their secret? Following the ridges rather than the valleys. • Don’t miss: Three Sisters, Red Hands Cave, Scenic World, Wentworth Falls, Blue Mountains Botanic Garden Mount Tomah.

TWELVE If you’re heading back to Sydney, take the Bells Line of Road and stop at the Blue Mountains Botanic Garden Mount Tomah, one of the world’s finest collections of cool climate plants, including the Wollemi pine – Australia’s own Jurassic tree.

SIX Scenic World is only a short drive from the lookout, and includes thrills like the steepest passenger railway in the world, which descends into a rainforest that has existed since the Jurassic era. You can also ride the Skyway, a glass-floored cable car that glides along a wire 270 metres above the rainforest.

Penrith Jellybean Pool

A44

ELEVEN No Blue Mountains tour is complete without a trip to Jenolan Caves. Marvel at the stalactites and stalagmites, columns, shawls and canopies. Of the 280 richly decorated caves here, M4 nine are open for tours.

Caption Caption Caption

A44

TEN A2 Surrounded by apple orchards and with people selling fruit and vegetables at roadside stalls, Hartley, a village of imposing sandstone buildings, was one of the first colonial settlements west of the Blue Mountains and appears today much as it did in the 1870s.

Regions

E IN SK E ER ANG R

Blue Mountains National Park

Jenolan Caves

RN STE

Echo Point Lookout

Wentworth Falls Lawson

Faulconbridge

Jenolan Karst Conservation BLA CK Reserve RA N

Leura

• Allow at least three days for a proper exploration.

SEVEN, EIGHT & NINE Browse the eclectic range of shops housed in wonderful Art Deco buildings in Katoomba; soak in the views across the Megalong Valley at Medlow Bath as you indulge in an afternoon 65 high tea at the grand Hydro Majestic Hotel (worth a stop for the magnificent view, even if you don’t go inside); and walk among the classic houses and historic buildings of Blackheath before checking out the view from Evans Lookout.

Blue Mountains National Park

Blackheath

4 km

Kurrajong Heights

RD Blue Mountains Botanic Garden Mount Tomah

S CAVE 0

Bilpin

PATERSON RANGE

Mount Tomah

BELL

Little Hartley

R STE WE

DIVIDING

Hampton

Hartley

Glenroy RD

Regions

TWO It doesn’t matter whether you’re an art lover, history buff, gardener, bookworm or admirer of beautiful things, you’ll love the Norman Lindsay Gallery at Faulconbridge. The former home of the renowned artist and author is full of his oil paintings, watercolours, etchings, drawings, novels, sculptures, ship models and memorabilia – all surrounded by extensive gardens.

Cheat sheet

New South Wales

Blue Mountains

TOP TOURING REGIONS

Riv

Kanangra Gorge

1429 EA2020 01 NSW_2_2.indd 10-11

26/2/19 11:32 am

TOP TOURING REGIONS

Border Ranges NP

B91 0

10 km

Pottsville

RICHMOND

Nightcap NP Mullumbimby

Brunswick Heads

Protestors Falls

The Channon

Byron Bay

Bangalow B62

Casino

LISMORE B60

Teven Valley Golf Course

RANGE

HWY

Coraki

Lennox Head

Suffolk Park

Thursday Plantation

Alstonville

BALLINA

6 Wardell

ERLAN D

Woodburn

SUMM

Evans Head Goanna Headland

Dirawong Reserve

EIGHT Get in touch with your inner flower child at Nimbin, the centre of the 1970s hippie movement, where shopfronts are decorated in colourful, psychedelic murals, alternative is mainstream and you’re likely to find some of the best organic chai lattes in the state. Groovy baby. NINE & TEN Take a scenic drive through the rainforests of Nightcap and Wollumbin national parks, through the caldera of what was, 20 million years ago, a huge volcano. Find out more at the World Heritage Rainforest Centre in Murwillumbah. ELEVEN & TWELVE Finish your tour in either Brunswick Heads or Byron Bay (Brunswick is the quieter, slightly less fashionable but much better value of the two). Both offer great beaches and a laidback holiday vibe, where bare feet and fish and chips by the sea are the order of the day, with an organic kale, quinoa and chia smoothie on the side – if that’s your thing.

Cheat sheet • You’ll need two or three days to explore the region, but allow yourself a couple of extra days just to chill out on the beach. • Best swimming weather is early summer through to Easter, although the climate is delightfully mild all year. The region gets very busy during summer school holidays and long weekends, so book accommodation ahead. • Main towns: Ballina (see p. 20), Byron Bay (see p. 30), Grafton (see p. 45), Lismore (see p. 58), Yamba (see p. 92). • Don’t miss: weekend markets at Byron Bay, Nimbin, Bangalow and the Channon; Wollumbin and Border Ranges national parks, Cape Byron Lighthouse, Teven Valley Golf Course, Iluka Nature Reserve. • Cape Byron is the most easterly point on the Australian mainland: time your visit for sunrise and you’ll have a head start on the rest of the country. • Protestors Falls in Nightcap National Park is the site of one of the first conservationist protests in Australia, back in the 1970s. Today it is World Heritage listed.

CIF

ile

Lawrence Road

Woody Head

Maclean Lawrence

GRAFTON

CORAL

Iluka Yamba Angourie

Cowper CO RA AS NG T E

Shark Bay

SEA

Brooms Head Sandon Bluffs

Minnie Water

ONE Start in Grafton, which is famous for its annual Jacaranda Festival in October, when the town’s heritage-laden streets are transformed into beautiful purple-flowery tunnels.

Head – a great spot for a picnic lunch (shortbread and haggis from A1 Maclean, perhaps?) beside the river or at Dirawong Reserve, which is magnificent in spring when the headland is carpeted in wildflowers.

TWO & THREE Turn off the Pacific Highway and spend some time on one of Yamba’s six beaches – if you’re a surfer you’ll love the legendary right-hand break at Angourie Point – or take the plunge feet first into the Blue Pool, a huge rock quarry filled with fresh water. Jump on the ferry crossing the Clarence River to Iluka and stroll through the World Heritage–listed rainforest reserve.

SIX Put your navigational skills to the test in the tea-tree maze at Thursday Plantation on the northern outskirts of Ballina, unless of course you get sidetracked by the town’s beaches. A wonderful way to see the beaches is on the walking and cycle track that hugs the coastline and runs along the river wall.

Caption Caption Caption

SEVEN Like Grafton, Alstonville is famous for its purple haze when the tibouchina trees that line the town’s streets burst into bloom (in autumn), but it’s the macadamias that are the real attraction. The surrounding hills are covered in orchards of the impossible-to-crack-but-delicious nut,

Regions

FOUR & FIVE Double back to the highway and wander around Maclean (home of all things Scottish and the place to stock up on tinned haggis, should you need to). Then continue north through the cane fields to Ballina. Along the way, stop at Evans

1429 EA2020 01 NSW_2_2.indd 12-13

and you can buy big fat bags at farmgate stalls for just a few dollars (BYO nutcracker). Set in the hinterland behind Ballina, Alstonville also offers a historical charm and excellent antiques shopping.

B91

Touring route

Regions

Nimbin

Wollumbin NP Uki

Kyogle

B60

If New South Wales has a beachholiday capital, it is Byron Bay. Once a sleepy little backwater full of alternative lifestylers, it’s now a magnet for beach lovers who flock here for the surfing, swimming, whale-watching, day spas, yoga retreats, natural therapy centres, trendy cafes and restaurants and hippy, trippy vibe. In fact, the entire tropical north coast is sprinkled with towns just like Byron, although the real hippies are to be found in the beautiful green, rainforestsmothered hinterland.

Bogangar

Murwillumbah

NSW

WA Y

Byron Bay and the beach towns

QLD

New South Wales

Tomewin

Border Ranges National Park

Tweed Heads

Banora Point

26/2/19 11:32 am

M31

B73

Huskisson

20 km

St Georges Basin

TOURING REGIONS Bungendore

Sussex Inlet Milton

Araluen

JBT Booderee NP

Batemans Bay

Pebbly Beach Murramarang National Park Batemans Bay

Mogo

Malua Bay

Mogo Zoo

Moruya

The far south coast of New South Wales between Jervis Bay and the Victorian border – a string of national parks and wonderfully undeveloped beaches combined with a maze of beautiful waterways – is one long summer playground, although the scenery, B72 wildlife, family-friendly attractions and farm-fresh cheeses and other produce make it a great place to spend some time all year round. Pack a picnic blanket, fishing rod and walking shoes, because a holiday in this part of the world is all about getting back to nature and enjoying the great outdoors.

Eurobodalla National Park

Tuross Head

5 Central Tilba Tilba Tilba Cobargo

Dalmeny Narooma

Montague Island

Bega

Mimosa Rocks National Park

Tathra

10 Tura Beach Merimbula

Ben Boyd National Park

Eden

Twofold Bay

Kiah Ben Boyd NP

TASMAN

Bermagui

Jervis Bay

B52

B23

Vincentia

Ulladulla

Braidwood

The sleepy south from Jervis Bay to Eden

Lake George TOP

Davidson Whaling Station & Boyds Tower

SEA

Touring route ONE You can’t drive past Jervis Bay without visiting Hyams Beach, which has some of the whitest sand in the country, if not the world. Jervis Bay is also famous for its resident pod of dolphins and is a great place to go whale-watching between June and November. The walking trails, botanic gardens, beachside camping areas and picturesque lighthouse ruins of Booderee National Park are also worth exploring.

• You could drive this stretch in less than a day, but that would be no fun at all – four or five days gives you plenty of time to enjoy the good life along the way. • Best swimming weather is early summer through to mid-autumn. The region is popular during summer school holidays, so plan ahead.

TWO Wanna see some surfing kangaroos? Head to the beaches of Murramarang National Park. Okay, they may be more likely to be lying about on the sand rather than riding the waves, but at dawn and dusk the ’roos really do like hanging around at Pebbly Beach.

• Main towns: Batemans Bay (see p. 21), Bega (see p. 23), Eden (see p. 40), Narooma (see p. 66), Ulladulla (see p. 83).

THREE Mogo is one of those tiny blink-and-you’ll-miss-it places on the highway that can be tempting to drive past, but there are two good reasons to stop here, particularly if you are travelling with kids: Mogo Zoo has Nepalese red pandas, white lions, snow leopards, gorillas and tigers and plenty of behindthe-scenes tours; the Original Gold Rush Colony is a heritage park that re-creates the gold-rush days of the 1860s.

• Booderee National Park is owned by the people of Wreck Bay, and Booderee Botanic Gardens is the only Indigenous-owned botanic gardens in Australia. A self-guided trail with lots of interpretive boards explains how the Koori people used the plants for food and medicine.

FOUR Hire a kayak or paddle your own around the mirror-like waters of Tuross Lake where, if you believe the locals, the fish pretty much just jump into your boat. FIVE You don’t have to be a golf lover to enjoy a round on the cliff-edge top six at Narooma Golf Course, one of the most scenically sublime (and best value) golf courses in the country. You do, however, have to be prepared to lose a ball or two as you try to whack them from one cliff-top green to the next without dropping them into the churning ocean below. SIX Nine kilometres offshore from Narooma, Montague Island is home to colonies of both Australian and New Zealand fur seals and 10,000 pairs of little penguins. Daytrips and overnight stays in the historic lighthouse are available. Book at the Narooma Visitor Centre. SEVEN Stretch your legs on a stroll down the main streets of Central Tilba and Tilba Tilba. Both villages are full of lovingly restored heritage-listed wooden buildings that are now home to galleries, gift shops and showrooms. Cheese lovers should head to the ABC Cheese Factory. Those with a sweet tooth will love the local fudge from the general store and the chocolate shop.

• Don’t miss: Hyams Beach, Mogo Zoo, the Original Gold Rush Colony, Eden Killer Whale Museum, Montague Island, Green Cape Lighthouse, Tilba Tilba.

• Seek out the story of Old Tom at the Eden Killer Whale Museum. As leader of a pack of killer whales (orcas), he would round up the baleen whales in the harbour and herd them towards the whalers waiting with harpoons, in exchange for whale scraps.

ELEVEN Find out everything you’ve ever wanted to know about cheese at the Bega Cheese Heritage Centre. The cafe serves a great ploughman’s lunch and a wicked milkshake. TWELVE &THIRTEEN You’re guaranteed a whale of a time in Eden on the shores of Twofold Bay, site of one of the first whaling stations in New South Wales, and also one of the last to close down. Check out the fascinating stories of whales and whalers working together at the Eden Killer Whale Museum, and wander around the atmospheric ruins of nearby Davidson Whaling Station and Boyds Tower in Ben Boyd National Park.

Caption Caption Caption

Regions

EIGHT, NINE &TEN Take the coast road to Tathra, via Bermagui and through Mimosa Rocks National Park. Have a hankering for some fresh fish? Both towns are great places to drop in a line, or pick up some that have been caught and cooked by someone else (with chips, of course).

Regions

Cheat sheet

New South Wales

M23

1429 EA2020 01 NSW_2_2.indd 14-15

Caption Caption Caption

26/2/19 11:32 am

Great Aussie Car Fails Dave Morley

DRAF T

C OV E R

With more than 30 years of experience as a motoring journalist, author Dave Morley has come across his fair share of epic car stuff-ups. Great Aussie Car Fails explores the biggest stuff-ups in motoring history, from the supercar with an engine prone to exploding, to Peter Brock's Energy Polariser, the equivalent of healing crystals for your car. The book includes chapters on the biggest car model mistakes; technology gone wrong; questionable company politics and some overseas whoppers that will make us feel... a little less alone in the stupid stakes. For car lovers, car haters and anyone who wants to feel a bit better about their own mistakes, this book will keep you entertained and give you a bit of insight into the wild world of cars.

ALSO AVAILABLE:

Author Details The car is a complex machine. The business of making cars is a complex industry. Enter a simple man. Dave Morley has been an automotive journalist for the last three decades and more, and has witnessed first hand his fair share of mistakes, errors, stuff-ups and bald-faced lies from a car-making world where too often politics, expediency, cost-cutting, and snake-oil salesmen get in the way of good design, bestpractice and engineering practicalities. How else could you explain a manufacturer cheating on a fuel consumption test, a car that knee-capped its occupants or an exhaust design so loopy, it set the car’s carpets on fire? A twisted view of the world isn’t usually a blessing, but when it comes to stripping away the weasel words and recognising stupid for what it is, such a warped approach has served Morley well. He is the perfect candidate to lift the bonnet on the greatest Aussie car stuff-ups of all time.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781741176735

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

Guides

Series

Category

Humour

Format

203 x 165 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

•

Key Information •

• • •

•

From the author of Six Decades of Holden Versus Ford, Dave Morley, turns his trademark humour and personal insight to the biggest stuff-ups in the Australian (and international) car industry. Fun and approachable content and design makes it the perfect gift for not just the car lover, but also accessible to general public. Perfect Father's Day gift but also a great self-purchase. Dave Morley is a well-respected motoring journalist - but he also has a wicked sense of humour. Six Decades of Holden versus Ford has sold 10,000 copies since release. Books on cars are always popular. Marketing and publicity campaign on release.

Price

AU$50.00 | NZ$55.00

ISBN

9781741175677

The Politics of stupid.

Dumb laws and corporate decisions

Wrecknology.

EA Falcon windscreen blunders Sometimes the pace of technology outruns the people who fix our cars. A classic example of this occurred in the late 1980s when Ford pulled the wraps off its brand-new, all-new EA Falcon. Suddenly, the old XF Falcon was so yesterday it wasn’t funny, and the EA’s overhead camshaft engine and steering rack replacing the old car’s steering box was dead-set space-ship stuff. But there was another improvement the EA brought with it over the XF and that was in the science of fitting the front and rear glass to the car. In previous Falcons, the windscreen had been surrounded by a big rubber seal that extended right around the edge of the glass. When that seal was stretched and popped on to the metal lip that

formed the windscreen opening, bingo, the windscreen was officially in place. Until a passing truck threw up a dirty great rock and broke the bugger, but you get the idea. Meantime, the new EA used a clever system of actually gluing the glass to the car, making the whole structure stronger by making the front and rear screens part of that structure. Without the small degree of movement allowed by the old-style rubber seal, the bodyshell had less flex and the new Falcon was stronger. And safer. And by using the glass as a stressed member (to use an engineering term) Ford was able to reduce

the size and mass of other parts of the roof structure and still have sufficient strength to prevent the roof caving in if the worst happened and the Falcon wound up on its lid. The problems started when EAs began turning up with broken windscreens (due to the normal causes) and went to windscreen shops to have new screens fitted. While some glass fitters were up to speed with the new glue-in process, a lot weren’t, and in some cases the wrong grade or type of adhesive was being used. If that happened, you could wind up with a car that looked fine and didn’t leak, but if it was in a shunt, wouldn’t have the proper degree of strength to keep the passenger cell from collapsing in on the hapless occupants. There was no way of knowing whether the correct adhesive had been used just by looking, and as EA Falcons started to hit the second-hand market, it all become a bit of a lottery. Provided you could trace the repair history of a particular car, you could be pretty sure you were okay, but if not, you were rolling the dice. In the end, even Ford got cold feet and, even though it stuck with

No man is an island You Couldn’t Make This Up Dept: The first traffic islands in the world were built in Liverpool, England in 1862, but the most ill-fated was the first built in London in St James Street in 1864. It was privately commissioned by Colonel Pierpoint, who was concerned that was going to be run down by a horse and carriage on his way to (but more likely home from) his private club in Pall Mall. After much work and money, his traffic island was finished and the good colonel rushed across the street to inspect it. And was mown down and killed by a horse and carriage. True story.

The Politics of Stupid

Leyland P76 Unready when you are Uh-oh, here come the gags and the guffaws. Feast your eyes on the car that has become the poster child for getting it wrong. Yep, the Leyland P76 has been the butt of plenty of cruel jibes over the years and, to be honest, it deserved some of them. Frankly, the P76 stands as a lesson on how not to do it when it comes to launching an all-new car into a market sector already pretty well served by some old favourites. The story starts in May, 1973. It was all systems go and Leyland Australia pushed the button to start production. And while the car may have been a concept with some merit, it was far from perfect in execution. And that started with the way it was screwed

together. Like its UK-based parent, Leyland Australia was having enormous difficulties at the time nailing quality control. A unionised workforce was not helping management’s cause but given what eventually happened to the Zetland plant in inner Sydney where Leyland production was centred, the union unrest ultimately did its members no favours either. Beyond that, the car simply wasn’t right from the moment it launched. Even in those gentler times when a few hours at the side of the road with a recalcitrant car were hardly the rarity they are now, the P76 was seen as unresolved in quality terms.

The big complaints included doors that leaked air and, of course, dust, rear windows that simply fell out over bumps and even an exhaust system design that routed the piping so close to the floor that the optional carpets began smouldering. Interior trim items routinely jumped ship and then there was the styling. Leyland Australia had been made to lobby the UK parent so hard for the go-ahead to do a big car, there’s speculation that it then felt the need to make it truly huge to justify its optimism. The old adage that the boot was big enough to fit a 44-gallon drum is actually true, but why that should be seen as a requirement for success is

still being debated. Even by the standards of the time, the P76 is an awkward looking child. The wedge shape is apparent, but dubious, and the detail works seems misguided. It’s simply too heavy in the rump to ever be called attractive, and that’s pretty much that. And that’s despite the design being the work of Michelotti of Turin; a design studio that, among other things had designed the very pretty Triumph 2500, the groundbreaking BMW 2002 and various Maseratis. So how did a design by such a team of craftsmen turn out so ungainly? Basically, the Michelotti design was fiddled with by Leyland Australia staff (perhaps on the instructions of their UK

The Politics of Stupid

masters) who changed bits and pieces and demanded other parameters that completely diluted the purity of the original. As the car aged (not that it had a particularly long innings) you could argue that the assembly glitches that characterised the finished product should have been fixed. But they never were. There was also speculation that the parent company, Leyland in the UK, was experiencing financial woes and couldn’t fully fund the ongoing development of a project half a world away. Against that background came strikes within the Leyland factory and strikes within supplier companies which held up the parts necessary to finish cars. Many part-finished P76s wound up on the grass at the factory, shy of the required bits and pieces to get them into showrooms. There was even a steel shortage at one point, too, as the supplier involved failed to deliver the goods. Even power cuts hampered the P76’s progress. And let’s not forget the fuel crisis that arrived just as the P76 hit dealerships. The P76’s arrival also occurred at a time when both Holden and Ford were on the ascendancy.

The HQ Holden, which was selling at the same time as the Leyland, went on to become one of Holden’s most successful models with sales of almost half-a million in three years. A tough act to follow. There was political fallout, too. The Federal Government’s Industry Assistance Commission reckoned there was room for three car-makers, not four. And hot on the heels of the P76’s demise, PM Gough Whitlam referred to it as `a dud’ and Bill Hayden famously called it a lemon. Makes you wonder what chance it ever had… But just to square things up a little, it’s worth noting that the P76 did have its good points. Chief among those was that it was absolutely huge inside. There was plenty of headroom even in the back seat and the wide proportions made for lots of elbow and shoulder room. With the standard bench front seat, the P76 was truly a six-seater. There was also exceptional vision to all sides and only the high tail obscured the rear view for shorter drivers. And thanks to that 44-gallon drum thing, the boot was simply vast and also featured a

low-loading lip and wide opening. The body itself was clever, too, and despite the poor panel fit, the P76’s body was made up of just over 200 individual parts (allegedly only five more than the much smaller and two-door Mini). This simplified production and made for a stronger bodyshell into the bargain. The car drove well, too, with good brakes and positive steering. In fact, the driving experience was roundly praised by contemporary road tests which compared it favourably with the establishment. Fuel economy was better than the established players and the general view was that once Leyland got the build-quality issues sorted out, P76s would fly out the door. Of course, that never happened. Leyland never got the chance to get it right, because just 16 months later, in October 1974, the P76 project imploded, taking most of the Zetland plant and employees with it.

Rugby World Cup Japan 2019 Kids' Handbook Clive Gifford

As excitement builds in the run-up to Rugby World Cup 2019, the official Rugby World CupTM Japan 2019 Kids' Handbook provides the perfect tournament companion for younger rugby fans. It's bursting with information about the host country, Japan, plus the stadiums, top teams, superstar players, Rugby World Cup facts and stats, as well as loads of games, quizzes and puzzles.

Author Details Clive Gifford has written over 200 information books for young people and adults, several of which have been nominated for or won the Royal Society Young People's Book Prize, the Blue Peter Book Award, Smithsonian, PBS and TES prizes. Selected sports titles include Rugby World Cup 2015 Factfile (Carlton) and Know Your Sport: Rugby (Watts).

Key Information Publication

01 August 2019

• •

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$13.99 | NZ$17.99

•

ISBN

9781783124695

•

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

246 x 189 mm

Extent

48pp

Illustrations

Approx. 100 colour photos

Age Range

6 and up

Terms

SOR

•

The only official children's companion to the tournament, which kicks off on 20 September 2019. Packed full of incredible Rugby World Cup facts and records, plus quickfire profiles of the top teams and players. Bursting with rugby puzzles, quizzes and games. A brilliant book for reluctant readers, with bite-sized text and all-action photos and activities. Fill-in progress chart lets young fans record match results as the tournament progresses, making this book a great personalised souvenir of Rugby World CupTM Japan 2019!

Rugby World Cup Japan 2019: The Official Book Simon Collings

The Rugby World Cup 2019 Japan: The Official Book is the must-have companion to world rugby's biggest event. For the first time ever, a nation outside the Six Nations or Rugby Championship, Japan, is hosting the tournament, and this book contains everything fans will need, from venue guides to detailed information on every team in the finals, key players, playing strengths, coaches, past form and a prediction of teams' hopes of success. In addition to reports on the qualifying tournaments and the fill-in Rugby World Cup Japan 2019 fixture schedule, famous games are recalled in special features, together with biographies of the men most likely to light up the tournament in the way the 2019 hosts did when they shocked South Africa in England in 2015. The Rugby World Cup's glorious history and tournament records are also fully covered making Rugby World Cup 2019 Japan: The Official Book essential reading for all fans interested in RWC2019.

Author Details Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Simon Collings is a much-respected sports journalist. He is the Rugby Correspondent for the famous London sports news agency Hayters Teamwork.

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781787392670

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

•

Category

Sport & Fitness

•

Format

246 x 189 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Approximately 120 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

This is the only officially licensed book for adults to preview the Rugby World Cup 2019 Japan. It contains everything fans need to follow and enjoy RWC2019, comprising a description of the qualifying tournament, the cities and stadiums hosting matches, full guides to all 20 of the teams in Japan, the star players, a history of the eight previous tournaments, full facts and stats. The lively and informative text is complemented by an outstanding selection of photographs. The tournament kicks off on 20 September 2019, in Tokyo, and the final is on 2 November 2019, in Yokohama. The most important event in world Rugby Union, revenue from the RWC drives the global development and expansion of the game. New Zealand won the 2011 and 2015 Rugby World Cups, making the All Blacks the first team to be world champions three times, having won the inaugural tournament in 1987. Almost 2.5 million fans attended matches at the Rugby World Cup 2015, hosted by England.

WELCOME TO

JAPAN It is an exciting time for sport in Japan. Not only is the country hosting the Rugby World Cup, but also, a year later, it will stage the Olympics. Japan is the first Asian country to host the Rugby World Cup and 2019 promises to be a tournament like no other. Right: There are few places around the world more recognizable than the imperious Mount Fuji and, when it comes to architecture, Japanese pagodas are simply beautiful.

Match Venues

Tokyo Stadium, Tokyo

Twelve venues across as many cities have been chosen to host the 48 matches that will make up Rugby World Cup 2019. The tournament will span the length of Japan and provide supporters with an opportunity to visit the whole country. A mixture of old and new stadia will give fans a different experience at each venue, with the final set to take place at the 72,327-seater International Stadium Yokohama. Fukuoka Hakatanomori Stadium Fukuoka City Kobe Misaki Stadium Kobe City

City of Toyota Stadium City of Toyota

Above: The Sapporo Dome has hosted summer and winter sports.

Sapporo Dome, Sapporo Capacity: 41,410 Matches hosted:

Australia v Fiji (D, Sept 21) England v Tonga (C, Sept 22)

Kumagaya Rugby Stadium Kumagaya City

Sapporo Dome Sapporo City

Kamaishi Recovery Memorial Stadium Kamaishi City

Constructed in 2001, the Sapporo Dome was one of the venues for the 2002 FIFA World Cup, which was hosted by Japan and South Korea. Now the venue is ready to add rugby to its list of sports. The Dome is currently home of the baseball team Hokkaido Nippon-Ham Fighters and the football side Hokkaido Consadole Sapporo, but it has been used for other major events. It was the venue for the opening ceremony of the 2017 Asian Winter Games, just as it was for the FIS Nordic World Ski Championships back in 2007. The Dome has two different surfaces, one made of artificial turf and the other grass, making it incredibly versatile.

After hosting the football World Cup final in 2002, the International Stadium Yokohama is now set to stage the final of Rugby World Cup 2019. Boasting a capacity of more than 70,000, the stadium is the biggest at the tournament in Japan. In total, seven matches will take place there and it promises to provide a unique atmosphere for players and fans. The venue regularly hosts the FIFA Club World Cup final, but has also been used for American football, athletics and rugby over the years. Music concerts are often held at the stadium too, with attendances occasionally reaching around 140,000.

Capacity: 49,970 Matches hosted: Japan v Europe 1 (A, Sept 20) France v Argentina (C, Sept 21) Australia v Wales (D, Sept 29) England v Argentina (C, Oct 5) New Zealand v Africa 1 (B, Oct 6) Quarter-final 2 (Oct 19) Quarter-final 4 (Oct 20) Bronze Final (Nov 1)

Usually the home of football clubs FC Tokyo and Tokyo Verdy, the Tokyo Stadium has a big role to play at Rugby World Cup 2019. The venue will host the opening ceremony as well as the first match of the tournament. In total, eight games are scheduled to take place there, which is more than any other stadium. The venue is no stranger to hosting big events and has staged American football and rugby in the past. Away from sport, the Tokyo Stadium has even hosted flea markets. It also played a vital role in the aftermath of the 2011 Tohoku earthquake and tsunami that struck Japan, when the stadium opened its doors to act as a shelter for survivors.

International Stadium Yokohama, Yokohama Shizuoka Stadium Ecopa Shizuoka Prefecture

Kumamoto Stadium Kumamoto City

Oita Stadium Oita Prefecture

Hanazono Rugby Stadium Higashiosaka City

Tokyo Stadium Tokyo Metropolitan

International Stadium Yokohama Yokohama City

Capacity: 72,327 Matches hosted: New Zealand v South Africa (B, Sept 21) Ireland v Scotland (A, Sept 22) England v France (C, Oct 12) Japan v Scotland (A, Oct 13) Semi-final 1 (Oct 26) Semi-final 2 (Oct 27) Rugby World Cup Final (Nov 2)

Above: In 2019, the Yokohama International Stadium will add the Rugby World Cup to its cv..

Rugby World Cup Magic Moments Japan beat South Africa at RWC2015 Japan pulled off the greatest shock in rugby union history by defeating South Africa at the 2015 Rugby World Cup. As the two sides prepared to meet in their Pool B match in Brighton, Japan went into the encounter as huge underdogs. They had not won a Rugby World Cup match since 1991 while their opponents, South Africa, had been crowned champions in 1995 and 2007. However, that proved irrelevant as head coach Eddie Jones guided Japan to an historic victory. At half-time South Africa led 12-10 thanks to tries from Francois Louw and Bismarck du Plessis. Japan, however, refused to fold after the break, and the steady goal kicking of full-back Ayumu Goromaru, who finished with 24 points, kept them in the game. The two sides continued to exchange scores in a fiercely competitive encounter but, as the game ticked into overtime, it was South Africa who led 32-29. Japan refused to give in, though, and their efforts earned them two penalties â&#x20AC;&#x201C; which could have been kicked at goal to secure a draw. However, Jonesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; side decided to go for broke and they were rewarded in the 84th minute as winger Karne Hesketh scored in the corner. The Brighton crowd went wild as Japan ended a run of 18 Rugby World Cup games without a win. It was a monumental moment for the country and they went on to win two more games during the tournament, against Samoa and the USA, as they finished third in Pool B behind South Africa and Scotland.

Right: Karne Hesketh is hidden by a swarm of excited Japan team-mates after his try had defeated South Africa in one of the biggest upsets in the history of the Rugby World Cup

POOL C

France

STAR PLAYER

Despite appearing in three Rugby World Cup finals, France are still yet to lift the Webb Ellis Cup. Les Bleus were runners-up at the inaugural tournament back in 1987 and they have continued to be a threat since then. Blessed with some of the finest athletes in world rugby, France have the ability to blow any side away on their day. France travelled to Australia and New Zealand in 1987 for the first ever Rugby World Cup as Grand Slam champions and with a spring in their step. However, they got off to a slow start courtesy of a 20-20 draw with Scotland, but they soon found their groove and thumped Romania 55-12 and Zimbabwe 70-12 to reach the quarter-finals. A 31-16

COACH JACQUES BRUNEL Handed the reins in December 2017 following the dismissal of Guy Noves, Jacques Brunel is no stranger to international rugby. He was forwards coach for France from 2001 to 2007, working under the now French Rugby Federation president Bernard Laporte. Brunel helped to turn the French pack into a formidable unit as they won the Six Nations Grand Slam in 2002 and 2004. His success with France led to him being made head coach of Perpignan and he guided them to the Top 14 title in 2009. After five successful years in club rugby, Brunel was snapped up by Italy and was their coach during Rugby World Cup 2015. He recorded two victories with them during the tournament, but the Azzurri exited at the pool stages.

victory over Fiji then set up a mouthwatering semi-final clash with Australia in Sydney. The Wallabies were one of the favourites for the tournament, but France ran in four tries on their way to a 30-24 victory. That win led to a final showdown with co-hosts New Zealand, but it was there that Les Bleus ran out of steam as they were defeated 29-9 at Eden Park. As one of the co-hosts for Rugby World Cup 1991, and having reached the final at the previous tournament, France were hoping for a strong showing in their own backyard. However, it turned out to be a competition to forget for them as they crashed out at the quarter-final stage. Les Bleus won all their pool games, against Canada (19-13), Fiji (33-9) and Romania (30-3), but England proved too much for them. Indeed, even the home support of the

PLAYING STRIP Blue shirt, three white stripes on the shoulders, blue shorts, blue socks.

Born in Ceret in the south of France, Guilhem Guirado began his professional career with Perpignan. The hooker was part of a golden age for the club and he helped them become Top 14 champions in 2009. Guirado’s form at club level naturally led to him gaining international recognition and he made his debut for France in March 2008, coming off the bench against Italy. Lauded for his exceptional work ethic and discipline, the hooker soon became a starter, and he played four of Les Bleus’ matches at Rugby World Cup 2015, scoring one try in the process. Previous captain Thierry Dusautoir retired after that tournament and Guirado has been the regular skipper of the side since then.

RUGBY WORLD CUP PERFORMANCES 1987............... Quarter-finals 1991............... Runners-up 1995.............. Semi-finals 1999.............. Quarter-finals 2003...........WORLD CHAMPIONS 2007............. Runners-up 2011................ Quarter-finals 2015............... Quarter-finals Parc des Princes was not enough as they went down 19-10. Keen to make amends, France headed to South Africa for Rugby World Cup 1995 with a point to prove. Once again they made light work of the pool stages, scoring more than 100 points as with victories over Ivory Coast (54-18), Scotland (19-2) and Tonga (38-10). Ireland were dispatched 36-12 in the quarter-finals to set up a semi-final clash with hosts South Africa. It turned out to be a battle of the boot as both Thierry Lacroix and Joel Stransky tried to kick their sides to glory. In the end, it was the latter

Above: French players applaud their fans in Cardiff in the 2015 World Cup.

GUILHEM GUIRADO Position:............................... Hooker and captain Born:................. June 17, 1986, Ceret, France Club:...................................................................Toulon (Fra) Height:................................................................1.83m (6ft) Weight:.......................................................105kg (231lb) Caps:.................................................................................................60 Points:................................................................................20 (4t)

who also scored a try, and South Africa progressed 19-15 on their way to winning the whole tournament. France, avenged that 1991 loss to England by winning the third-place play-off 19-9. Four years later, France went one better as they made it all the way to the final of Rugby World Cup 1999 in Australia. In familiar fashion, they cruised through their pool matches with victories over Canada (33-20), Fiji (28-19) and Namibia (47-13). Argentina proved little resistance, too, in the quarter-finals and France ran in five tries at Lansdowne Road on their way to a 47-26 win. They did, however, show incredible grit and determination in the semi-final against New Zealand. Trailing 17-10 at half-time, France staged a magnificent comeback to win a pulsating match 43-31. Heartache followed, however, as they were outclassed 35-12 by Australia in the final. By the time Rugby World Cup 2003 came round, Les Bleus, under coach

Bernard Laporte,.were becoming a fiercely physical side and they breezed through the pool stages with four wins from four against Fiji (61-18), Japan (51-29), Scotland (51-9) and USA (41-14). Four tries ensured that Ireland were defeated 43-21 in the quarterfinal, but eventual winners England proved a step too far in the last four. England were in clinical form and won 24-7 as fly-half Jonny Wilkinson scored all their points. As hosts of Rugby World Cup 2007, France were desperate to finally lift the Webb Ellis Cup. However, they got off to a terrible start as they lost their opening match to surprise package Argentina 17-12. They recovered to progress out of their pool in second place and a stunning 20-18 win over New Zealand in the next round set up a semi-final date with England. Les Bleus were naturally dreaming of a Paris final, but they were pipped 14-9 by the holders in a tight encounter.

After wins against Japan (47-21) and Canada (46-19), France looked set to make the knockout stages of Rugby World Cup 2011 with ease. But they were given an almighty scare, as first hosts New Zealand (37-17) and then Tonga (19-14) defeated them. France did end up squeaking through into the quarter-finals on bonus points, and they finally began to show their true colours. Wins over England (19-12) and Wales (9-8) meant a rematch with New Zealand in the final. However, the All Blacks edged it 8-7 in a tight encounter that left Les Bleus’ hearts broken. New Zealand proved to be France’s nemesis once again at Rugby World Cup 2015. As expected they made it out of their pool, with their only defeat coming against Ireland (24-9). Before that, wins against Canada (41-18), Italy (32-10) and Romania (38-11) had given Philippe Saint-Andre’s side cause for optimism. However, their tournament ended in the next round as New Zealand thumped them 62-13 on their way to retaining the trophy. Now, with Jacques Brunel at the helm, France will be hoping Rugby World Cup 2019 will give them the chance to finally get their hands on the Webb Ellis Cup.

PLAYERS TO WATCH 1. TEDDY THOMAS Age: 24; Position: wing; Club: Racing 92 (Fra); Caps: 10; Points: 40 (8t) 2. MATHIEU BASTAREAUD Age: 29; Position: centre; Club: Toulon (Fra); Caps: 45; Points: 20 (4t) 3. MATTHIEU JALIBERT Age: 19; Position: fly-half; Club: Bordeaux Begles (Fra); Caps: 1; Points: 0 4. MAXIME MACHENAUD Age: 29; Position: scrum-half; Club: Racing 92 (Fra); Caps: 36; Points: 149 (1t, 15c, 38p) 5 YACOUBA CAMARA Age: 23; Position: flanker; Club: Montpellier (Fra); Caps: 11; Points: 0

The Oarsmen The remarkable story of the men who rowed from the Great War to peace Scott Patterson C OV E R

This is the untold story of soldiers stranded far from home, facing an uncertain future, seen through the prism of sport, friendship and adversity.

DRAF T

The Oarsmen tells the story of men who survived the war to compete at the 1919 Henley Peace Regatta, competing for the legendary King’s Cup. The teams, from Australia, the US, New Zealand, the UK and Canada, were made up of servicemen who had seen the worst of the action during the First World War, and carried scars from their efforts, both physical and psychological. Yet they came together as teams, and as Allied troops, and serve as a metaphor for the war effort as well as society’s difficult transition to peace.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$39.99

ISBN

9781743795491

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint Series Category

HG Local NA Non Fic General

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

336pp

Illustrations

8 page picture section

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The author’s meticulous research, which has seen him collect love letters, training regimes, war records, diaries, interviews with relatives, historians and military experts, allows him to recreate history in vivid and compelling detail. The book will weave the oarsmen’s personal stories from before, during and after the war – focusing on the Australian crew, but also featuring oarsmen from the UK and the US – into a broader narrative of how they, and society, transitioned from war to peace, amid global displacement and disruption.

Author Details Scott Patterson is a documentary-maker and writer based in Australia. He has worked extensively across film, television, advertising and the theatre in his 30-year career. A keen rower himself, his documentary about the Henley Peace Regatta will be released to coincide with the regatta and the publication of The Oarsmen in Australia.

Key Information • • • • • • •

Chariots of Fire meets Peter Fitzsimons, this is a genuinely original and fresh take on WWI - what happened once peace was declared, and how a rowing race came to mean so much to so many ex-soldiers Fascinating never-before-told details and meticulous research worn lightly in an entertaining and moving narrative Will appeal to those who enjoy history, sports, military history, and stories of mateship and hardship Publication timed to follow the 100-year anniversary of the Henley Peace Regatta – the King's Cup is still competed for every July. The author's documentary about the Henley Peace Regatta (supported by Rowing Australia) will be released on publication - author in talks with ABC about a commercial screening Rowing Australia will throw their might behind the book across YouTube, social media (Facebook 17k followers, Twitter 11k), a national communications network and a newsletter with 30k+ subscribers Huge marketing and publicity campaign on release with interviews, reviews and extracts on release.

A Million Unicorns Magical Creatures to Colour Lulu Mayo A Million Unicorns is a colouring book designed for unicorn lovers of all ages. Its humour and adorable charm will appeal to both children and adults as they enter a magical world where unicorns sleep under starry skies and fly around splendid rainbows. Inside are over 30 spreads of these beautiful mythical creatures, alongside mermicorns, narwhals and much more. A new title in Lulu Mayo’s bestselling A Million series, with a stunning foiled cover.

ALSO AVAILABLE:

Author Details Lulu Mayo is an award-winning illustrator with an eye for the quirky and idiosyncratic. Her work is energetic and often contains humorous and fantastical elements. She studied for a Master's degree in illustration at the University of the Arts London and has designed greeting cards, posters, editorials, window displays and much more.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$16.99

ISBN

9781789291346

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Child Picture Book

Key Information

Format

230 x 180 mm

•

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

b&w illustrations

Age Range

9 and up

Terms

SOR

Lulu is the illustrator behind the best-selling A Million colouring book series, featuring A Million Cats, A Million Dogs, A Million Owls and A Million Bears. She is also the creator of Cattitude: Drawing Cats for Creative People and How to Draw a Unicorn and Other Cute Creatures. www.lulumayo.com @lulu_mayo

• • •

A Million Unicorns is a colouring book designed for unicorn lovers of all ages Its humour and adorable charm will appeal to both children and adults as they enter a magical world where unicorns sleep under starry skies and fly around splendid rainbows. Inside are over 30 spreads of these beautiful mythical creatures alongside mermicorns, narwhals and so much more. The sixth title in Lulu Mayo's A Million series, with a stunning foiled cover. From the illustrator of the A Million series which has sold over 380,000 copies worldwide, published in 16 languages overall and the illustrator of the recent How to Draw a Unicorn and Other Cute Creatures.

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781782439394

A MILLION UNICORNS.indd 4-5

17/01/2019 15:50

A MILLION UNICORNS.indd 6-7

17/01/2019 15:50

A MILLION UNICORNS.indd 8-9

17/01/2019 15:50

A MILLION UNICORNS.indd 10-11

17/01/2019 15:50

Ultimate Minecraft Master Builder Create 30 awesome builds!

C OV E R

Become a master of Minecraft with this ultimate builder's guide! Follow the step-by-step instructions to create 30 incredible builds, from sky fortresses to aircraft carriers. The builds are split into quick, intermediate and master level, and the guide is packed with facts, hints and tips about blocks, biomes, mobs and more. Get ready to stretch your imagination to the limit!

DRAF T

Juliet Stanley and Jonathan Green

Author Details Jonathan Green is a writer of speculative fiction, with more than 65 books to his name. He has written for IPs ranging from Doctor Who to Sonic the Hedgehog, and Robin of Sherwood to LEGO. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781783124398

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint Series Category

Carlton Books NA Child Non Fiction

Format

229 x 153 mm

Extent

320pp

Illustrations

Colour images from Minecraft

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Juliet Stanley is a former teacher and educational publishing specialist. She is also a keen Minecrafter who can break down complex builds into easy-to-understand steps.

Key Information • • • • • •

A unique approach to the multitude of Minecraft titles on the market, aimed at pre-teen readers who want to interact with their reading. This book focuses on building and creating structures, buildings and objects within the Minecraft world. Simple-to-follow, step-by-step instructions for 30 constructions that have been specially created by expert Minecrafters for this book. Each build is rated a Quick, Intermediate or Master Build; a list of materials is provided for each project, plus guidance on how long each build will take. Tutorials include the following builds: forest camp, palace, underwater base, rollercoaster, castle, treehouse, sky fortress, mountain village, ice hotel, aircraft carrier, diner, mushroom house, igloo, beach hut and more! Full of fascinating Minecraft facts, figures and trivia, it also includes hints and tips on how to master the game, plus inspirational profiles of the game's most amazing construction masterpieces.

Witch, Please Magical Musings on Life, Love, and Owning Your Power Sonia Lazo

An illustrated love letter to modern witches.

Author Details Sonia Lazo is a tropical witch from tiny El Salvador. She’s done freelance illustration for big clients like Adobe and Coca Cola, and her work has been featured on Telemundo, Buzzfeed, Adobe Create, and more. She releases limited-run prints, accessories, and apparel on her popular Etsy shop, and the most coveted items frequently sell out within hours. She has a growing social-media platform and a highly engaged following on Instagram, where people flock to her thoughtful, colourful posts! This is her first book.

Key Information Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452176680

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint Series Category

Chronicle Gift NA New Age/Inspirational

Format

178 x 127 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

• •

Not only does Sonia Lazo have 90k Instagram followers and counting, she also has amazing engagement and a whole lot of hustle. Her limited release shirts, buttons, and prints have earned her a dedicated and vocal fan base. Media outlets like Broadly, Jezebel, and Teen Vogue regularly feature articles and videos about witchcraft, and there are new witch-themed podcasts and books out coming out all the time. The witch wave is still cresting, and this project will resonate with customers looking for fun, lighthearted content on this growing trend. Sonia Lazo's distinctive voice and her eye-catching, colourful art will broaden the appeal of this subject matter, getting this book in the hands of new potential witches-in- training. This project comes from a talented, up-and-coming female artist of colour. Sonia Lazo is from El Salvador and brings a diverse, international perspective to this project and trend.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

10/23/18 10:15 AM WitchPlease_INT_2G.indd 32-33

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

10/23/18 10:15 AM WitchPlease_INT_2G.indd 34-35

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

10/23/18 10:15 AM WitchPlease_INT_2G.indd 36-37

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

10/23/18 10:15 AM WitchPlease_INT_2G.indd 38-39

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

10/23/18 10:15 AM WitchPlease_INT_2G.indd 40-41

Bags Sew 18 stylish bags for every occasion Anna Alicia

C OV E R

Whether you're a beginner crafter or experienced maker, this book will help you build on your skill level as you learn to make a range of bags from a simple drawstring tote to a stylish colour-block rucksack.

DRAF T

As you work your way through the 18 projects, you'll learn how to create interesting shapes (such as a cubed bag or round bucket bag), work with different fabrics (cotton, canvas, linen and more) and discover how to work in zips, poppers, pockets, straps and other add-ons. Step-by-step guidance, plus a wealth of tips and tricks, mean you'll always feel confident in developing your technique, while modern designs and design-focussed details will inspire you to get creative with your makes.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

wardrobe or make impressive and covetable gifts for friends and family.

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781787133761

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Anna Alicia is a designer-maker and craft-writer living in East London. Anna’s label A Alicia, founded in 2008, offers an ever-evolving collection of handmade textile and ceramic jewellery, bags and homeware. Anna writes regularly for craft magazines and has contributed to several craft books including Mollie Makes, Simply Sewing, Frankie magazine, In The Moment and Caboodle. Her first book, Make it Your Own (2013) was published by Hardie Grant.

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

253 x 201 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

•

Bags is the ideal book for those looking to expand on their sewing skills, create beautiful, lasting additions to their

Key Information • • •

A modern guide to sewing bags with 18 stylish designs for all occasions – projects cover bag essentials for everyday, travel, festivals and nights out A standard bag pattern retails at about $9 – making this book an absolute bargain Sewing bags is normally one of the first projects you tackle if you are new to sewing, plus can never have too many of them Build on your skills and techniques as you work through the book Anna Alicia regularly writes for craft magazines including Mollie Makes, Simply Sewing, Frankie magazine and In The Moment.

e v e r y d a y

Simple tote For me, there’s no bag more useful than a tote – from books to trainers to shopping, there always seems to be something that won’t fit in my handbag and demands its own tote! Cut out

QUICK MAKE

main fabric

Two pieces: 42cm (16½in) high x 32cm (12½in) wide Optional pocket: 42cm (16½in) high x 15cm (6in) wide

Skill level Materials

lining fabric

½m (5/8yd) patterned quilting-weight cotton fabric ½m (5/8yd) plain quilting-weight cotton fabric for lining 3m (3 3/8yd) webbing, 2.5cm (1in) wide Thread to match your fabric and webbing Basic sewing kit

Two pieces: 42cm (16½in) high x 32cm (12½in) wide webbing

Two lengths: 130cm (51in)

FABRIC NOTE Most non-stretch fabrics would work for this simple pattern, from quilting cotton for a light, easily-folded-away tote, to denim or canvas for something more hard wearing.

e v eryday

Lay out your canvas (right side up if it has a right side) in a portrait position. Mark a line 16.5cm (6½in) in from each of the longer sides. Next, measure and mark the mid-point along one of your lines.

Starting from that mid-point, pin your wider webbing along the inside of your line. When you reach the edge of your canvas allow a 40cm (15¾in) loop of webbing, to form a handle, before continuing to pin your webbing along the inside of the other line you marked. Again, when you reach the other edge, leave a 40cm (15¾in) loop as a handle then continue to pin as before until you meet the point where you started. Here, overlap the end of your webbing by 3cm (1¼in) and cut away any excess. Fold your overlapping end under by 1.5cm (5/8in) – so it still overlaps the other end by 1.5cm (5/8in) – and pin in place.

e v eryday

Starting at the point where each side of a handle crosses the edge of your canvas, measure and mark 8cm (3 1/8in) from the edge on each length of webbing. Starting in the middle, sew along one edge of your webbing strip about 2mm (1/16in) in from the edge until you reach the first mark. Swivel to sew across the webbing, then sew down the second side and across the other end at the mark in the same way, then back to where you started. Repeat on the other strip of webbing.

DESIGN NOTE

4 To make your handles extra secure, sew a square with a cross in the centre below each of the 8cm (3 1/8in) marks – see Webbing Straps/Handles on page 000 for more information.

I pared this bag right back to its basic form – just the cylinder shaped body, long zip and contrasting handles – but there are loads of ways you could change it up: add a long cross-body strap from end to end, add pockets on the sides or ends...

5 Pin your handles back out of the way so they are not overlapping the edges.

occasio n

top is folded over, but if your fabric happens to have a pattern that has a distinct single direction you might want to place your second outer piece so that the pattern is upside down. This means that when the â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;backâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; of the bag is folded over, the pattern will appear right way up.

DESIGN NOTE I decided to add faux suede ties as the closure here to add a modern, slightly-less-tidy edge to a classic clutch shape.

Lay out two of your main fabric squares right side down and lay an interfacing square on top of each, shiny side down. Following the instructions for your particular interfacing, press with a hot iron to fuse the interfacing to the fabric. These interfaced pieces will be your lining.

Lay out one of your remaining main fabric squares right side up and lay one of your interfaced lining pieces right side down on top (for both pieces make sure your fabric pattern is the right way up, i.e. it looks right as it is laid out in front of you). Pin and then sew along the top edge with a 1cm (3/8in) seam allowance.

4 Open out both your lining/outer pairs and press to flatten along the seams. Fold each pair again but this time so each has wrong sides together. Press, then pin along the top (sewn) edge close to the seam. Finally, sew along the top (seam) edge 2mm (1/16in) in from the edge. 5 Once again, unfold your pairs and press. Now lay out one opened-out pair right side up and lay the other pair on top right side down, making sure the two outer pieces are facing and so are the lining (interfaced) pieces. Pin all the way around the edges (making sure the cords donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t get caught). 6 Sew all the way around with a 1cm (3/8in) seam allowance, but leaving a 6cm (2 3/8in) gap on one of the lining edges. Snip the seam allowance diagonally the corners, close to your stitching.

Repeat with the other remaining canvas square and lining piece*, but this time before sewing the top edge add your cords. To do this, mark the middle point of your top edge then place the two cords together between the two layers of fabric, so that one end of both cords sticks out a little at the centre mark you made. Pin the cords in place before sewing along the top edge with a 1cm (3/8in) seam allowance.

8 Push the lining down into the outer and press.

*NOTE:

9 Fold the open end of your clutch over by roughly 10cm (4in) and wrap your cords around the clutch to hold it closed.

Many fabrics have a pattern that works either way up, so you can make both front and back of your bag with the fabric in the same direction and it will still work when the

Turn your bag right side out through the gap. Sew up the gap (this will be hidden inside the bag, so you can do this with your machine).

tra v e l

Retro backpack This style of trad backpack always takes me back to the late 80s, trying to make going back to school after summer slightly more bearable by stocking up on neon-themed stationery to fill my (probably also neon) backpack! Cut out

Skill level

main fabric

Materials

Two pieces: Template A for front and back Two pieces: 25cm (10in) high x 14cm (5½in) wide for sides Two pieces: 13cm (5 1/8in) high x 43cm (17in) wide for zip edges One piece: 27cm (10 5/8in) high x 14cm (5½in) wide for base One piece: 26cm (10¼in) high x 21cm (8¼in) wide for pocket Two pieces: 6cm (2 3/8in) high x width of smaller zip for pocket zip tabs

½m (5/8yd) medium weight cotton canvas ¼m (18 x 22in) quilting-weight cotton for accent fabric ½m (5/8yd) quilting-weight cotton for lining Cotton thread to match your fabrics 40cm (16in) chunky zip 17cm (7in) regular zip (not a chunky zip) 2m (2¼yd) webbing, 2.5cm (1in) wide 2 D-rings, 2.5cm (1in) wide 2 sliding bar strap adjusters, 2.5cm (1in) wide Basic sewing kit

accent fabric

Two pieces: 25cm (10in) high x 14cm (5½in) wide for sides One piece: 15cm (6in) high x 21cm (8¼in) wide for pocket flap lining fabric

Two pieces: Template A Two pieces: 25cm (10in) high x 14cm (5½in) wide for sides One piece: 27cm (10 5/8in) high x 14cm (5½in) wide for base

* note : Join the two parts of Template A into one piece before using it to cut the fabric.

118

119

Meet Me in Milan Hedley Derenzie

Four years after her disastrous quest for romance in Paris (the alleged ‘city of love’), Hedley Derenzie is ready to break out of her comfort zone of singledom and give it another go. She decides to seek professional help – in the form of a psychologist – but after a few sessions on the couch, she has an epiphany – keep paying the psychologist good money … or go to Italy! Sensibly, Hedley chooses the latter and, within minutes of landing in Milan, meets a man who captures her attention. Soon she’s jetting around the country, dining at fabulous restaurants and living the life of Riley (that’s if Riley were a woman in her late thirties looking for love). So what if this man is older (as in a lot older) and reminds her of her late father? Hedley can’t help but wonder – could he be the one?

ALSO AVAILABLE:

Meet Me in Milan is a funny, honest and raw memoir about one woman’s ongoing quest for love – this time in the land of la dolce vita.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Author Details

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781925589825

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Hedley Derenzie is a Sydney-based writer whose work has appeared in Nature & Health, The Huffington Post and Thought Catalog, among other publications. She is the author of four books, including two on public speaking; Finding Paris, the first in her travel/romance memoir series; and Write Way Home, a personal guide to unlocking creativity.

Series

Key Information

Category

Auto/Biography

Format

210 x 135 mm

Extent

320pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

A warm-hearted, funny and painfully true romantic memoir – perfect for fans of Sarah Turnbull (Almost French); Mary Moody; Frances Mayes, et al The second instalment in Hedley’s rom-com trilogy; Book 3 will be set in Bali (where true love will blossom!) National publicity campaign by Morey Media targeting women’s magazines; radio; travel media/blogs/websites

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781925589603

Apple Recipes from the orchard James Rich

C OV E R

A timeless cookbook celebrating the world's most popular fruit.

DRAF T

Who doesn't love apples? Grown, harvested and eaten for centuries, apples play an important role in everyday life and are enjoyed in a huge variety of ways. Author James Rich hails from apple country in Somerset, England, where his family own a cider farm. Apples, it could be said, are in his blood, this is a collection of over 90 of his best-loved recipes. Try your hand at a summery Crunchy apple, cherry and kale salad, a comforting Slow-roasted pork belly and pickled apple, and an Ultimate apple crumble, all washed down with a Cider and thyme cocktail. James uses whole apples as well as cider, apple juice, cider brandy and cider vinegar to add depth to his dishes Apples can be delicate and complementary, floral and simple or they can be bold, sharp and stand out from the crowd. Set to the backdrop of his family’s stunning apple, Apple is a celebration of this humble fruit.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781784882327

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

James Rich is a Somerset-born and bred, cider-maker’s son, and his family has been making a living from apples for centuries. James grew up helping his dad at work: planting the orchards, pressing the apples to gather the juice, and even helping to clean the giant 5,700-litre (10,000-pint) oak vats that are used during the fermenting process. A passionate home cook, as a child James was encouraged to explore food and flavour in the kitchen by his grandmother, who showed him the basics and helped develop his cooking. He now divides his time between Somerset and living in London, working as a food writer and brand consultant.

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

248 x 190 mm

•

Extent

224pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

Apples are a hugely versatile ingredient and this book contains over 90 sweet and savoury ideas of what to do with the nation's favourite fruit. In 2014-15, apple production in Australia was 295,196 tonnes and it was valued at $555.9 million (Source: apal.org.au) Apples are still Australia's most popular fruit! In an survey conducted by the ABS in 2012, 23% of respondents said they had consumed an apple the day before the interview.

Apple varieties

golden delicious d i s c ov e ry

Originally from the county of Essex in the UK, Discovery apples are crisp and juicy with hints of strawberry in the flavour. Nicely balanced between sweet and sharp, they are ideal eaten raw in salads or juiced.

egremont russet

A very distinctive eating apple from the Russet family with golden-yellow, rough skin, Egremont Russet has a distinctive nutty and even smoky flavour, which makes them particularly delicious for juicing.

A very popular eating apple in the UK and Europe, Golden Delicious are crisp and juicy with a rich, sweet flavour when picked late in the season. An ideal eating apple, it needs to be used in simple, delicate dishes when cooked to avoid it being overshadowed by stronger, bolder flavours.

h o n e yc r i s p

Crisp and sweet, a diverse eating apple that can be used across the board, from roasting to juicing. They are particularly good dried or made into apple crisps.

g ra n n y s m i t h

f i e s ta

One of my favourite apples and similar in flavour and composition to the Coxâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, which is actually its parent, Fiestas have a balanced sharp and sweet flavour, are aromatic and easily cooked, eaten raw or juiced. The skin is also the most wonderful deep red colour.

fuji

Hailing from Japan with a crisp, juicy and sweet flavour, Fuji apples are generally best eaten raw, sliced into salads or used in drinks.

Intensely juicy, bold, sharp and packing a punch, Granny Smith is a hugely popular eating apple that also holds its own when cooked, in terms of both flavour and shape. Granny Smith can be cooked in many ways and is also great for juicing.

james grieve

A dual-purpose apple that is great when cooked in pastries and pies, but particularly when juiced, and you can also eat it raw, but you need to wait until later in the season when the fruit sweetens. A great alternative to Bramley.

Feasts

Slow-roasted pork belly and pickled apple This slow-roasted pork belly is mouth-wateringly juicy, with perfect crackling, even if I say so myself, and makes a scrumptious supper, served with potatoes and a coleslaw or salad, but equally good carved into slices to enjoy the next day in a sandwich made with crusty bread and a spoonful of my Ultimate apple sauce (page xx). Pork-fection! Serves 6 Prep 20 mins Cook 3 hours 15 mins – 3 hours 25 mins 1 kg (2 lb 4 oz) piece of pork belly (get your butcher to score the skin) pinch of sea salt flakes 150 ml (5 fl oz/scant ⅔ cup) dark soy sauce 200 ml (7 fl oz/scant 1 cup) dry cider 250 ml (8½ fl oz/1 cup) water 2 star anise ½ teaspoon Chinese five-spice powder For the cider pickle 150 ml (5 fl oz/scant ⅔ cup) shop-bought or homemade Apple Cider Vinegar (page xxx) 100 g (3½ oz/scant ½ cup) caster (superfine) sugar 4 cloves 1 tablespoon salt 2 sweet eating (dessert) apples, such as Braeburn

To serve salad or your choice of vegetables

Preheat a fan oven to 160°C (320°F/gas 4). Put the pork belly in a roasting pan and dry with a paper towel. Then, rub in the sea salt flakes and leave to stand. In a bowl, combine the soy sauce, cider, water, star anise and Chinese five-spice. Pour over the pork and make sure the meat, but not the skin, is mostly covered. Cover with foil and cook in the oven for 2 hours 45 minutes, basting the skin halfway through. The pork should be beautifully tender. Remove the foil, baste the skin in the fragrant liquid once again and sprinkle over an extra pinch of sea salt flakes. Pour the excess liquid into a separate bowl and discard. Increase the oven temperature to 200°C (400°F/gas 8) and roast the pork belly for 30–40 minutes to help the skin crackle up. Keep an eye on the meat and don’t let it burn. Remove from the oven and let it stand. While the pork is cooking, make the pickle. Heat the cider vinegar, sugar and cloves in a saucepan with the salt to make a brine. Simmer until the sugar has completely dissolved. Remove from the heat and leave to cool completely. Once the brine has cooled, core and slice the apple, leaving the skin on. Pour the brine over the apple until it is completely covered. Carve the pork belly finely and serve alongside the pickled apple and a salad or some of your favourite veg.

Sweet Things

162

Apple, raspberry and almond cake This was the very first cake I made for this cookbook. I wanted to start by creating something that combined some of my favourite flavours: apple (obviously), raspberry, almond and rose. So, essentially, I threw them all together to see what happened. The result is a fragrant – but do go lightly on the rose water – and moist sponge filled with fruit. The nature of adding fruit to cake, especially sponge, means that you might find you need a little longer than an hour in the oven. This is fine, just top with foil and let it bake until done. Serves 8 Prep 15 mins Cook 1 hour For the cake 150 g (5 oz/1½ cups) ground almonds 250 g (9 oz/heaped 1 cup) caster (superfine) sugar 185 g (6½ oz/1½ cups) selfraising flour ½ teaspoon baking powder ¼ teaspoon salt 4 eggs, beaten grated zest of ½ lemon 1–2 drops of rose water 200 g (7 oz) unsalted butter, at room temperature 125 g (4 oz) raspberries 2 sharp eating (dessert) apples, such as Granny Smith or Cox’s, peeled, cored and diced into 1 cm (½ in) cubes For the icing (frosting) 50 g (2 oz/heaped ⅓ cup) icing (confectioner’s) sugar ¼ teaspoon almond extract

Preheat a fan oven to 160°C (320°F/gas 4) and grease the base of a 23 cm (9 in) springform cake pan with butter and line with baking parchment. Put the ground almonds, sugar, flour, baking powder and salt in a bowl and mix well. Gradually add the beaten eggs, mixing all the time. Add the grated lemon zest and rose water – be careful not to add too much here as it is a really intense flavour. Fold in the butter and mix thoroughly so that everything is well blended. Finally, gently mix in the raspberries and apple, being careful not to mix too much so that the raspberries stay whole. Pour the mixture into the cake pan and smooth the top of the cake with the back of a spoon to make it level. Bake in the centre of the oven for 1 hour, keeping a close eye on it so that it doesn’t burn on top – you may need to cover with foil for the last 10 minutes. Check the cake is thoroughly cooked and a skewer inserted in the middle comes out clean before removing from the oven. Leave to rest in the pan for 10 minutes before turning out. While the cake is baking, make the icing. Mix the icing sugar with the almond extract and a drop of cold water until combined into a thick icing. Once the cake is cooled, top with icing, grab a fork and tuck in!

Sweet Things

170

Raspberry and apple sorbet A refreshing dessert or just a treat for a summer afternoon, the sweet raspberries contrast beautifully with the dash of fresh mint. Serves 6 Prep 15 mins Freezing 4 hours 300 ml (10 fl oz/1¼ cups) cloudy apple juice 50 g (2 oz/scant ¼ cup) caster (superfine) sugar 500 g (1 b 2 oz) fresh raspberries plus extra, to serve small bunch of mint leaves, plus extra for garnish

In a saucepan, gently heat the apple juice and sugar until the sugar has dissolved into a syrup. Leave to cool to room temperature. Meanwhile, place the raspberries and mint leaves into a food processor and blitz for a couple of minutes until completely smooth. Pour the raspberry and mint juice through a sieve (fine-mesh strainer) into a clean bowl to remove seeds and any lumps. Once the syrup has cooled, stir it into the raspberry and mint juice, then pour into ice cube trays and pop in the freezer for about 4 hours until completely frozen. You can also churn in an ice-cream maker if you have one. Just follow the manufacturer’s instructions. Just before you’re ready to serve, take the cubes out of the freezer and whizz in the food processor once more to create a smooth sorbet. Refreeze for another 30 minutes. Then, serve with a few fresh mint leaves and raspberries to garnish.

Drinks

188

Uncle Mike’s cider punch Uncle Mike’s Cider Punch is something that should carry a polite advisory note. While it is absolutely delicious and will have everybody coming back for more, it is certain to get the party started – no bad thing in my book. My Uncle Mike used to serve this when the whole family got together at one of his many parties and autumn bonfires, and while we were never absolutely sure what he added into the punch bowl each time – and to be honest it was more a case of whatever he had spare would be thrown in, rather than a tried-and-tested recipe – he always created something that would give us rosy cheeks, warm hearts, and a rather quiet and subdued morning after. This is my dedication and my take on Uncle Mike’s much-loved cider punch recipe. Serves 4 Prep 10 mins 1 litre (34 fl oz/4 cups) medium dry cider 100 ml (3½ fl oz/scant ½ cup) dark rum 330 ml (11 fl oz/scant 1½ cups) ginger beer ice cubes 2 star anise 1 crisp, sweet eating (dessert) apple, such as Braeburn or Falstaff, cored and sliced handful of strawberries and raspberries, halved ½ orange, sliced soda water, to taste

Combine the cider, rum and ginger beer in a jug with plenty of ice. Add the star anise and fruit. Top up with soda water, to taste, and serve as a delicious long drink for lazy summer days.

Cookie Love Over 30 delicious cookie recipes Jean Hwang Carrant

C OV E R

Over 30 easy and delicious recipes for cookie lovers.

DRAF T

In Cookie Love, Jean Hwang Carrant reveals the secrets of how to make the ultimate cookies. Owner of a cookie shop in Paris, Jean is an expert cookie-maker and has all the best flavours up her sleeves. Try classics, such as Snickerdoodle or Choc Chip, as well as creative alternatives like Beer, Matcha Blanc or Choc Pecan Cranberry. As well as this, Cookie Love also contains extra tricks to make cookies even more special in recipes such as Cookie Shots, Ice Cream Cookie Sandwiches and Gingerbread Men. Whether you are looking for a tried and tested classic or a cookie with more unusual flavours, this book has you covered.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781784882587

Jean Hwang Carrant grew up in Kansas, but, after falling in love with a Frenchman, moved to Paris where she now lives, making handmade, chewy cookies in her shop in the 2nd arrondissement.

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Key Information

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

190 x 190 mm

Extent

72pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details

• • •

Over 30 different, delicious cookie recipes – from the classics to the creatives, including Pistachio, Honey, Peanut Butter, Choc Pecan Cranberry, Oat Matcha, Ginger and M&Ms! Super easy instructions that anyone could follow. Mouth-watering photography throughout – every recipe looks so good, you will want to try them all!

MATCHA OAT preparation: 20 minutes + baking: 15 minutes

makes 25 cookies 225 g (8 oz/1 cup) unsalted butter, at room temperature 220 g (7¾ oz/packed 1 cup) light brown sugar 110 g (4 oz/½ cup) caster (superfine) sugar 2 eggs 270 g (10 oz/2 cups) plain (all-purpose) flour 1 teaspoon bicarbonate of soda (baking soda) 1 teaspoon salt 12 g (6 teaspoons) matcha 120 g (4 oz/1¼ cups) rolled oats

Preheat the oven to 160°C (320°F/Gas mark 3). Cream the butter and sugars until well blended. Incorporate the eggs, then the flour, bicarbonate of soda, salt, matcha and oats. Form the dough into balls about the size of a golf ball and space them about 7 cm (2¾ in) apart on a baking sheet. Bake for 15 minutes. Leave the cookies to rest on the baking sheet for 5 minutes and then allow to cool on a rack.

I created this cookie for the Taiwanese restaurant Zen Zoo near the Opéra district of Paris. It has twice the amount of matcha as the previous recipe, so it’s perfect for matcha lovers.

20 Best

GWENOLA KISS preparation: 30 minutes + baking: 8 minutes

makes 20 cookies 40 g (1½ oz/scant ¼ cup) unsalted butter 225 g (8 oz) dark cooking (baking) chocolate, chopped or in discs 2 large eggs 120 g (4 oz/½ cup) caster (superfine) sugar 60 g (2¼ oz/½ cup) plain (all-purpose) flour 1 teaspoon bicarbonate of soda (baking soda) 1 teaspoon salt 90 g (3¼ oz) caramel milk chocolate, chopped good quality sea salt flakes

Preheat the oven to 175°C (350°F/Gas mark 4). Melt the butter and dark cooking (baking) chocolate in a saucepan over a gentle heat, stirring regularly. Leave to cool for a few minutes. Beat the eggs and sugar together until smooth. Incorporate the chocolate-butter mixture, then the flour, bicarbonate of soda and salt. When the dough is smooth, stir in the caramel chocolate. Form the dough into balls the size of a golf ball using two spoons and space them about 7 cm (2¾ in) apart on a baking sheet. Bake for 8 minutes. Take the cookies out of the oven and sprinkle each one with a little salt ‘kiss’. Leave the cookies to rest on the baking sheet for 5 minutes and then allow to cool on a rack.

This ‘kiss’ is a salted kiss! Its intense chocolate dough is liquidy and can’t be kept in the fridge or freezer.

28 classics

PEANUT BUTTER preparation: 25 minutes + baking: 9 minutes

makes 25 cookies 225 g (8 oz/1 cup) unsalted butter, at room temperature 110 g (3¾ oz/½ cup) peanut butter 300 g (10½ oz/packed 1¼ cups) light brown sugar 200 g (7 oz/¾ cup) caster (superfine) sugar, plus a little for decorating 2 eggs 1 teaspoon vanilla extract 440 g (15½ oz/3¼ cups) plain (all-purpose) flour 1 teaspoon bicarbonate of soda (baking soda) 1 teaspoon salt 50 peanuts, halved

Preheat the oven to 175°C (350°F/Gas mark 4). Cream the butter, peanut butter and sugars until well blended. Incorporate the eggs and the vanilla extract, then the flour, bicarbonate of soda and salt until dough is smooth and even. Form the dough into balls the size of a golf ball and top each one with 3–4 peanut halves, pressing them in lightly. Reshape the balls and space them about 7 cm (2¾ in) apart on a baking sheet. Moisten a fork with water. Dip it into a bowl of sugar. Make diagonal hash marks across each ball, pressing lightly. This is the famous peanut butter cookie mark! Bake for 9 minutes. Leave the cookies to rest on the baking sheet for 5 minutes and then allow to cool on a rack.

Another classic. Note: this cookie is even better if you can grind your own peanut butter.

34 classics

GLAZED SUGAR COOKIES preparation: 40 minutes + chilling: 2 hours + baking: 10 minutes

makes 60–70 cookies 225 g (8 oz/1 cup) unsalted butter, at room temperature 400 g (14 oz/1½ cups) caster (superfine) sugar 2 eggs 2 teaspoons vanilla extract 575 g (1 lb 4 oz/4 cups) plain (all-purpose) flour 2 teaspoons baking powder 1 teaspoon salt for the glaze 2 egg whites 900 g (2 lbs/9 cups) icing (confectioner’s) sugar 1 tablespoon lemon juice food colourings of your choice

Cream the butter and sugar until well blended. Incorporate the eggs and vanilla extract, then the rest of the ingredients. Divide the dough into 3 portions and wrap in cling film (plastic wrap). Chill in the refrigerator for at least 2 hours. Preheat the oven to 175°C (350°F/Gas mark 4). On a lightly floured work surface, roll out each ball of dough to a thickness of 3 mm. Cut out the cookies with a pastry cutter and arrange on baking sheets. Bake for 10 minutes. Leave the cookies to rest on the baking sheet for 5 minutes and then allow to cool on a rack. For the glaze, mix the ingredients with a fork. The mixture should be smooth and not lumpy, and neither too runny nor too thick. Add up to 6 tablespoons water or icing sugar as needed. Divide the glaze into small bowls and add the chosen colours. Put each glaze in a piping bag with a 2–3 mm nozzle and decorate the cookies.

At Christmas, our neighbours would give us plates of delicious cookies. The glazed sugar cookie was my favourite.

64 extras

Salad Love How to Create a Lunchtime Salad, Every Weekday, in 20 Minutes or Less David Bez

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

How many of us have sat at our desk at work, counting down the minutes until it’s time for lunch and our staple option that is bland, expensive, unhealthy or just too similar to what we had yesterday – and the day before? The author, David Bez, is not a chef. He is a food lover with a limited lunch break; an Italian who cares about what’s on his plate; a designer who knows that you eat with your eyes first. For the past three years, he has made himself a salad for lunch every day at work, with fresh ingredients, minimum preparation time, and maximum flavour. Day after day, his colleagues peer over his shoulder to watch him craft yet another beautiful salad perfectly balanced in its composition and bound to both satisfy him and energize him for the afternoon ahead. He has developed a winning formula for creating salads by layering a base, vegetables or fruit, fresh herbs, protein toppings and dressings, which creates a perfect salad every time. Clearly marked with a vegetarian, vegan, raw, omnivore or pescatarian designation, every salad is an inspiration and can be adapted to suit a different diet. Fresh, tinned, jarred and pre-cooked ingredients are all explored; seasonality is key and variety keeps things nutritious and exciting.

Author Details David Bez is originally from Milan, Italy. He is an art director in London and has always been in the advertising and graphic design industry. He posts all his recipes on his blog: saladpride.blogspot.com. The blog is followed by foodie fans all over the world and has reached almost a million page views.

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$26.99

ISBN

9781787134263

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Key Information

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

•

Put an end to boring lunches with this stunning collection of 260 quick and healthy salads – one for every weekday of the year

Series

•

Category

Food & Drink

•

Format

222 x 175 mm

•

Using fresh, seasonal ingredients, each salad takes less than 20 minutes to make Clearly marked as vegetarian, vegan, raw, omnivore or pescatarian, each recipe can also be adapted to suit different diets David Bez is big online. His blog, saladpride, has been widely publicised.

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

VEGAN

OMNIVORE

VEGAN ALTERNATIVE

VEGETARIAN ALTERNATIVE

Replace the spicy roasted chicken with 100 g steamed green beans

Add some crumbled cheese, such as goatsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; cheese, feta or Pecorino

Chickpeas, Couscous & Cherry Tomatoes

Chicken, new potatoes & cherry TOMATOES

For the salad, assemble: 100 g cooked couscous 100 g tinned chickpeas 100 g cherry tomatoes, quartered 1 tsp toasted sesame seeds handful of pitted black olives, halved handful of fresh flat-leaf parsley leaves

For the salad, assemble: 50 g rocket 100 g cherry tomatoes, halved 100 g pre-roasted new potatoes, halved 50 g pre-roasted spicy chicken, chopped handful of fresh flat-leaf parsley leaves

SUMMER

For the dressing, mix: 1 tbsp extra virgin olive oil 1 tsp cider vinegar pinch of salt and pepper

For the dressing, mix: 1 tbsp extra virgin olive oil 1 tsp balsamic vinegar pinch of salt and pepper

OMNIVORE

VEGETARIAN

OMNIVORE ALTERNATIVE

VEGETARIAN ALTERNATIVE

Add some Parma ham, speck or serrano ham

Replace the bresaola with salty cheese, such as Quartirolo Lombardo or feta

Bresaola, NECTARINE & cashew nuts

Oak-Smoked Cheddar, Peaches & BLUEBERRIES

For the salad, assemble: 50 g mixed salad leaves 2 nectarines, cut into wedges 50 g bresaola (air-dried beef), thinly sliced handful of cashew nuts handful of fresh mint leaves

For the salad, assemble: 50 g mixed baby salad leaves (e.g. chard, spinach and red oak leaf lettuce) 2 small peaches, cut into wedges handful of blueberries 50 g oak-smoked Cheddar, chopped handful of walnuts, chopped handful of fresh mint leaves

SUMMER

For the dressing, mix: 1 tbsp extra virgin olive oil 1 tsp balsamic vinegar pinch of salt and pepper

RAW

PESCATARIAN

RAW ALTERNATIVE

PESCATARIAN ALTERNATIVE

Replace the squid with 1 ripe avocado and Âź red onion, and use untoasted sesame seeds

Add a handful of cooked prawns or 50 g tinned tuna (preserved in water)

Red Cabbage, Courgette, Avocado & walnuts

Squid, Red Cabbage, carrot & black olives

For the salad, assemble: 100 g red cabbage, finely shredded 1 small courgette, chopped 1 avocado, chopped handful of walnuts, chopped handful of fresh chives, snipped

For the salad, assemble: 100 g red cabbage, finely shredded 1 small carrot, shaved into ribbons with a vegetable peeler handful of cherry tomatoes, chopped handful of pitted black olives, halved 50 g pre-cooked squid, chopped 1 tsp toasted sesame seeds bunch of fresh chives, snipped

SUMMER

For the dressing, mix: 1 tbsp extra virgin olive oil 1 tsp lemon juice pinch of salt and pepper

For the dressing, mix: 1 tbsp extra virgin olive oil 1 tsp lemon juice pinch of salt and pepper pinch of chilli flakes

PESCATARIAN

VEGETARIAN

RAW ALTERNATIVE

OMNIVORE ALTERNATIVE

Replace the Parmesan with a handful of walnuts

Replace the seafood with roasted chicken

Squid, Octopus, Couscous & peas

Strawberries, Parmesan & red Chicory

For the salad, assemble: 100 g pre-cooked giant Palestinian couscous 50 g pre-boiled peas 100 g cherry tomatoes, quartered 50 g mixed marinated squid and octopus antipasti

For the salad, assemble: 1 small head of red chicory 150 g strawberries, hulled and quartered 50 g Parmesan shavings handful of pine nuts bunch of fresh chives, snipped

SUMMER

For the dressing, mix: 1 tbsp extra virgin olive oil 1 tsp cider vinegar pinch salt and pepper pinch of saffron threads

For the dressing, mix: 1 tbsp extra virgin olive oil 1 tsp balsamic vinegar pinch of salt and pepper

The Kids Only Cookbook Sue Quinn

C OV E R

50 simple, delicious and fun recipes with easy-to-follow captions and 300 photos in a cartoon-strip style to inspire children aged 8–12.

DRAF T

An international bestseller, The Kids Only Cookbook is packed with over 50 simple, delicious and fun recipes containing easy-to-follow captions and 300 photos in a unique cartoon-strip style to inspire children of all ages to get busy in the kitchen. Original and creative projects will capture kids' imaginations, such as the paper bag breakfast of a bacon and egg sandwich in a paper bag cooked on a barbecue. The kick'n'roll tin can ice cream is bound to be the project of the summer: pack a large tin can with ice and rock salt, insert a sealed ziplock bag containing cream, sugar and vanilla and kick it to the park or the beach... within 25 minutes... homemade ice cream! Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$26.99

ISBN

9781787134607

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint Series Category

Quadrille Publishing Ltd NA Food & Drink

Kids will also learn as they go along; each recipe contains a culinary technique such as beating, whipping, piping or baking and 'Adult alerts' appear throughout the book and ensure the recipes are all easy and safe to make. This is a book which will become treasured as it helps children to discover the endless fun to be had in the kitchen and to learn skills which will stay with them for life.

Author Details Sue Quinn is an award-winning food writer, journalist and cookbook author. Her articles and recipes regularly appear in the UK's leading food publications including the Telegraph, The Sunday Times, the Guardian, delicious, BBC Good Food and Sainsbury's magazines. She has written more than a dozen cookbooks on a range of topics, from Japanese and Spanish cuisine to children’s cookery and healthy eating. In 2018 she won the Guild of Food Writers British Food Award, and in 2016 she received the Fortnum & Mason Online Food Writer Award.

Format

270 x 216 mm

Extent

128pp

Key Information

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

The internationally bestselling kids cookbook is now available in paperback. 'Aimed at children aged 8 to 12, this fills that gap between fairy cakes and your first grown-up cookbook – and is great on meals that children can cook with the family. Set out in how-to photo strips, it's easy to follow with alerts for when adult help should be sought.' BBC Good Food Features photos and cartoon-style instructions to get children busy in the kitchen

6 Taking your time, crack the egg into the hole. Aim precisely!

YOU NEED * * * *

paper bag

1 bacon rasher Butter, for spreading 1 slice of bread 1 egg

< SERVES 1 >

4 Place both halves of the bacon in the middle of a largish piece of baking paper.

breakfast This is great to cook when you’re camping or on the barbecue at home when the sun is shining. It’s VERY, VERY important to have an adult nearby when you’re doing this. Make sure the fire has died down, otherwise the bag will just burn!

8 Neatly wrap the bread in the baking paper and carefully slide into a sandwich bag.

2 Butter the bread.

7 Put the bread circle on top of the egg.

9 Carefully put on the barbecue. It will take about 5–10 minutes, so when you smell the bacon cooking, it’s probably ready. Very carefully take them off the grill and check the egg is cooked.

3 Cut a hole in the middle of the bread with a glass or a round cookie cutter.

TOP TIP You can also cook this just as easily in the oven. Preheat the oven to 200°C/400°F/Gas Mark 6. Place your paper bag breakfast on a baking sheet instead of the barbecue and cook for 12–15 minutes. 18

I have wrapped the bread up like a present!

Ask the person who does the shopping to buy some greaseproof paper bags or brown paper sandwich bags.

I am so hungry... I can't wait to eat this!

1 Carefully cut the bacon rasher in half.

5 Put the bread on top, buttered-side up.

10 Open up the bag and unwrap your breakfast. No plate required! Perfect with lashings of ketchup.

ADULT HELP ALERT! 19

6 Add the tomatoes, the flattene d garlic clo ve and the su gar. Stir.

YOU NEED

magic

* * * *

½ onion 1 garlic clove 1 tablespoon olive oil 1 x 400g tin chopped

tomatoes

sauce

* A big pinch of sugar < SERVES 2–4 with pasta >

With some simple cooking hocus pocus you can transform this basic sauce into other really delicious pasta or chicken dishes. You can even turn it into soup! 3 Heat the oil in a pan, set over a medium heat and very carefully add the onion.

5 The onion should be soft, squishy and a little bit clear – what cookbooks call “translucent”. 8 Stir every now and then, and use a masher to squash the tomatoes. When the timer goes off, the sauce should be thick and smell wonderful.

4 Stir with a wooden spoon and then turn down the heat to mediumlow. Cook for 7 minutes, stirring now and then. 28

2 Crush the garlic clove by squashing it lightly under a bowl. Peel off the skin.

1 Let the sauce cool a bit then carefully tip it into a strainer resting over a bowl. Push the sauce through with a wooden spoon. Scrape in any thick bits on the bottom of the sieve. Tip the soup back into the pan and warm it up over a medium-low heat. If it’s too thick for your taste, add a little milk. Fry some chopped chorizo in a little oil and sprinkle this on top of the soup if you like.

1 Spoon some sauce over the chicken dippers on page 41. Sprinkle with cheese and cook in the oven. Seriously yum. Or use it on the pizza bases on pages 46–47.

TOP TIP P ut a small p iece of onio first to test n in if the oil is h ot enough. makes a ge If it ntle sizzling noise, it’s p If the oil sp erfect. its, turn dow n the heat wait a minu and te or so be fore adding onion. If it d the oesn’t mak e any noise oil heat up , let the a bit more and test ag ain.

A bit of kitchen dancing and singing is fun while you wait – but do it away from the stove!

Best tomato soup

saucy dippers 7 When it starts to bubble turn the heat down to low and put the lid on. Set the timer for 30 minutes.

1 Finely chop the onion following the instructions on page 8.

variations

italian sauce 1 Fry some chopped bacon with the onion and add a pinch of chilli flakes with the tomatoes for a spicy, meaty sauce.

9 This sauce is fantastico with pasta – see page 10 for how to cook pasta perfectly.

2 Add torn up basil leaves, black olives and chopped canned anchovies to the sauce 10 minutes before the end of cooking. Don’t worry: the anchovies melt down and you won’t even taste them! 29

YOU NEED * 185g (about 1 cup) white rice * 1 small piece of ginger, about

Chinese fried rice There’s a little bit of chopping to do here but otherwise it’s pretty simple and super scrumptious. With the prawns it is a really tasty and filling dinner. 1 Cook the rice following the instructions on page 11. Set aside.

2 While the rice is cooking, start your chopping! Carefully peel the ginger and finely grate it. Transfer to a small bowl.

2cm long

* * * * * * *

2 garlic cloves

(frozen or from a can)

* * * *

3 tablespoons frozen peas

It smells so delicious!

3 spring onions 2 slices of ham

½ red pepper 2 eggs 1 tablespoon vegetable oil

7 Heat the vegetable oil in a large frying pan over a medium heat.

The pan will be very full at this point so try not to get it everyw here as you stir!

3 tablespoons sweetcorn

150g cooked prawns (optional)

9 Add the ham, pepper, sweetcorn and peas. Cook, stirring often, for 4 minutes.

3 tablespoons soy sauce ½ teaspoon sesame oil

(optional)

< SERVES 4–6 > 10 Add the rice, prawns (if using), soy sauce and eggs. Stir and cook for 2 minutes. 3 Peel the garlic and crush it into the bowl using a garlic press.

4 Using the method on page 8, cut the hairy ends off the onions, remove any papery skin and finely slice. Place in the bowl.

8 Add the ginger, garlic and spring onions. Stir with a wooden spoon and cook for 2 minutes.

Serve with a little drizzle of sesame oil if you like.

5 Cut the ham and pepper into small pieces. Set aside.

6 Crack the eggs into a bowl and whisk with a fork.

11 Stirring will ensure it is all warmed through. 35

YOU NEED

brilliant burgers with everything

* * * * *

500g beef mince 1 small red onion

Go on, get in there, it’s not going to bite you!

100g dried breadcrumbs 3 teaspoons dried herbs like basil, oregano and thyme 5 Crack the egg into the bowl and mix until everything is combined.

or Worcestershire sauce

ADULT HELP ALERT!

a frying or griddle pan)

* Cheese slices (optional) * 8 burger buns * Sliced tomato, lettuce,

beetroot or pineapple rings

(optional), to serve

< MAKES 8 >

6 Make a ball the size of a small apple and flatten it into a burger shape. Repeat with the rest of the mixture.

CAUTION You don’t want a grated finger burger!

Yep, it’s really gooey!

1 small apple

* 1 egg * 2 tablespoons olive oil (if using

The apple in these burgers makes them extra juicy. We’ve cooked them on the barbecue, but it’s not a problem if you want to cook them in a frying pan or a griddle.

4 Add the grated onio n, grated apple, brea dcrumbs, d ried herbs, tomato ketc hup and ba rbecue or Worcesters hire sauce to the meat. Mix it all tog ether with y our hands.

* 1 tablespoon tomato ketchup * 1 tablespoon barbecue sauce

1 Put the mince in a large bowl and squish it up a bit with your hands.

3 Now grate the apple, turning it as you go, until only the core is left.

2 Following the instructi ons on pages 8 –9, cut the onion in ha lf. Remove the skin and ca refully grate each half.

if you do not have a bbq If you are using a frying or griddle pan heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil over a medium heat and cook in batches, 4 burgers at a time.

7 These are great cooked on a barbecue but a hot frying pan or griddle works as well.

Don’t flip these ones!

9 If you’re having cheesy burgers, place a slice of cheese on top of each burger about 2 minutes before the end of the cooking time.

8 Cook for about 7 minutes, flipping the burgers over every minute or so to prevent them from burning.

11 Add the cooked bu rger and pop the oth er half of the bun on top.

10 Meanwhile, split the burger buns. Toast them in the toaster or under the grill or eat them as they come. Add whatever you fancy to one half of the bun: tomato, lettuce, beetroot, pineapple or more sauce.

Seriously good and a bit messy!

Shining: Ole Smoky Moonshine Family Cookbook Jessi Baker This new cookbook from internationally popular Ole Smoky Moonshine blends craft moonshine and Appalachia history with 65 family recipes in one delicious Southern package. In 2009, the Tennesse law changed and suddenly it was legal to make, distill, and sell the infamous bootlegger’s hooch, moonshine. Steeped in rich family history, the Bakers started their business, which now retails globally and offers more than twenty creative flavours. But at the heart of Ole Smoky moonshine are the Appalachian Mountains and the food that goes with it. A mum who loves to cook at home, Jessi Baker shares her recipes (not all of them boozy) that have fed her family, from moonshine eggnog to cornbread cooked in a skillet to salads, soups, steaks, and more. Easy to follow and make, this cookbook is sure to add a bit of shine to your family’s table.

Author Details Publication

01 June 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$49.99 | NZ$55.00

ISBN

9781449497002

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

229 x 191 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography

Age Range

Terms

Jessi Baker grew up in Gatlinburg, Tennessee, a small mountain community that serves as the gateway to the Great Smoky Mountains National Park and where her grandparents started Ole Smoky Candy Kitchen in 1950. In 2009, when the Tennessee legislature passed a bill that legalized distilling spirits, Joe decided to follow his family's 230-year history of East Tennesseans and make moonshine. After a few short years, Ole Smoky Moonshine has grown into the most visited distillery in the world with four locations. Their line of moonshine and whiskeys are now sold in all 50 states and 53 countries around the world.

Key Information • • •

There are more than 4 million visitors each year at the flagship Ole Smoky Distillery in Gatlinburg, TN. Their products are sold internationally in 53 countries as well as in all 50 states. Ole Smoky is a strong, growing brand. This book combines two on-trend topics: Appalachian cooking and craft moonshine. There is a refined focus on the history of the region and its unique flavour palette as well as the history of moonshine. Ole Smoky has a social media platform that's only growing with: 1 million likes on Facebook, 62.5k Instagram followers, 26.8k Twitter followers.

BLACKBERRY LEMONADE

SERVES 1

This drink is like summer in a jar and celebrates the flavors of the season. A refreshing beverage thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s a little bit sweet mixed with a little bit sour, itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s the perfect cocktail for picnics or front porch sipping.

3 ounces Ole Smoky Blackberry Moonshine 3 ounces fresh lemonade

Mix the moonshine and lemonade together and serve over ice in a mason jar. Garnish with fresh mint and a lemon wheel.

Ice Fresh mint and lemon wheel, for garnish

SHINING

Shining_int.indd 22

12/6/18 9:53 AM

COCKTAILS

Shining_int.indd 23

12/6/18 9:53 AM

SHINE NOG SERVES 10

Every December, we host a Christmas cookie exchange. Kids and adults love this party because there is something for everyone, tons of cookies, a huge pot of steaming moonshine chili, and some holiday cocktails for the adults. Joe and I started making eggnog in our early twenties as a way of creating a family Christmas tradition.We did it the traditional way with eggs, cream, sugar, and bourbon, but as Ole Smoky grew and expanded its product line, we made a Shine Nog version of the eggnog that we’d been taking to parties for years. Here is a recipe that will always be a hit at a holiday party. It’s meant for a crowd, so use a large bowl to mix the drink, and a soup ladle for serving.

2 (750-ml) jars Ole Smoky Shine Nog 1½ quarts vanilla ice cream

Mix all the ingredients together in a large punch bowl. Serve in small lowball glasses and garnish with cinnamon sticks.

1 cup of your favorite bourbon Cinnamon sticks, for serving

COCKTAILS

Shining_int.indd 25

12/6/18 9:53 AM

Shining_int.indd 26

12/6/18 9:53 AM

Champagne Wine of Kings and the King of Wines Tom Bruce Gardyne Champagne: Wine of Kings and the King of Wines guides you through the astounding history of how this delicious drink became the hallmark of celebrations, commiserations and partying across the globe.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$49.99 | NZ$55.00

ISBN

9781787392861

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Reference

Format

283 x 245 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Approx. 275 colour and b&w

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Divided into five parts, the first section looks at the process of making champagne and how the subtle blend of grapes produces a notable house style, as well as the vintage years and the special cuvées. The history of champagne is then discussed, from the earliest Champagne-makers, through the centuries – with effects of revolutions, wars and peacetime – to the establishment of the regulatory body, the Comité Champagne and, finally, the recent award of World Heritage status by UNESCO. On The Champagne Trail, part three, is the core of this beautiful volume, providing individual entries on all the major Champagne Houses, the lesser estates, co-operatives, growers and variations of sparkling wine. Each entry contains a history of the House and explores the notable traits of their products, together with tasting notes recommending which champagne to try. The fourth chapter discovers the growing interest in sparkling wines of the world while final section examines the social and cultural impact of champagne – how it has become a part of certain traditions; its development almost as a character in its own right in literature, film and song, whether it be as the tipple of the world's favourite spy, James Bond, or the object of affection (or even disaffection!) for artists; and how the world would be a poorer place without it. In good times and in bad, champagne has raised the spirits and marked key moments in people's lives, whether it be a marriage, the birth of a newborn or the passing of one year to the next. Written, and fully revised and updated, by a man with great knowledge of the drinks business, the beautifully illustrated Champagne: Wine of Kings and the King of Wines is for both the connoisseur and the newcomer.

Author Details Tom Bruce-Gardyne, a Scotsman from Edinburgh, is a journalist and author who has enjoyed a love affair with his native city. Tom has a passion for champagne and acts as a wine-tasting guide on tours of the Champagne region. He was a long-time columnist for the Herald & Times newspaper group in Edinburgh and his books include The Scotch Whisky Book and The Deuchars Guide to EdinburghPubs .

Key Information • • • • • •

Written, and now fully revised and updated, by an author whose love and knowledge of the subject shines through, complemented by evocative photographs. The author is a wine-tasting guide on tours to the Champagne region. Worldwide sales of Champagne grew for a ninth consecutive year in 2017. The export market was especially strong and global sales increased to more than 330 million bottles, led by the UK (27 million) and USA (20.5 million). The ten largest export markets for Champagne are the UK, the USA, Germany, Japan, Belgium, Australia, Italy, Switzerland, Spain and Sweden. There are more than 15,800 winegrowers in over 300 Champagne houses making 337 million bottles of Champagne annually.

PART 3

ON THE CHAMPAGNE ROUTE IT IS TIME TO LEAVE THE HISTORY OF THE REGION AND EXPLORE CHAMPAGNE THROUGH THE GREAT HOUSES THAT MADE IT A BYWORD FOR LUXURY AROUND THE WORLD. BEHIND THE BRANDS AND THOSE OF THE BIG CO-OPERATIVES ARE THE THOUSANDS OF GROWERS, AND BEYOND THEM THE SEA OF SPARKLING WINE MADE IN CHAMPAGNE’S IMAGE.

left

The variety of caps matches the diversity of champagne itself, from simple and understated to colourful and charismatic, but all carefully crafted to bring pleasure to the drinker.

MOËT & CHANDON ÉPERNAY

SOMEBODY SOMEWHERE IS CRACKING OPEN A BOTTLE OF MOËT & CHANDON EVERY SIX SECONDS IT IS POPULARLY ACCLAIMED. PRECISELY HOW MUCH IS SOLD IS KEPT SECRET, BUT SALES OF ITS MOËT IMPÉRIAL BRUT NV MUST BE WELL OVER 20 MILLION BOTTLES A YEAR. THAT’S AN AWFUL LOT OF BUBBLES.

The industrial might of the Moët & Chandon champagne factory in Épernay was something to behold in late-nineteenth-century France.

right Château de Saran, built in 1801 near the village of Chouilly by Jean-Rémy Moët, is where the House now entertains its top clients and guests.

above

Third-generation Jean-Rémy Moët took over in 1792, and built the foundations of the most powerful Champagne House of all, with a little help from his lifelong friend – Napoleon Bonaparte.

above

Tennis legend Roger Federer bringing his charm, sophistication and savoir-faire to his role as the global brand ambassador of Moët & Chandon.

below Bottles lie sur lattes in Moët’s cellars, slowly transforming into champagne. The firm’s cellars are the largest in the region, stretching for 17 miles beneath the streets of Épernay.

79 MOËT & CHANDON

MOËT & CHANDON

above

Russian troops, thus allowing Napoleon to reach Épernay before the Allied armies. He also opened his cellars in order to preserve his neighbour’s properties. Jean-Rémy died in 1841, leaving the firm to his son, Victor Moët, and son-in-law, Comte Pierre-Gabriel Chandon, who had bought the ruined Abbey of Hautvillers and its vineyards some 20 years earlier. By the turn of the century, visitors would gasp at the industrial scale of Moët’s champagne factory in Épernay with its 1,500 workers. George Kessler, the firm’s US agent, boasted record imports of 102,000 cases in 1902 – more than a quarter of Moët’s worldwide sales. Kessler was famed for his lavish parties in New York and London, and once flooded the Savoy’s courtyard to create a Venetian lagoon stocked with live swans, ducks and sea trout. Enrico Caruso serenaded guests as they guzzled champagne aboard a giant gondola. The evening ended with a baby elephant bearing an enormous cake. From this peak of conspicuous consumption, the brand

ON THE CHAMPAGNE ROUTE

Moët is nothing if not imperial. It is the flagship fizz of the mighty LVMH Moët Hennessy Louis Vuitton, which dominates the champagne trade. It also links directly to the Emperor himself since Napoleon was a lifelong customer, then friend of Jean-Rémy Moët, the grandson of Claude Moët who founded the House in 1743. Moët & Chandon were one of the first to embrace sparkling champagne in a region long wedded to still wines, and Claude Moët supplied the court of Versailles when the champagne-loving Madame de Pompadour was Louis XV’s favourite. Jean-Rémy Moët took over in 1792, when the French were revolting. The wine survived any guilt by association with the Ancien Régime, and Jean-Rémy was supplying Napoleon and Josephine by 1801. Napoleon would stock up with champagne whenever passing through on his next military campaign. In 1814 Jean-Rémy was awarded the Légion d’Honneur for organising the defence and resistance of Épernay against the Cossacks, scouts of the

slipped into decline until Comte Robert-Jean de Vogüé entered the company in 1932 and soon took over. He proved a dynamic and inspirational leader for Moët & Chandon and champagne in general. Vogüé was bold enough to launch the luxurious prestige cuvée Dom Pérignon in 1936 despite the economic gloom, and represented the industry during the war, dealing with Hitler’s weinführer, Otto Klaebisch. He also negotiated a substantial increase in grape prices to help the growers and champagne’s long-term sustainability. According to Moët & Chandon’s International Marketing & Communications Director, Arnaud de Saignes, Vogüé was “among the first business leaders to realise the impact of public relations and star power”. Maurice Chevalier, once the highestpaid actor in Hollywood, was courted to sprinkle some stardust on Vogüé’s brands. Before long it wasn’t just Moët and Dom Pérignon, as the company acquired first Mercier in 1970, Ruinart in 1973, and also Parfums Christian Dior in 1971. Today LVMH controls around one-fifth of all champagne and some two-thirds of the US market. “We like to say ‘bigger is better’,” says Arnaud de Saignes, referring to the firm’s 1,180 hectares of vineyards that supply over one-third of Moët’s needs. Benoît Gouez, the brand’s respected chef de cave, insists quality and quantity are not mutually exclusive in champagne. LVMH inspires respect among rivals, given the group’s continued success and growth. There are rumours that the group intends to grow its production from 60 to 100 million bottles. It is an unresolved question where they will they find all the grapes, and whether any other Champagne Houses will lose out as a result.

VEUVE CLICQUOT REIMS

IN THE SPACE OF A GENERATION THE WIDOWED MADAME CLICQUOT TOOK A SMALL CHAMPAGNE HOUSE IN REIMS IN 1805 AND PROPELLED IT TO STARDOM. NOW PART OF THE LUXURY BRAND EMPIRE LVMH, VEUVE CLICQUOT CONTINUES TO LIVE UP TO HER LEGACY 150 YEARS AFTER HER DEATH.

below Veuve Clicquot’s palatial headquarters in Reims, a testament to the ruthless determination of its namesake and the success of her brand in nineteenthcentury Russia.

VEUVE CLICQUOT BRUT NV The world-famous “Yellow Label” and centrepiece of the Veuve Clicquot collection has instantly recognisable flavour, power and consistency. It is a reliable crowd-pleaser with its supple texture and red-apple crunch of acidity, which gains complexity if you lay it down for a few years. VEUVE CLICQUOT VINTAGE 2008 Two-thirds pinot noir, one-third chardonnay and a spoonful of pinot meunier make up this youthful vintage expression with its 8g/l dosage. There is a steely core to the bright, elegant stone fruit flavours, and a lingering mineral note, but it needs time to unwind a little.

105 VEUVE CLICQUOT

VEUVE CLICQUOT

Then, streaking high above the vineyards, came the Great Comet of 1811, which Barbe Nicole took as an omen for an exceptional vintage. She was determined that her wine’s newfound Russian admirers should not be denied despite the Czar’s boycott of French wines in 1812. A Dutch ship was chartered with instructions to carry no other champagne but 10,550 bottles of Veuve Clicquot to the Baltic port of Königsberg. Without waiting to hear news, the canny widow dispatched another 12,000 a week later. You are “the terror of all your competitors”, wrote an ecstatic Louis Bohn as he described the Russians “with their tongues hanging out” to taste the Comet vintage. Soon he was boasting of Veuve Clicquot’s spring-like clarity thanks to chef de cave Antoine-Aloys Müller, who had perfected the technique of remuage (the removal of the yeasty sediment) by riddling the bottles in a specially made pupitre. Whether or not he actually drilled holes in Barbe Nicole’s desk to make the device, she was

TASTING NOTES

ON THE CHAMPAGNE ROUTE

104

Widowed at 27 with a three-year-old daughter and a business to run, Barbe Nicole Clicquot Ponsardin has a story reads like a film script. One can picture Julia Roberts playing the part of the plucky single mum who, in a man’s world and against all odds, builds one of the most powerful champagne brands of all time. Back at the dawn of the nineteenth century when the tale begins, however, the key point was not ‘single mum’, but ‘widow’. The House was founded in 1772 by Philippe Clicquot, whose son François-Marie built up sales to 60,000 bottles by 1804. A comfortable life beckoned for Barbe Nicole, his well-connected wife, whose father was a wealthy textile merchant and mayor of Reims. But François-Marie died a year later, leaving his widowed bride the chance to shine as one of the great champagne entrepreneurs. With Europe at war and the English navy blockading the seas, trade links to exciting new markets among the Baltic States and beyond were cut off. Things looked bleak, and as her devoted salesman, Louis Bohn, wrote: “Business is terribly stagnant … prices are plummeting.”

thrilled and tried hard to keep it a secret. She failed in that, but she did succeed, unlike Napoleon, in conquering Russia, which became champagne’s secondbiggest export market after Britain, and helped propel Veuve Clicquot’s sales to more than 400,000 bottles by 1850. That year, sensing that her daughter and son-in-law, the Comte de Chevigné, wouldn’t be able to cope, she handed the business to her partner, Edouard Werlé. (The Comte de Chevigné had discovered a wonderful way of extracting money from his wealthy mother-in-law to pay off his gambling debts. Veuve Clicquot died in 1866, but the brand lived on under Werlé and his descendants. Sales had topped three million bottles by 1900 thanks to Russia and growing success in the United States. That number has since soared to an estimated 18 million bottles, of which around 15 million is the famous egg-yolk ‘Yellow Label’ trademarked in 1877. The colour is defended with litigious zeal lest anyone come close to Pantone 137C. An exception is made for Glenmorangie Single Malt, for that too is owned by LVMH following its acquisition of Veuve Clicquot in 1986. A year later, Veuve Clicquot released its first prestige cuvée – La Grande Dame, in tribute to the widow herself. Two-thirds pinot noir, it comes from eight special Grand Cru sites in Aÿ, Verzenay, Ambonnay and Bouzy, from within the House’s 393 hectares that supply one-fifth of its needs. The ‘Yellow Label’ has become drier with a dosage down from 12g to 9g/litre, a fraction of the sugary 150g Veuve Clicquot once guzzled by the Romanovs. Yet bridging the gap is the new Veuve Clicquot Rich with 60g/l of sugar in a glitzy silver bottle. Its sweetness is designed for drinking over ice and with one added garnish, for a younger generation, perhaps weaned on Prosecco.

top The original champagne widow – the indefatigable Barbe Nicole Clicquot Ponsardin, who took over her husband’s small yet thriving champagne business in 1805. left A magazine advertisement from the 1930s, promoting the distinctly orange ‘Yellow Label’ of the flagship brand, whose sales are now estimated at around 15 million bottles a year. far left This staircase, descending to Clicquot’s cellars, is marked with all of the Champagne House’s declared vintage years.

Pocket Queer Wisdom Inspirational Quotes and Wise Words from Queer Heroes Who Changed the World Hardie Grant A celebration of LGBTQIA+ icons and the brilliant things they have said. Featuring beautifully illustrated portraits, Pocket Queer Wisdom is a tribute to some of the most inspirational people of all time. LGBTQIA+ people are some of the coolest in history – legendary figures such as Freddie Mercury, Virginia Woolf, Laverne Cox, Harvey Milk and Audre Lorde have made an unforgettable impact. Queer subculture has had an enormous influence on style, music, art, and literature – the queer community were the first to vogue, throw shade and say YAS to life before it hit the mainstream. This little book brings you their best pearls of wisdom in your back pocket. Publication

01 June 2019

Binding

Hardback

•

Full colour illustrations throughout, with mini-bios about each person featured.

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

•

2019 marks the 50th anniversary of the Stonewall Uprising and a half-century of LGBTQIA+ liberation.

ISBN

9781784882853

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Series

Category

Inspirational

Format

132 x 110 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Available 1 June 2019

Key Information

‘We needed something to express our joy, our beauty, our power. And the rainbow did that.’ GILBERT BAKER 1951–2017 Gay activist and creator of the iconic rainbow flag

‘Boredom and dullness are diseases.’

FREDDIE MERCURY 1946–91 Frontman of legendary pop-rock outfit Queen

‘Whatever other people think of me is none of my business.’ RUPAUL Born 1960 American drag queen and shrewd owner of a media empire

‘No need to hurry. No need to sparkle. No need to be anybody but oneself.’ from ‘A Room of One’s Own’, 1929

VIRGINIA WOOLF 1882–1941 Feminist, Bloomsbury group scenester and one of the most important authors of 20th century Modernism

Croquette & Empanada A Love Story Ana Oncina It's a classic love story: doughy appetiser boy meets doughy appetiser girl. Together they exist in a world cohabited by humans. Croquette is looking for love – his sweet, silly other half. Empanada hopes she can find someone who accepts her for who she is. It’s a match made in tasty, tasty heaven. Internationally bestselling author Ana Oncina’s Croquette & Empanada explores modern love and domesticity with charming comics. Enjoy the antics of this adorable, culinary couple as they navigate romance and cohabitation, from deciding to move in together to purchasing their first pet.

Author Details Ana Oncina was born in 1989 in Elda, in the Alicante Province of Spain, and studied fine arts at the Technical University of Valencia. When she’s not drawing, she looks for inspiration in the streets, confesses that she still drinks ColaCao, and designs pillows. Although – fortunately – her boyfriend is not a croquette, any resemblance is not entirely coincidental. This is her first book of cartoons. Publication

01 June 2019

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781449497064

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Humour

Format

203 x 141 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Available 1 June 2019

Key Information •

Ana Oncina has a strong social media following: 91.5k Instagram followers, 5k Twitter followers, 21k Facebook followers.

•

The anthropomorphic humour creates a novel twist while still touching on relationship concepts that are relatable to any couple. The colour scheme and crisp line work give Croquette & Empanada a beautiful aesthetic. The full-colour illustrations are charming. The original Croqueta y Empanadilla is a publishing phenomenon in Spain with over 25,000 copies sold; it was one of the bestselling titles in the entire country in the first year of publication.

• •

- The complexity of women So even though he treated her like a queen, she left him.

Women are so complicated.

It seems like the better we men treat you, the less you appreciate us.

What do you mean?

Yeah, itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s as though we want you to treat us badly.

- 14 Croquette_int.indd 14

12/6/18 2:08 PM

What’s wrong?

Let go of my hand. and tomorrow we should not see each other.

nOoooḛ!Ḛḛ!

- 15 Croquette_int.indd 15

12/6/18 2:08 PM

- Scary bedtime stories -

boom! I heard a noise.

huh?

I heard a noise!

Iâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll go take a look. stay here and lock the door. - 16 Croquette_int.indd 16

12/6/18 2:08 PM

be careful.

Don’t worry.

Unlock the door when i knock.

there’s nobody here, must have been the neighbor.

- 17 Croquette_int.indd 17

12/6/18 2:08 PM

ĒḿPĀNāḊaů It’s me.

knock, knock!

ēṀṔḁnĄḋa!Ḛḛ

…

Bam, bam!

- 18 Croquette_int.indd 18

12/6/18 2:08 PM

After Dinner Amusements: How Well Do You Know Me? 50 Questions for Family and Friends Chronicle Books A mini and minty-fresh take on party games and activities, After Dinner Amusements offer fresh content plus bite-size appeal of the 52 decks.

After Dinner Amusements offer an irresistible twist on classic party games and activities. Each miniature deck of cards is packaged in a full-colour decorative tin box, charmingly evoking the look of after-dinner mints! How Well Do You Know Me? features a deck of personal questions; one player pulls a card, thinks of their answer, and asks their assembled friends or family members to guess what that answer might be. Publication

01 August 2019

Author Details

Binding

Games & Puzzles

Price

AU$16.99

Chronicle Books is an independent publisher based in San Francisco that has been making things since the Summer of Love. They are inspired by the enduring magic of books, and by sparking the passions of others.

ISBN

9781452178240

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

62 x 62 mm

Extent

51pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • •

The colourful and compact tin packaging sets these decks apart from other activities and games. With a format that evokes the look of after-dinner mints and bright decorative patterns, the tins are perfect for cash-wrap displays. The compact format allows you to take the game anywhere! These petite tins are perfect for slipping into a purse or pocket, or for on-the-go fun. They also make great stocking stuffers! At $16.99 price point makes this an easy self-purchase for party hosts and partygoers. They also make for charming gifts, individually or as a set of two, three, or more. The simple rules and all-ages questions of How Well Do You Know Me? make this a great game for family gatherings or multigenerational parties. Less formal than the conversation-starter deck, this little game will nonetheless get everyone sharing memories and opinions as they try to answer questions about each other's celebrity crushes, embarrassing moments, and pet peeves.

? ? ? ? ? ?

? ?

? ? ?

? ?

? ? ?

? ?

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

? Do I drink ? coffee ? ? ? ? or tea, ? and if so, ? how do I take it? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?

? ? ? ?

? ? ? ? ?

A_HowWellDoYouKnowMe_Card_Fronts_Mechs.indd12/3/18 1 2:18 P

? ? ? ? ? ?

? ? ?

? ?

? ? ?

? ?

What ? was the? ?last live music, ? ? ? movie, ?or theatrical ? ? ? I saw? ? performance

? ?

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

? ?

? ? ? ? ?

A_HowWellDoYouKnowMe_Card_Fronts_Mechs.indd12/3/18 2 2:18 P

? ? ? ? ? ?

? ? ? ? ? ? ?

? ? ?

? ?

? ? ?

? ?

? ? ? Who is?my ? crush? ? celebrity ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

? ? ? ?

? ? ? ? ?

A_HowWellDoYouKnowMe_Card_Fronts_Mechs.indd12/3/18 3 2:18 P

After Dinner Amusements: Riddle Me This 50 Brainteasers for the Whole Family Chronicle Books A mini and minty-fresh take on party games and activities, After Dinner Amusements offer fresh content plus bite-size appeal of the 52 decks.

01 August 2019

Author Details

Binding

Games & Puzzles

Price

AU$16.99

ISBN

9781452178257

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

62 x 62 mm

Extent

51pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • •

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

What force and strength cannot get through, I with a gentle touch can do. And many in the streets would stand, were I not readily at hand. What am I?

A KEY

A_RiddleMeThis_Cards_Fronts_Mechs.indd 1

12/3/18 2:11 P

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

What is pronounced like one letter, spelled with three letters, and most people have two of them?

AN EYE

A_RiddleMeThis_Cards_Fronts_Mechs.indd 2

12/3/18 2:11 P

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

What kind of coat can only be put on when itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s wet?

A COAT OF PAINT

A_RiddleMeThis_Cards_Fronts_Mechs.indd 3

12/3/18 2:11 P

Also Available in the AFTER DINNER AMUSEMENT Series

Price

AU$14.99

Price

AU$14.99

Price

AU$16.99

Price

AU$16.99

ISBN

9781452175799

ISBN

9781452173771

ISBN

9781452173764

ISBN

9781452173757

Price

AU$14.99

Price

AU$14.99

Price

AU$14.99

Price

AU$14.99

ISBN

9781452167473

ISBN

9781452164885

ISBN

9781452164908

ISBN

9781452164892

Price

AU$15.99

ISBN

9781452167466

Price

AU$14.99

ISBN

9781452164915

Spark Balance 50 Ways to Be Present and Find Focus Chronicle Books The gift of a balanced and more focused life in a box, this shimmering Spark box makes an easy gift pick for holiday stocking stuffing or anytime a little rejuvenation is in order. This next offering in the Spark series presents 50 prompts on faux matchsticks for cultivating a more balanced life, from mindfulness practices and meditations to self-care activities. The gift of rejuvenation and calm in a shimmering matchbox, this is a perfect way to refresh come the new year. Sample prompts: ·Make a list of activities that nurture your soul. ·Visualise yourself in your favourite place or go there. ·Gain some perspective by scheduling time to contemplate big picture goals.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Games & Puzzles

Price

AU$24.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781452178226

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Chronicle Books is an independent publisher based in San Francisco that has been making things since the Summer of Love. We are inspired by the enduring magic of books, and by sparking the passions of others.

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

127 x 68 mm

Extent

50pp

Illustrations

3-colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

•

This matchbox format packages accessible prompts for cultivating balance and self-care practices in a unique way that distinguishes it from other decks and books on the market. Decked out in foil, with irresistible object quality, this little box of balance has striking shelf presence and makes a distinctive gift. With prompts involving simple breathing exercises, meditations, and self-reflection, this Spark box taps into the mindfulness zeitgeist in an accessible way. Anyone who seeks more calm, focus, and self-awareness amid the chaos of modern life will find these prompts to be an approachable and unintimidating way to bring more focus and balance into their everyday routine. This matchbox-like format can merchandise just like real matches – with candles, as a register add-on, or as a holiday stocking-stuffer. And this eye-catching gilded package will assort perfectly with New Year, New You themes and winter holiday displays. Consumers are increasingly interested in purchasing and gifting experiences rather than stuff. Full of prompts that inspire wellbeing, this is the gift of a calmer and more thoughtful way of living.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FRONT â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1

Bring your full attention to the here and now.

Just listen.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FRONT â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FRONT â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 3

Observe the feelings of your body.

Spark Magic 50 Ways to Find Your Power Chronicle Books The gift of channeling personal power, in a box: packed with practical ways to work your magic, this matchbox full of prompts is a novel gift for modern mystics. This next offering in the Spark box series offers simple rituals and practices for aligning with nature, listening to intuition, and channeling the power within. For anyone who wants to work their magic, this dreamy foil-covered box will kindle the spark. Sample prompts: ·Write about a fresh start you’d love to make with the next new moon. ·Create an altar out of things you love. ·Make a wish, then light a small candle and let it burn down.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Games & Puzzles

Price

AU$24.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781452178219

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

127 x 68 mm

Extent

50pp

Illustrations

2-colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

•

This matchbox format packages low-barrier-to-entry rituals and magic "lite" prompts in a unique and accessible way that distinguishes it from other decks and books about magic and spells on the market. Decked out in foil, with irresistible object quality, this little box of inspiration has striking shelf presence and makes a distinctive gift. This matchbox-like format can merchandise just like real matches – with candles, as a register add-on, or as a holiday stocking-stuffer. And this enchanting, foil-stamped package will merchandise perfectly with mysticism, spiritualism, and New Age assortments, from crystals to tarot decks. Consumers are increasingly interested in purchasing and gifting experiences rather than stuff. These prompts are derived from magic and spiritual practices but are also accessible and approachable, and focused on accessing and growing personal power. This is the gift of feeling powerful, strong, and magical in the everyday. The self-care angle and accessibility of the content gives this matchbox appeal not just for the modern-witch audience but to anyone interested in alternative self-care rituals.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FRONT â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1

Make a wish, then light a small candle and let it burn down.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FRONT â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2

Write out all your wishes for the next year.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

FRONT â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 3

Create a collage of magical things that inspire you.

Also Available in the SPARK series

Price

AU$22.99

ISBN

9781452168821

Price

AU$22.99

Price

AU$22.99

Price

AU$22.99

ISBN

9781452168845

ISBN

9781452168838

ISBN

9781452168814

Business Cat: Hostile Takeovers Tom Fonder The shocking fall and rise of the world's richest feline executive. After clawing his way to the top of the corporate world, Business Cat's professional standing is secure — or is it? Following a surprise audit from the IRS and some nefarious scheming by his executive rival, a business dog named Howard, things go downhill fast. Business Cat's exile from the C-suite isn't always pretty — he winds up in temp jobs, alleys, foster homes, and the kennel — but it is always entertaining. Author Tom Fonder's story of Business Cat's remarkable journey provides a thrilling conclusion to the series, and one office workers, cat lovers, and comics fans will cheer on to the finish.

Author Details Publication

01 May 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781524850814

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Humour

Format

229 x 216 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour comics

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Available 1 May 2019

Tom Fonder is a British/Australian artist based in the United Kingdom. He graduated from Edith Cowan University in 2012 with a film degree that he has since never used. In 2014, a silly drawing of his went viral and he accidentally became a cartoonist. His webcomic, The Adventures of Business Cat, follows the day-to-day dealings of a cat in charge of a multibillion-dollar corporation.

Key Information •

Both cat lovers and office workers (that is, almost everyone) love Business Cat.

•

Imagine the feline version of Michael Scott of The Office or the Pointy-Haired Boss in Dilbert — that's Business Cat! Strong social media following: 231k Facebook followers, 16.4k Instagram followers, 13.9k Twitter followers. Special bonus panels available only in this book!

• •

BusinessCat_int.indd 5

12/17/18 9:21 AM

BusinessCat_int.indd 6

12/17/18 9:21 AM

BusinessCat_int.indd 7

12/17/18 9:21 AM

BusinessCat_int.indd 8

12/17/18 9:21 AM

BusinessCat_int.indd 9

12/17/18 9:21 AM

I Like Birds A Guide to Britain's Aerial Wildlife Stuart Cox

C OV E R

An utterly delightful compendium of 60 of Britain's most beautiful birds?.

DRAF T

I Like Birds explores the history and habits of 60 of Britain’s most interesting, popular and prized species of bird.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787134171

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Gift

Format

190 x 190 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Fully illustrated throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

From the coast to the heart of the countryside, each entry features a bold illustration that captures a bird’s individual personality, bringing them to life through the pages of this book. As well as providing useful stats – including breeding times, egg quantity, wingspan, diet, nest type and more – this guide tells the story of each bird’s lifestyle, behaviour, distinguishing features and birdsong. Dotted with lively anecdotes, plus binocular basics and an egg-opedia, whether you’re simply interested in attracting more birds to your garden, or trekking deeper into the wild on your search for Britain’s best avian wildlife, I Like Birds is the perfect companion for any beginner or avid birdwatcher.

Author Details Distilling the natural world into something simple and beautiful, Stuart Cox is the founder of Scottish brand I Like Birds, which produces bird-themed designs with universal appeal for use on stationery, textiles, mugs and all manner of other bird-based bits and bobs.

Key Information • Stuart Cox's illustrations are instantly recognisable and his brand is well known throughout the world on the back of his greeting cards and gift ranges: this is his first book • Condé Nast Traveller labels birdwatching as the “unlikeliest craze”, citing the growing interest of millennials, particularly in urban areas.

Barn swallow Hirundo rustica

fa m i ly

Hirundinidae – swallows and martins h a b i tat

Open countryside with farms, ponds, meadows, usually near buildings for nesting size

17-19cm long diet

Insects breeds

April-August, two broods nest

Mud and straw cup eggs

Four to six. White with reddish speckles range

Summer visitor across the whole of the UK. Winters in South Africa collective noun

Kettle old names

Chimney swallow; swallie; tsi-kuk

Fluttering and flapping, swooping and soaring, the barn swallow is the herald of summer, a champion long-distance flier and sometime sky gypsy. It uses its proficient aerial abilities to undertake an astonishing annual roundtrip of 12,500 miles, all for the sake of healthily bringing up its offspring. Wintering in South Africa before returning to Britain to breed in April, swallows build their homes in their same favourite barns or other outbuildings year after year. As with other migratory birds, we tend to imagine them as visitors, but they’re really birds with two homes, revisiting each during their respective summertimes to make the most of available food sources. Depending on whether they’re hurtling high or low, they take insects on the wing in their pouch-like mouths or swoop over ponds to scoop up water to drink. If you’re a swallow, you do everything on the wing. Towards the end of summer, you often see swallows gathering on high lines, chattering excitedly to one another. These are normally family groups, with the parents likely passing on ‘fill your bellies’ instructions to their young before their first long trip to Africa. Swallows are similar to swifts in appearance, migration and behaviour and the two can sometimes be mistaken – the telltale sign of a swallow is its forked tail (the word ‘swallow’ literally means ‘cleft stick’). But the two originated from entirely separate families, with the wondrous logic of evolution converging on similar conclusions from dissimilar starting points.

Hawfinch Coccothraustes coccothraustes

fa m i ly

Fringillidae – true finches h a b i tat

Woods – particularly beech, hornbeam and cherry – parks and orchards size

18cm long diet

Hard seeds such as cherry and plum. Also caterpillars breeds

April-May, one brood nest

Twigs and moss, usually in an old tree eggs

Four to five. White with brown blotches range

Mainly southern England, common across central Europe collective noun

Company

Imagine yourself to be a cherry stone. You’re hard. Hard enough to splinter human teeth. Impenetrable. Wait – what? – crack! The most obvious fact about hawfinches is the incredible power of their bills – enough to split a cherry stone clean in half. A force of 50kg. It’s difficult to imagine what that actually means, so here’s some context. A hawfinch weighs just 0.05kg. The force it exerts through specially adapted serrations inside its bill is a thousand times its own weight. So, if a hawfinch weighed as much as a 60kg human, its cleaver-like jaw could deploy a pressure of 60 tonnes – about the weight of a house. Ouch. A berry-breaking bruiser, the hawfinch is Britain’s largest finch, though how much it’s a ‘native’ bird is debatable. Up until the mid-nineteenth century, it was mostly confined to continental Europe, where it remains common today. Then over the next century, it advanced across the UK as far as Aberdeenshire, becoming a common sight in orchards and woods. But for largely uncertain reasons, since the 1990s it has suffered a steep decline and numbers are now down to the hundreds. It came, it went, and occasionally – as in 2017 – it still irrupts across the channel when continental crops fail, arriving in winter droves, mainly in the south-east, and vanishing again in spring. But even during an irruption, you’ll be lucky to see a hawfinch. Belying their size and power, they’re wary of humans, hiding away at the tops of trees and making barely a sound. Except for the crack of berry stones.

old names

Berry breaker; cobble; pea stripper; cherry finch; cock-hoop 79

Atlantic puffin Fratercula arctica

fa m i ly

Alcidae – auks h a b i tat

Coastal cliffs and offshore waters, only coming ashore during breeding size

28-30cm long diet

Small fish and squid breeds

May-June nest

Cliff-top burrow eggs

One, white range

Mainly Scotland – although occasionally blown off course inland. Largest populations are further north in Iceland and the Faroes collective noun

Circus old names

Parrot-billed willy; bulker; sea parrot; cockandy 94

The Atlantic puffin – the clown of the sea – is among the most recognisable and best-loved birds in the UK. But, as so often with clowns, it has a tinge of melancholy to its tale. Let’s start with what a puffin is: an auk, a family of upright black-andwhite sea birds noted for being a bit clumsy on land but able to ‘fly’ underwater – puffins can descend 60m to dig up their favourite meal of sand eels from the sea floor. Auks spend more time at sea than anywhere else and in that respect they’re like penguins, although the two are totally unrelated and, unlike penguins, auks have the added advantage of being able to fly. Puffins are possibly the squattest of auks: tiny multi-coloured dumplings, with carrot-coloured legs and splashes of red and yellow around the bill. They make land once a year, raising a single chick inside a burrow. Lacking their parents’ coloured bills, the youngsters are known as pufflings, an undeniably endearing name for an undeniably endearing bird. Which makes the following fact all the harder to swallow: in Iceland and the Faroe Islands the young and eggs of these comical, waddling, industrious and largely monogamous birds are a delicacy. The clue to this is in the name, although not their own. Puffinus is the Latin word for the shearwater, a completely different bird that also nests in burrows and lays a single egg. Puffin, an Anglo-Norman word meaning ‘fatling’, was applied to the salted carcasses of cliff-dwelling birds traded around Scotland, Ireland and all points north. Somewhere along the way that name settled on our puffin, sadly marking it out as food.

Eurasian oystercatcher Haematopus ostralegus

fa m i ly

Haematopodidae – oystercatchers h a b i tat

Open countryside with farms, ponds and meadows, usually near buildings for nesting s i z e 40-45cm long diet

Molluscs and earthworms breeds

April-July, one brood nest

A scrape in sand or among pebbles eggs

Two to three. Cream with brown spots range

Particularly northern Britain, also Scandinavia and Iceland collective noun

Parcel old names

Bride’s page; sea-magpie; olive; oyster plover; mere pie; sea pie

106

Just how do you catch an oyster? They can’t really run away and if you’re a British oystercatcher, chances are you’ve never even encountered a real-life oyster. The name comes from its American cousins, which are mainly from the Deep South and enjoy a hearty gumbo diet. In the old days in Britain, we used to call them ‘sea pies’ (in reference to their black-and-white markings rather than an actual pie), but it’s a pity we passed on the opportunity to legitimately have a British bird called a winklepicker, cocklecruncher or musselmuncher. You’ll usually hear an oystercatcher before you see it. Its distinctive piping call alerts you to its presence as it flies on rapid wing beats low across the shore or fields, foraging for cockles, mussels, worms, crustaceans and insects. They use their long bills to probe into rock pools on the shore line and the soft earth of inland meadows, but – as I’ve seen in northern Scotland – they can get confused in urban environments. There’s something truly tragic about seeing an oystercatcher trying to break through the tarmac of a local authority car park to get at the non-existent cockles beneath. The British population is about 110,000 pairs, which rises to about 340,000 in winter as birds flap in from Iceland and elsewhere – around 45 percent of the European population. The longest-lived bird recorded was just over 40 years old. Ringed as a chick in 1970 it was last caught in the same place, by a ringer, on The Wash in 2010. Incredibly it was never seen away from the site in the intervening years.

Posh Creations Color by Number Steve Duffendack Grab your favourite pack of coloured pencils, markers, or pens, settle in, and enjoy the satisfaction of seeing these colour-bynumber images spring to life. Steve Duffendack's Posh Creations: Color by Number features images from all of earth's creations – animals, birds, sea life, bugs, flowers, plants, nature, and landscape themes. These numbered pictures focus on calm and relaxing subjects, tapping into the exact reason adults colour. While a vague shape of the image is visible in the lines, it only really emerges as it's coloured in according to the key at the bottom of the page. The simple task of colouring in outlines is an occasion to clear the mind, complete a project, and feel content with a beautiful finished product.

Author Details Publication

01 June 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781524850074

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

241 x 184 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

b&w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Available 1 June 2019

Steve Duffendack is a former art director for Hallmark Cards and is an award-winning designer and illustrator who has worked on campaigns for Red Lobster, Marriott, and other American clients.

Key Information • •

•

An activity book of this kind brings a degree of mental challenge to the colouring book format, making it especially appealing to older adults interested in both reducing stress and improving cognitive function. Duffendack is an award-winning designer and illustrator who has worked on campaigns for Red Lobster, Marriot, and other American clients. He has won two National Gold ADDYs, one District Gold ADDY, and six AIGA Awards – including Best of Show. Posh Coloring is an established and recognisable franchise in the adult colouring landscape.

5 5

2 8

2 3

8 8

8 6

8 1

2 8 2

8 2

8 8

2 2

8 2

6 6

8 8

8 2

6 8

4 2

8 3

4 4

Posh Color by Number REV 2 Interior.indd 1

8 7

8 4

7 2

3 3

8 2

8 8

8 3

8 6

8 8

2 2

2 4

5 5

5 4

4 3

2 8

8 3

2 2

5 5

2 5

3 7

2/5/19 1:18 PM

3 3 3

3 3

6 3

3 2

3 2 2

3 3

5 5

5 5 5

5 3

2 3

2 4

2 3

Posh Color by Number REV 2 Interior.indd 7

3 3

3 2

3 6

5 5

6 3

1 3

3 2

4 3

3 4

2/5/19 1:18 PM

9 9

1 9

9 1

Posh Color by Number REV 2 Interior.indd 11

9 9

2 1

4 1

1 1

9 2

1 9

9 9

9 3

1 3

1 9

1 1

9 9

9 2

1 9

5 6

9 9

9 7

9 9

8 7

9 9

1 9

4 1

1 1

2/5/19 1:18 PM

New Sticker Journals! Add some sass and magic to your journal with this new sticker-led series. Each book contains 300 specially commissioned stickers within 12 sticker pages gummed in to the front of the journal for easy removal once the stickers are all used. The journal then has 128 internal pages featuring a combination of lined, dot matrix and blank 2 colour designs.

&RVPLF 3RZHU Journal with 300 Now Age themed stickers

ISBN

Girl Power: Journal with 300 themed stickers to empower modern women

9781787134454 ISBN

Stickers designed to inspire dreaming, mysticism and empowerment

9781787134461

Stickers to inspire modern women with positivity, strength and empowerment

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notebooks Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99 each

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Sticker Power

Category

Stationery

Format

185 x 135 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Over 300 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Key Information • Stickers are back! Stickers, especially those targeted to self-expression, empowerment, and activism, are extremely popular on sites like Etsy, Instagram, and Pinterest. • Making headlines everyday, Now Age and modern feminism aren't showing any sign of slowing down across the globe. Millennials are only asking for more! • A beautiful package and great value!

TO DO LIST...

One Rant a Day A Cathartic Daily Journal Quadrille Publishing Ltd

The heart races, the palms sweat, the mouth dries, and the skin prickles. And here it comes: THE RANT. Indulging in a volley of vociferous verbiage requires all senses to be on red alert. Afterwards, the stress hormone cortisol decreases - the body has been purged, the rant has restored the equilibrium. An antidote to the plethora of saccharine journals exhorting us to be relentlessly happy, One Rant a Day provides witty and incisive (and certainly not nauseatingly nebulous) quotes, lists and prompts to encourage you to record your daily diatribes in private. No judgement, no audience and no repercussions. And you never know, you may even feel better afterwards.

Key Information Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

• A great twist on the usual daily journal, journallers will be excited to use their new notebook to vent

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

• Bold package at a great price point. This journal will let its journaller's words be heard!

ISBN

9781787134577

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

155 x 120 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

2c illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

and rant to their heart's content.

RANT OR Trumpet SHoUT HARANGUE ADMONISH BERATE Declaim RAGE

ROAR BELLOW BLUSTERYELL RANT SPOUT Hold forth PONTIFICATE

Sound off LAMBAST

Fulminate EXCORIATE

AND

DELIVER A TIRADE RAVE

RANT VERB Speak or shout at length in an angry, impassioned way NOUN A spell of ranting; a tirade

THE HEART SPEEDS, THE PALMS SWEAT, THE MOUTH DRIES, AND THE SKIN PRICKLES. AND HERE IT COMES: THE RANT

Indulging in a volley of vociferous verbal verbiage requires all senses to be on red alert. Afterwards, the stress hormone cortisol decreases â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the body has been purged, the rant has restored the equilibrium.

Cattitude: A journal to discover the purr-fect you Alison Davies

Perfect for all cat lovers, this journal (from the same author who brought us Be More Cat ) provides a playful space in which to record your everyday thoughts, to do lists, goals and aspirations, and is dotted with inspiring feline quotes, exercises and motivational prompts to help you sit back, relax and find the purr-fect you.

Author Details Alison Davies runs workshops at universities throughout the UK, showing academics, students and early years practitioners how stories can be used as tools for teaching and learning. Alison writes for a wide selection of magazines, including Bella , Soul & Spirit , Your Fitness , Take a Break Fate and Fortune , Spirit and Destiny , You , Kindred Spirit and Woman's Own . Her features have also appeared in the Times Education Supplement, Daily Mail and Sunday Express parenting section, and various commercial magazines. Her book, Be More Cat, was published in 2017.

Key Information Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

• Cats will be fur-ever popular. This journal is a great self-purchase for cat lovers or gift for that particularly

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

• Alison Davies writes for a wide selection of publications. She has also written a number of popular books

ISBN

9781787134478

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

215 x 150 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

3c illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

feline-inclined friend (we all have one).

for Quadrille, including: Be More Cat, Be More Witch and Be More Sloth.

• Beautiful package with adorable illustrations, journallers will have no problem getting stuck into this

journal.

‘

‘ After dark all cats are

’ leopards Zuni proverb

FIX YOUR EYES ON THE PREY AND SLOWLY MOVE TOWARDS IT!

Hunt like a cat and make a list of three goals to achieve over the next year. With each goal write three things you can do to help you move in the direction of success.

the best

therapist has fur and four legs

‘ What

greater

gift than the love of a cat.’ Charles Dickens

Cath Kidston Collection Cath Kidston first opened in West London in 1993, inspired by the idea of taking traditional prints and using them in a fresh, modern way. 25 years on, it is one of the most influential design brands in the UK.

My Recipe Collection Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hedge Rose Boxed Notecards

Publication

01 August 2019

Notebooks & Journals

Binding

Greeting Cards

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787134416

ISBN

9781787134430

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Cath Kidston

Category

Stationery

Category

Stationery

Format

210 x 148 mm

Format

215 x 140 mm

Extent

128pp

Extent

16pp

Illustrations

Full Colour

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

A stylish Cath Kidston package containing a concertina file with 5 pockets for storing must-try recipes from magazines/newspapers/online and a 128-page paperback notebook to record over 50 of your own personal favourites. There is room in the notebook for writing out the ingredients and method as well as dietary information and prep/cooking time. An elastic closure helps to keep everything secure.

A slipcased set of 16 cards in 8 different Cath Kidston designs and matching envelopes. The perfect gift to accompany the Cath Kidston Hedge Rose Ballpoint Pen.

� j,·\ll

.. J

�'�� :-rl u

�

��

\ @

�

,-1 ,. ·\ll

""'..;,'\\

-� _.. (��

ii..� C

•

' t;.,,

�

�., .�

• I

� u � I'

......

•• i:i

''il'f.

Cath Kidston Fold & Post

48 letter writing sheets to fold and turn into their own envelope Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Greeting Cards

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781787134423

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

250 x 182 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

Full Colour

Age Range

Terms

A covetable, refillable ballpoint pen printed with a Cath Kidston print and encased in a beautiful presentation box. The pen writes in black ink, accepts standard refills and comes with a small plastic nib protector which should be removed prior to initial use. A perfect gift to accompany Cath Kidston's other gorgeous stationery items, including journals and notes. ISBN

9781787134508

Hedge Rose Boxed Ballpoint Pen

Elegant correspondence has never been so easy. This book features 48 tear-out writing sheets, ready creased and gummed for you to write on, then fold and post together with a sticker sheet. The 6 different designs feature classic Cath Kidston prints.

ISBN

9781787134515

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Pencils / Pencil Cases / Pens

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99 each

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Cath Kidston

Category

Stationery

Format

178 x 56 mm

Age Range

Terms

Studio Ghibli: 100 Collectible Postcards Studio Ghibli Continuing our partnership with animation giant Studio Ghibli, this deluxe 100-postcard boxed set captures the history of the studio, in a giftable and collectible stationery format for fans of every age! Celebrate the art of Studio Ghibli, the beloved Japanese animation film studio, with this extensive collection of 100 full-colour postcards showcasing final frames from all their feature-length films – fromNausicca of the Valley of the Wind (1984) to When Publication

01 August 2019

Marnie Was There (2014). Housed in a keepsake box with a lifting ribbon, these postcards (to keep or send) will delight Studio Ghibli and

Binding

Postcards

animation fans of every age.

Price

AU$35.00

ISBN

9781452168661

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

159 x 111 mm

Extent

100pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

Author Details Studio Ghibli is a Tokyo-based animation film studio founded in 1985 by directors Isao Takahata and Hayao Miyazaki. The studio has produced several short films, television commercials, one television film, and over twenty feature-length films, many of which have garnered numerous awards and critical acclaim, including My Neighbour Totoro, Kiki's Delivery Service, Princess Mononoke , and the Academy Award-winner Spirited Away. Their last four films, The Wind Rises (2013), The Tale of Princess Kaguya (2013), When Marnie Was There (2014), and The Red Turtle (2016) were all nominated for Academy Awards for Best Animated Feature Film.

Key Information • • • •

A beautiful collectible format at an affordable price, perfect for Studio Ghibli fans: 100 different full-colour postcards featuring final frames (key scenes and characters) from all of the Studio’s feature films, housed in a keepsake box. The last 4 films released by Studio Ghibli, The Wind Rises, The Tale of the Princess Kaguya, When Marnie Was There, and The Red Turtle (co-produced by Studio G) were all nominated for Academy Awards for Best Animated Feature Film. The Ghibli Museum (opened Oct 2001) is a popular destination in Tokyo, seeing about 650k visitors a year. In 2017, they celebrated the milestone of having 10 million visitors! Ghibli theme park is in development, to open in 2020s in Aichi Prefecture.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

NausicaÃ¤ of the Valley of the Wind

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Castle in the Sky

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

My Neighbor Totoro

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Kikiâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Delivery Service

Also Available from Studio Ghibli!

Price

AU$27.99

Price

AU$27.99

Price

AU$27.99

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452168678

ISBN

9781452171234

ISBN

9781452168647

ISBN

9781452168654

Bibliophile Reader's Journal This is the ultimate booklover's ultimate journal – illustrated by the renowned bibliophile and bestselling author Jane Mount. This booklover’s ultimate journal is filled with the best literary-inspired art from 2018’s instantly classic Bibliophile, authored and illustrated by Ideal Bookshelf creator Jane Mount. Encased in a durable hard cover with rounded edges and a ribbon marker, this journal has sections for recording and rating read books (with a fill-in star rating!), space for documenting thoughts, and lists of suggested to-reads pulled straight Jane Mount’s beloved book stacks.

Author Details Jane Mount is an illustrator, designer, and entrepreneur. She has exhibited her work nationally and sold prints through 20x200, and her company, Ideal Bookshelf, has been praised by many, including Brainpickings, the New Yorker, BuzzFeed, People magazine, goop, Real Simple, the Wall Street Journal, Mental Floss, NPR.org, and the Paris Review. Her previous books include My Ideal Bookshelf (Hachette, 2012). She lives in Maui.

Key Information Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452167312

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

• • •

•

• •

This reader's journal is the ultimate companion to Bibliophile and is a great gift for avid writers and readers thanks to a wide range of books illustrated as well as lots of illustrations of bookish ephemera throughout. The Bibliophile book inspires reading, and we have just the place to record and reflect that reading list. Mount really knows and loves books of all kinds - and this reader's journal shows it! Her deep book knowledge allows her to speak directly to the hearts of true book nerds, whatever their tastes, in the form of themed book recommendations and bookish insights. Mount has gathered a devoted following and praise from the likes of Brainpickings, The New Yorker, and Vogue for her iconic book-stack artwork. Her fan base (39k followers on Instagram) will flock to this reader's journal as well as to the book and accompanying ancillary line, and those who don't know her name yet will love the charming style of her art and her eye for quirky and fascinating details. Bibliophile is a hot title right out of the gate, selling 21k units worldwide in its first two months and is an Amazon Best of 2018 book! The gift line has received a lot of love and publicity hits including appearances in many holiday gift guides. Mount herself successfully sells a variety of bookish merchandise through her company Ideal Bookshelf. She sells through Etsy Wholesale and a few small rep companies, and her products are featured in about 150 stores, including in Canada, the UK, and Australia. Booklovers love celebrating books! Bibliophile Reader's Journal is part of the irresistible book and gift line with a 50-postcard set and two keychains for this season. Oh, the merchandising opportunities!

BOOK TITLE:

––– / ––– / ––– D AT E F I N I S H E D

D AT E S TA R T E D

––– / ––– / –––

AUTHOR:

––– / ––– / –––

D AT E F I N I S H E D

––– / ––– / –––

R AT E T H I S B O O K

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

D AT E S TA R T E D

R AT E T H I S B O O K

Plot notes:

Character notes:

Favorite quotes:

Other books to read by this author:

BibliophileReadersJRNL_INT_FinalMechs.indd 10-11

1/10/19 2:57 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

BOOK TITLE:

D AT E S TA R T E D

––– / ––– / –––

AUTHOR:

D AT E F I N I S H E D

––– / ––– / –––

R AT E T H I S B O O K

Plot notes:

Character notes:

Favorite quotes:

Other books to read by this author:

BOOK S MADE INTO GREAT MOVIES

BibliophileReadersJRNL_INT_FinalMechs.indd 12-13

1/10/19 2:57 PM

BOOK TITLE:

––– / ––– / ––– D AT E F I N I S H E D

D AT E S TA R T E D

––– / ––– / –––

AUTHOR:

––– / ––– / –––

D AT E F I N I S H E D

––– / ––– / –––

R AT E T H I S B O O K

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

D AT E S TA R T E D

R AT E T H I S B O O K

Plot notes:

Character notes:

Favorite quotes:

Other books to read by this author:

BibliophileReadersJRNL_INT_FinalMechs.indd 14-15

1/10/19 2:57 PM

BOOK TITLE:

––– / ––– / ––– D AT E F I N I S H E D

AUTHOR:

––– / ––– / –––

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

D AT E S TA R T E D

R AT E T H I S B O O K

Plot notes:

Character notes:

Favorite quotes:

Other books to read by this author:

BibliophileReadersJRNL_INT_FinalMechs.indd 18-19

1/10/19 2:57 PM

Bibliophile: 50 Postcards Part of the beloved Bibliophile line, this beautifully packaged set of charming postcards is the perfect gift for any literary lover. The art in this set of 50 postcards – housed in a giftable lidded box with touches of foil – is taken straight from 2018’s instantly classic Bibliophile , authored and illustrated by Ideal Bookshelf creator Jane Mount. The postcards feature among other things striking libraries from around the world, details from beloved authors’ writing rooms, and tons and tons of books of all sorts – there’s a little bit for everyone.

Author Details Jane Mount is an illustrator, designer, and entrepreneur. She has exhibited her work nationally and sold prints through 20x200, and her company, Ideal Bookshelf, has been praised by many, including Brainpickings, The New Yorker , BuzzFeed, People magazine, goop, Real Simple , the Wall Street Journal , Mental Floss, NPR.org, and the Paris Review . Her previous books include My Ideal Bookshelf (Hachette, 2012). She lives in Maui.

Key Information • Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Postcards

Price

AU$32.99

ISBN

9781452167329

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

159 x 108 mm

Extent

50pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

• •

•

• •

This postcard set is a great gift for avid writers and readers thanks to the wide range of books and bookish ephemera featured. Mount really knows and loves books of all kinds – and this postcard set shows it! Her deep book knowledge allows her to speak directly to the hearts of true book nerds, whatever their tastes. Mount has gathered a devoted following and praise from the likes of Brainpickings, The New Yorker, and Vogue for her iconic book-stack artwork. Her fan base (39k followers on Instagram) will flock to this postcard set as well as the book and accompanying ancillary line, and those who don't know her name yet will love the charming style of her art and her eye for quirky and fascinating details. Bibliophile was a hot title right out of the gate, selling 21k units in its first two months and is an Amazon Best of 2018 book! The gift line has received a lot of love and publicity hits including appearing in lots of holiday gift guides. Mount herself successfully sells a variety of bookish merchandise through her company Ideal Bookshelf. She sells through Etsy Wholesale and a few small rep companies, and her products are featured in about 150 stores, including in Canada, the UK, and Australia. Booklovers love celebrating books! Bibliophile: 50 Postcards is part of the irresistible book and gift line with a reader's journal, and two keychains for this season. Oh, the merchandising opportunities!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

BOOKSTORE CATS Amelia

Herbert

Tiny the Usurper

Sterling

Upton Sinclair

Nietzsche

Zeus

Emma Pierre

Jack

Ender Apollo

Sadleir

Tilsa

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Bibliophile Bookshelf Keychain Show off your true bibliophile self! Our irresistible Bibliophile line becomes perfectly portable in this exciting new keychain. Chronicle is expanding their bestselling Bibliophile line into new and exciting formats. Set in glittering black enamel on shiny brass and emblazoned with 'BIBLIOPHILE,' the Bibliophile Bookshelf Keychain will be a must-have for book people eager to proclaim their love for the written word.

Author Details Jane Mount is an illustrator, designer, and entrepreneur. She has exhibited her work nationally and sold prints through 20x200, and her company, Ideal Bookshelf, has been praised by many, including Brainpickings, The New Yorker, People magazine, goop, Real Simple, the Wall Street Journal, Mental Floss, NPR.org, and the Paris Review. Her previous books include My Ideal Bookshelf (Hachette, 2012). She lives in Maui.

Key Information • • Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

All Other Merchandise

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452181837

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

•

Series

•

Category

Stationery

Format

82 x 54 mm

Extent

1 Key Chain

Illustrations

Full colour key chain

Age Range

Terms

•

Mount really knows and loves books of all kinds – and this keychain shows it! Her deep book knowledge allows her to speak directly to the hearts of true book nerds, whatever their tastes. Mount has gathered a devoted following and praise from the likes of Brainpickings, The New Yorker, and Vogue for her iconic book-stack artwork. Her fan base (39k followers on Instagram) will flock to this keychain as well as the book and accompanying ancillary line, and those who don't know her name yet will love the charming style of her art and her eye for quirky and fascinating details. Bibliophile is a hot title right out of the gate, selling 21k units in its first two months! The gift line has received a lot of love and publicity, including inclusion in lots of holiday gift guides. Mount herself successfully sells a variety of bookish merchandise through her company Ideal Bookshelf. She sells through Etsy Wholesale and a few small rep companies, and her products are featured in about 150 stores, including some in Canada, the UK, and Australia. Booklovers love celebrating books! Bibliophile Magic Keychain is part of the irresistible book and gift line with a reader's journal, a boxed set of 50 postcards, and another keychain for this season. Oh, the merchandising opportunities!

Bibliophile Magic Keychain Show off your true bibliophile self! Our irresistible Bibliophile line becomes perfectly portable in this exciting new keychain. We’re expanding our bestselling Bibliophile line into new and exciting formats. Set in glittering black enamel on shiny brass and emblazoned with 'BIBLIOPHILE,' the Bibliophile Magic Keychain will be a must-have for book people eager to proclaim their love for the written word.

Author Details Jane Mount is an illustrator, designer, and entrepreneur. She has exhibited her work nationally and sold prints through 20x200, and her company, Ideal Bookshelf, has been praised by many, including Brainpickings, The New Yorker, People magazine, goop, Real Simple, the Wall Street Journal, Mental Floss, NPR.org, and the Paris Review. Her previous books include My Ideal Bookshelf (Hachette, 2012). She lives in Maui.

Key Information • • Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

All Other Merchandise

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452181820

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

82 x 54 mm

Extent

1 Key Chain

Illustrations

black and gold key chain

Age Range

Terms

•

• •

Also Available by Jane Mount

Price ISBN

AU$24.99 9781452167282

Price

AU$45.00

Price

AU$27.99

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781452167237

ISBN

9781452167244

ISBN

9781452167275

Celestial Notes 16 Foil-Stamped Notecards with Envelopes The shimmering foil plus dreamy watercolour fields of our bestselling Celestial One Line a Day journal equals easy notecards for holiday hellos and year-round cosmic correspondence. In the style of our bestselling Celestial One Line a Day memory book, these dreamy notecards shimmer with gold foil star fields against vibrant watercolours by Yao Cheng. Lending celestial charm to any message, the set makes a perfect pick for holiday greetings or any festive note.

Author Details

Publication

01 August 2019

Yao Cheng is an artist and designer living in Columbus, Ohio. She is the artist behind the Simply Joyful stationery line, Floral One Line A Day, and Celestial One Line a Day from Chronicle Books. Known for her modern yet expressive approach to watercolour, she sells her work through her online shop as well as collaborating with other companies on commercial projects. Her work has been featured in Southern Living, HGTV Magazine, Good Housekeeping, Style Me Pretty, Better Homes and Garden, and Designlovefest.

Binding

Notecards

Key Information

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452180762

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

141 x 111 mm

Extent

16pp

Illustrations

16 foil-stamped cards, 16 envelopes

Age Range

Terms

•

• •

Celestial One Line a Day (9781452164601) has sold more than 130,000 copies worldwide – these cards bring that winning look to our bestselling notecard format, with four designs in Yao Cheng's celestial art style each decked out in full-coverage gold foil. These notecards merchandise beautifully both with the Celestial One Line a Day journal and with all celestial, astrological, modern-mystic assortments. These cards have the look of ever-popular zodiac and constellation cards but without the specificity; unlike zodiac-themed cards, these can be used for any recipient, any occasion, year-round.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Flipbook Notepad: Disco Party Chronicle Books This stationery is anything but stationary! Half-flipbook, half-notepad, all fun, these novelty notepads feature an animated scene as you flip through the pages for the perfect collectible, impulse stationery gift. The joy and nostalgia of a flipbook, the entertainment and shareability of a GIF, and the utility of a notepad all come together in Flipbook Notepads! Each notepad has plenty of space to write while a scene plays out at the bottom of each page, ready to fill slow moments with flipping delight! In Disco Party, it’s a one-unicorn dance-off on wheels! Bring some sparkle and pizazz to your notes in this stylish, pocket-sized notepad. Just queue the music and watch the magic!

Author Details Ali Mac (Illustrator) is a New York-based freelance graphic designer whose work has been sold at Anthropologie, J.Crew, West Elm, Museum of Sex, Paperchase, and more. After launching her career as a designer for Jonathan Adler, she has been featured in Instyle , Country Living , Design Milk, and more, and her clients include Seventeen Magazine , Minted, Kiehl’s, The Wall Street Journal , The Washington Post , Food52, and many more.

Key Information Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notepads & Jotters

Price

AU$16.99

ISBN

9781452176598

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

140 x 95 mm

Extent

180pp

Illustrations

full-color illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

• • •

Flipbook Notepads give a classic and familiar concept a trendy revamp beyond the classic flipbook, bringing vintage nostalgia to a modern audience (as in the vein of scratch-and-sniff notecards). The joy of the first flip-through will invite consumers to share, enjoy, and purchase – and there's nothing like it out on the market right now. Two perennially popular ingredients in one sweet and humorous package! The old is new again and disco fever is in the air once more (there's even a disco dance in Fortnite!). And while llamas may be the new unicorns, everybody still loves the classics, and unicorns are here to stay.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

1/25/19 11:27 AM

FlipbookNotepad_DiscoParty_INT_2G.indd 38

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

1/25/19 11:27 AM

FlipbookNotepad_DiscoParty_INT_2G.indd 39

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

1/25/19 11:27 AM

FlipbookNotepad_DiscoParty_INT_2G.indd 40

Flipbook Notepad: Dog Days Chronicle Books This stationery is anything but stationary! Half-flipbook, half-notepad, all fun, these novelty notepads feature an animated scene as you flip through the pages for the perfect collectible, impulse stationery gift. The joy and nostalgia of a flipbook, the entertainment and shareability of a GIF, and the utility of a notepad all come together in Flipbook Notepads! Each notepad has plenty of space to write while a scene plays out at the bottom of each page, ready to fill slow moments with flipping delight! In DOG DAYS, flip through as loveable dogs splash and doggypaddle across the pages of this handy pocket-sized notepad, ready for writing, doodling, and dreaming of days lounging in the sunshine.

Author Details Ali Mac (Illustrator) is a NewYork-based freelance graphic designer whose work has been sold at Anthropologie, J.Crew, West Elm, Museum of Sex, Paperchase, and more. After launching her career as a designer for Jonathan Adler, she has been featured in Instyle , Country Living , Design Milk, and more, and her clients include Seventeen Magazin e, Minted, Kiehl’s, The Wall Street Journal , The Washington Post , Food52, and many more.

Key Information Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notepads & Jotters

Price

AU$16.99

ISBN

9781452176604

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

140 x 95 mm

Extent

180pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

• • •

Flipbook Notepads give a classic and familiar concept a trendy revamp beyond the classic flipbook, bringing vintage nostalgia to a modern audience (as in the vein of scratch-and-sniff notecards). The joy of the first flip-through will invite consumers to share, enjoy, and purchase – and there's nothing like it out on the market right now. Dogs have held their own against cats in the Internet popularity contest (Boo has as many social media followers as Grumpy Cat and Lil Bub combined), making Dog Days a perfect entry for dog lovers. Nothing says relax and have fun quite like dogs playing in a pool!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

1/25/19 11:29 AM

FlipbookNotepad_DogDays_INT_2G.indd 31

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

1/25/19 11:29 AM

FlipbookNotepad_DogDays_INT_2G.indd 39

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

1/25/19 11:29 AM

FlipbookNotepad_DogDays_INT_2G.indd 42

Flipbook Notepad: Find Your Happy Place Chronicle Books This stationery is anything but stationary! Half-flipbook, half-notepad, all fun, these novelty notepads feature an animated scene as you flip through the pages for the perfect collectible, impulse stationery gift. The joy and nostalgia of a flip-book, the entertainment and shareability of a GIF, and the utility of a notepad all come together in Flipbook Notepads! Each notepad has plenty of space to write while a scene plays out at the bottom of each page, ready to fill slow moments with flipping delight! So many boxes, so little time! In Find Your Happy Place, cats hop in and out of boxes in search of the perfect one. This pocket-sized notepad is ideal to take on the go for anyone looking for their own happy place.

Key Information Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notepads & Jotters

Price

AU$16.99

ISBN

9781452176581

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

140 x 95 mm

Extent

180pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

• • •

Flipbook Notepads give a classic and familiar concept a trendy revamp beyond the classic flipbook, bringing vintage nostalgia to a modern audience (as in the vein of scratch-and-sniff notecards). The joy of the first flip-through will invite consumers to share, enjoy, and purchase – and there's nothing like it out on the market right now. Cat humour remains a strong category for us, and in the vein of Pusheen, Find Your Happy Place brings adorable animated cats to the palm of your hand!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FlipbookNotepad_FindYourHappyPlace_INT_2G.indd 15

1/25/19 11:30 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FlipbookNotepad_FindYourHappyPlace_INT_2G.indd 16

1/25/19 11:30 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FlipbookNotepad_FindYourHappyPlace_INT_2G.indd 17

1/25/19 11:30 AM

Fuck Yeah! Decision Dice Chronicle Books Your decision-making process just got a whole lot easier – so, what the fuck are you waiting for? Can’t make up your mind? Roll the Fuck Yeah! Decision Dice to make the call. Whether it’s fuck yeah or fuck no, these two dice make decision making fun, easy, and profane.

Author Details Chronicle Books is an independent publisher based in San Francisco that has been making things since the Summer of Love. They are inspired by the enduring magic of books, and by sparking the passions of others.

Key Information

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

•

Games & Puzzles

This is a charming and funny little gift for indecisive friends or partners (everyone has them).

•

Price

AU$24.99

•

ISBN

9781452175546

•

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Fidget Toy: fun item to keep on your desk for making work decisions. There's not much competition out there for decision dice, so this title would definitely stand out in that market. Two dice – one with the word "fuck" on each side, and the other with words like "yeah" and "no"– conjoin to give direct and clear answers to life's toughest decisions. Fuck Yeah = Do it. Fuck No = Don't do it. Fuck That = No way. Fuck It = Why not? Fuck If I Know = The dice can't help you. Try again later. Fuck in'-A = Hell yeah!

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

114 x 89 mm

Extent

2pp

Illustrations

2-colour dice

Age Range

Terms

SOR

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

YEAH

THAT

IF I KNOW

INâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; A

More in the Calligraphuck Series! My Fucking Brilliant Journal

You Got this Shit Journal

Price

AU$18.99

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452144115

ISBN

9781452171531

Carpe Fucking Diem Flexi Journal

Price ISBN

Game On, Bitches

Price

AU$24.99

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452171548

ISBN

9781452159829

You're Fucking Awesome Notecards

Bon, Appetit Bitches! Tea Towels

Fucking Awesome Coloring Book

Fucking Brilliant Pencils

Price

AU$32.99

ISBN

9781452148304

Cheers, Bitches! Coasters

AU$18.99

Price

AU$27.99

Price

AU$24.99

9781452155586

Price

AU$27.99

9781452152424

ISBN

9781452144818

ISBN

9781452148311

None of Your Damn Business Notebook Collection

Fuck Yeah! Calling Cards

Fucking Awesome Temporary Tattoos

Price

AU$29.99

Price

AU$18.99

Price

ISBN

9781452141787

ISBN

9781452141794

ISBN

AU$29.99 9781452142333

Fucking Brilliant Journal Fan-f*cking-tastic Notecards

Price

AU$18.99

ISBN

9781452125848

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452125831

Go-To Notebook with Mohawk Paper, Onyx Black Blank Chronicle Books Every creative's new Go-To notebook is here. Featuring Mohawk Superfine paper, this notebook will inspire great work with top quality and smart design. Now available in classic Onyx Black, in three interior layout options: lined, dotted, or blank.

The Go-To Notebook has been designed to inspire makers, thinkers, dreamers, and doers to create their best work – and what inspires great work is great quality. These notebooks use the finest paper made today, Mohawk Superfine. In addition, each offers special features for maximum productivity and an outstanding writing experience: an interior pocket, a ribbon marker, a lay-flat binding, a tactile cloth exterior, and a front section of blue-tinted pages for tracking and planning projects.

Author Details

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$45.00

ISBN

9781452180786

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

172pp

Illustrations

Blank

Age Range

Terms

Mohawk is North America’s largest privately owned manufacturer of fine papers. A family-owned company since 1931, Mohawk was founded where the Hudson and Mohawk rivers come together – a location where generations of papermakers honed their craft. Since then, the company has developed and acquired a wide portfolio of premium papers, including Superfine, the finest paper made today. Mohawk continues to operate three paper machines in two mills in upstate New York, but the brand is also an industry leader, continually developing new ways to connect designers and printers to new markets.

Key Information •

•

The Mohawk paper we've selected for the bulk of the journal – Superfine smooth – has been trusted for generations of design professionals as the ultimate surface for their most important projects and offers the ideal texture for writing with either ink or graphite. For designers, artists, illustrators, writers, and anyone who knows how much the feel of a notebook impacts the quality of the work it contains, this is the ultimate notebook. Known as among the top tier in paper quality worldwide, the Mohawk brand reaches a vast audience of creatives and makers through its blog and Maker Quarterly magazine, which circulates to nearly 20,000 readers. These notebooks are designed to suit a vast array of productivity needs: Each journal features 27 pages at the front for project planning – space for mind mapping, making checklists, and schedule tracking – and 192 pages of unguided pages that can be used for bullet journaling, everyday task organising, brainstorming, drafting, and beyond. Each colour comes in either a dotted, blank, or a ruled version, offering both visual thinkers and writing-oriented folks layouts that best fit their usage.

start date

notes:

due date

project

start date

notes:

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

project

due date

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

36 35

Go-To Notebook with Mohawk Paper, Onyx Black Dotted Chronicle Books Every creative's new Go-To notebook is here. Featuring Mohawk Superfine paper, this notebook will inspire great work with top quality and smart design. Now available in classic Onyx Black, in three interior layout options: lined, dotted, or blank.

Author Details

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$45.00

ISBN

9781452178097

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

172pp

Illustrations

Dotted

Age Range

Terms

Key Information •

•

start date

notes:

project

start date

due date

notes:

Mohawk_BrickRedJRNL_Dotted_INT_MechsCX2.indd 7-8

due date

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

project

7/17/18 8:32 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Mohawk_BrickRedJRNL_Dotted_INT_MechsCX2.indd 33-34

7/17/18 8:32 AM

Go-To Notebook with Mohawk Paper, Onyx Black Lined Chronicle Books Every creative's new Go-To notebook is here. Featuring Mohawk Superfine paper, this notebook will inspire great work with top quality and smart design. Now available in classic Onyx Black, in three interior layout options: lined, dotted, or blank.

Author Details

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$45.00

ISBN

9781452178080

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

172pp

Illustrations

Lined

Age Range

Terms

Key Information •

•

start date

notes:

project

start date

due date

notes:

Mohawk_SageBlueJRNL_Lined_INT_MechsCX2.indd 7-8

due date

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

project

7/17/18 8:38 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Mohawk_SageBlueJRNL_Lined_INT_MechsCX2.indd 31-32

7/17/18 8:38 AM

Also Available in the GO-TO Notebook Range Persimmon Orange Dotted

Slate Grey Dotted

Price

AU$45.00

Price

AU$45.00

ISBN

9781452172408

ISBN

9781452172415

Persimmon Orange Lined

Slate Grey Lined

Slate Blue Dotted

Brick Red Dotted

Price

AU$39.99

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781452172460

ISBN

9781452172491

Slate Blue Lined

Brick Red Lined

Price

AU$45.00

Price

AU$45.00

Price

AU$39.99

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781452172156

ISBN

9781452172392

ISBN

9781452172453

ISBN

9781452172484

I'd Rather Be Reading Hardcover Journal Guinevere De La Mare A gift line that celebrates all things bookish, featuring a hardcover journal, a notebook collection, and a set of notecards. Celebrate the enduring magic of books with this gift line for litlovers. Featuring a hardcover journal, a set of three notebooks, and a box of twenty notecards with envelopes, this line will appeal to all those who would rather be reading than doing just about anything else.

Author Details Guinevere de la Mare is a writer, editor, and content strategist based in San Francisco. She is the founder of Silent Book Club, a pop-up speakeasy for readers worldwide with chapters in over twenty cities (with more being added all the time).

Key Information • Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452177199

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

229 x 178 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

Lined

Age Range

Terms

•

Even with all the predictions of impending doom for neighbourhood bookstores and printed books, booksellers are going strong and readers continue to be fanatical about their love of books. The I'd Rather Be Reading line is a timely celebration of the enduring magic of books that readers will cherish. Booklovers love books about books! With content curated by a reader, for readers, the I'd Rather Be Reading line is destined to catch the eye of anyone who might wander into a bookstore – whether driven by the irresistible urge to add something new to their own collection or on the hunt for a gift for their favourite bookworm. Both the I'd Rather Be Reading book as well as our other booklover publishing lines (Bibliophile, Card Catalog) have resonated with customers across market channels and accounts.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

“I declare after all there is no enjoyment like reading!” Jane Austen

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

“I simply cannot live without books.” Thomas Jefferson

I'd Rather Be Reading Notebook Collection Guinevere De La Mare A gift line that celebrates all things bookish, featuring a hardcover journal, a notebook collection, and a set of notecards. Celebrate the enduring magic of books with this gift line for litlovers. Featuring a hardcover journal, a set of three notebooks, and a box of twenty notecards with envelopes, this line will appeal to all those who would rather be reading than doing just about anything else.

Key Information • Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452177205

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

216 x 152 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

Lined

Age Range

Terms

•

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

I'd Rather Be Reading Notes Guinevere De La Mare A gift line that celebrates all things bookish, featuring a hardcover journal, a notebook collection, and a set of notecards. Celebrate the enduring magic of books with this gift line for litlovers. Featuring a hardcover journal, a set of three notebooks, and a box of twenty notecards with envelopes, this line will appeal to all those who would rather be reading than doing just about anything else.

Key Information Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notecards

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452177212

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

141 x 111 mm

Extent

20pp

Illustrations

Full colour notecards (10 different designs, and 20 envelopes)

Age Range

Terms

•

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Art © by Kathy Jaller. From I’d Rather Be Reading Notes, published by Chronicle Books LLC in 2019.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

EAT. SLEEP. READ.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Art © by Ramon TODO, courtesy of Art Front Gallery. From I’d Rather Be Reading Notes, published by Chronicle Books LLC in 2019.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

“I simply cannot live without books.” Thomas Jefferson

Kitten Cuddles Notecards Chronicle Books Send a cuddle through the mail with these irresistibly cute notecards featuring cats whose arms fold to give a paw-sitively big hug to your friends and loved ones – even just to say meow! Twelve die-cut kittens are ready to cuddle with these foldable notecards in the follow-up to Bear Hugs Notecards . With four cats repeating three times and matching envelopes, these fully illustrated cards are just as sweet and devastatingly adorable as the original, with arms designed to enfold a message full of springtime affection and love! Each card is also scored to fold at the waist, so the kitten can sit up for easy display.

Key Information • Publication

01 August 2019

•

Binding

Notecards

•

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452180045

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

216 x 114 mm

Extent

12pp

Illustrations

Full Colour

Age Range

Terms

•

Feedback for Bear Hugs has been very positive. While the bears are warm and wintry, these kittens are perfect for springtime as a companion and distinctive product. There is still little-to-no competition for this format. Cats are a wildly popular animal for product, especially when they are this darned cute! This is naturally Chronicle's realm of expertise. While most of Chronicle's cards tend to be very celebratory or congratulatory (high fives! kisses! swears!), hugs can also be gifted for a wider variety of occasions (condolences, comfort, thinking of you) – not every kitten has to be a happy, celebratory one

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

2/4/19 3:09 PM KittenCuddles-Cards-Mechs.[v3].indd 1

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Fold here and I’ll sit up!

KittenCuddles-Cards-Mechs.[v3].indd 2

2/4/19 3:09 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

2/4/19 3:09 PM KittenCuddles-Cards-Mechs.[v3].indd 3

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Fold here and I’ll sit up!

KittenCuddles-Cards-Mechs.[v3].indd 4

2/4/19 3:09 PM

Letters to the Happy Couple Write Now. Read Later. Treasure Forever. Lea Redmond Next in the bestselling (Oprah's favourite) Letters series! A truly unique gift for a couple, simple to create and meaningful to receive. This keepsake book of letters lets anyone (or a group of people) wish the happy couple a lifetime of joy with twelve guided writing prompts. Once filled with memories, reflections, and well-wishes, the recipients will have these letters to cherish forever.

Author Details Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Writing Set

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452177922

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

95 x 202 mm

Extent

12pp

Illustrations

Full-colour spot illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

Lea Redmond crafts objects, writes books, and plays with ideas in her studio in Oakland, California. She is the author of the bestselling Letters to My... series, Paint Chip Poetry , Conversation Dice , World's Smallest Post Service , Connexio , My Museum: A Journal for Sketching and Collecting , Lucky You! , and Tandem Activity Book. Participate in creative projects and keep in touch with Lea at LeaRedmond.com.

Key Information •

• • •

Overall, the series has sold over 2 million copies! The original Letters to my Future Self has sold more than 470,000 copies, and current sales for the other titles in the series prove that this line is still growing and that follow-ups with more targeted audiences have lots of potential. This is a novel format that garners good gift guide coverage (including Oprah's Favourite Things – 3 years in a row!) People are always looking for unique, easy, and personal gifts for a couple, either engaged, newly married, or for anniversaries. Letters to the Happy Couple makes it easy to send encouragement and share treasured memories in a novel format that will charm sentimental letter-writers and become an extra-special keepsake gift.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

P.S.

10/2/18 10:51 AM

LTTHC_INT_Mechs.indd 2

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

A special memory I have of you two is . . .

FROM:

TO THE MOON AN D BA CK

TO: Dynamic Duo

expres

SEALED ON ( DATE )

TO BE OPENED ON ( DATE ) LTTHC_INT_Mechs.indd 3

10/2/18 10:51 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

r Postsc

ipt

10/2/18 10:51 AM

LTTHC_INT_Mechs.indd 4

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

I knew you two were a great match when . . .

From: PERFECT

PAIR

To: Two of a Kind

lass

First C

sealed on: / /

to be opened on: / / LTTHC_INT_Mechs.indd 5

10/2/18 10:51 AM

My Sister

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452159492

My Grandparent

Price

AU$27.99

Price

AU$27.99

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452159485

ISBN

9781452159454

ISBN

9781452159478

My Friend

Price ISBN

AU$27.99 9781452159430

My Son

The Graduate

Price ISBN

My Mom

AU$27.99 9781452159447

Open When...

Price ISBN

AU$27.99 9781452153810

AU$27.99

Price

AU$27.99

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452149219

ISBN

9781452148724

ISBN

9781452145754

Price

AU$18.99

ISBN

9781452165974

Me When I Grow Up

AU$27.99

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452149486

ISBN

9781452149226

My Baby

My Love

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452142678

My Daughter

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452153827

My Dad

Price

My Grandchild

Price

Say Hello

The New Mom

Open On Your Birthday

The Bride

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452149202

My Future Self

Price

AU$27.99

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452132952

ISBN

9781452125374

My Adorable Dog A Journal & Keepsake Book Chronicle Books A spin-off on the traditional baby book, this one-of-a-kind guided journal invites dog moms and dads to celebrate their sweet pup (no matter the age) in words and pictures, resulting in a cherished keepsake. Inspired by baby books and the eternal enthusiasm of dog parents, this journal invites pet parents to chronicle their pet’s firsts, favourites, and quirky habits. With amusing prompts and playful illustrations, dog moms and dads will be inspired to notice and record memories and milestones, such as their dog’s favourite food, first bath, and best furr-iends. The result is an adorable keepsake that will be treasured for years.

01 August 2019

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452180564

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

178 x 127 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

Full-colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

Key Information •

Despite a plethora of baby books, there is very little competition in the "doggy book" space, especially in recent years.

•

A perfect gift for a devoted pet parent at an affordable price, as well as a fun self-purchase for dog owners who can't contain their enthusiasm. Pets, and particularly dogs, will always be a big part of our lives. This title remains current throughout the year and has excellent backlist potential. Though the topic is perennial, it has become increasingly trendy to document your pet's loveable habits and silly moments thanks to social media. This book capitalises on the upswing in pet parent enthusiasm, especially with the prebaby and choosing-not-to-have-kids crowds.

• •

Your Dog Is Amazing!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

INTRODUCTION

Maybe you just brought your fur baby home, or maybe your pup has been part of the family for years now. No matter what, this keepsake journal is the perfect place to capture all those memories and milestones, firsts and favorites, with the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s best dog (yours, of course). Paste in photos to remember the good times (learned a new trick) and the bad (demolished your fancy pillows), the significant events (first birthday), and the everyday moments (all those walks, naps, and cuddles) you never want to forget. Take time to note all the things that make your precious pup like no other and all the stories that make you smile.

MyAdorableDog_INT_MECHScorrex.indd 6-7

11/21/18 10:44

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

How We Met DATE:

MyAdorableDog_INT_MECHScorrex.indd 8-9

11/21/18 10:44

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

I knew you were my baby as soon as . . .

[paste your photo here]

MyAdorableDog_INT_MECHScorrex.indd 10-11

11/21/18 10:44

The Story of Your Name

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

All of your nicknames:

I almost named you:

Favorite nickname:

MyAdorableDog_INT_MECHScorrex.indd 12-13

11/21/18 10:44

Shine Bright Productivity Journal, Cream Chronicle Books Continuing our successful SHINE BRIGHT series are two new colours that are both organised and glamorous. Brilliant! In two new colours to accompany the original black, the Shine Bright Productivity Journal is back by popular demand. It’s eye-catching and brilliant and promises productivity in a pretty package. All of the productivity essentials are here: dotted paper, page numbers, a fill-in table of contents, and a ribbon marker, plus a gorgeous, tactile cover featuring textured cream paper and sparkling bursts of blue foil.

Key Information Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452181080

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Dotted

Age Range

Terms

•

• •

Analog productivity systems like the Bullet Journal, Productivity Planner, and Passion Planner are hugely popular. These two journals still meet all the requirements for bullet journallers – dotted paper, page numbers, and space for a table of contents in the front. Unlike the monochromatic "official" bullet journal (produced by Leuchtturm), our journals glitter with elegance and will appeal to the large group of bullet journallers who decorate their journals with beautiful artwork and aspire to have lives that are both productive and pretty. Other planners are black and boring. Our luminous foils, textured covers, and shiny ribbon markers make these journals extra-special gifts. The first Shine Bright Productivity Journal (9781452168241) in black has sold over 20k units worldwide and its first year isn't even over yet! Adding a range of colours will strengthen the series as a whole and create an eye-catching assortment that stands out from the competition.

PAG E N O.

TA B L E O F CO N T E N T S

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

TA B L E O F CO N T E N T S

PAG E N O.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

2 1

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Shine Bright Productivity Journal, Gold Chronicle Books Continuing our successful Shine Bright series are two new colours that are both organised and glamorous. Brilliant! In two new colours to accompany the original black, the Shine Bright Productivity Journal is back by popular demand. It’s eye-catching and brilliant and promises productivity in a pretty package. All of the productivity essentials are here: dotted paper, page numbers, a fill-in table of contents, and a ribbon marker, plus a gorgeous, tactile cover featuring textured gold paper and sparkling bursts of metallic foil.

Key Information •

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452181097

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Dotted

Age Range

Terms

• •

Analog productivity systems like the Bullet Journal, Productivity Planner, and Passion Planner are hugely popular. These two journals still meet all the requirements for bullet journallers – dotted paper, page numbers, and space for a table of contents in the front. Unlike the monochromatic "official" bullet journal (produced by Leuchtturm), our journals glitter with elegance and will appeal to the large group of bullet journallers who decorate their journals with beautiful artwork and aspire to have lives that are both productive and pretty. Other planners are black and boring. Our luminous foils, textured covers, and shiny ribbon markers make these journals extra-special gifts. The first Shine Bright Productivity Journal in black has sold over 20k units and its first year isn't even over yet! Adding a range of colours will strengthen the series as a whole and create an eye-catching assortment that stands out from the competition.

PAG E N O.

TA B L E O F CO N T E N T S

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

TA B L E O F CO N T E N T S

PAG E N O.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

2 1

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Stacking Stones Meditative Erasers Chronicle Books Erase mistakes and stress! These five stackable stones function as erasers, a meditative activity, AND cute desktop décor. Making mistakes has never been so zen! Inspired by the meditative practice of stacking stones, these five 'stones' not only function as erasers but can also be balanced in different ways, making them a great tool for cultivating mindful moments at one’s desk. A lovely reminder of nature’s beauty and balance, this eraser set is sure to delight artists, writers, and nature lovers of all ages.

Author Details Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

All Other Merchandise

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452181233

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

70 x 96 mm

Extent

5pp

Illustrations

1-colour erasers

Age Range

Terms

Key Information •

• • •

Rock stacking is often used as a meditative practice, encouraging the mind to become focused and quiet. Many folks find a spiritual benefit to this practice. These stackable stone erasers are a fun way to bring a little zen to the desktop at home or the office. These erasers will merch well on meditation/mindfulness, nature-themed, and creativity tables. A fun little stocking stuffer for the artist, writer, and nature lover. Chronicle has a successful history of creating high-quality gift products and the production value of our things-that-look-like-other-things is impeccable (Gold Bar, Chocolate Bar, Pad of Butter). The act of stacking stones has existed for centuries and meditation/mindfulness is ever trending. Combine that with the gifty nature of this product, and these make for great backlist potential.

5s e r s

102

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

t y ap ze our int o n i m as nn di ist yo er sa ak u pp es r ea r! B th ala es nc e“ is i a st ng ac med one tiv ita s” wi ity t tive l ha yo lb u t r th full ing ep yi n mo res to me ent nt.

e as es e r ta k s mi te i va u l t l f s cu ind ent m m mo ce ce ra nen b em rma pe ve im l i ee s s e r tr s

r ne in e d c fin pea

eraser set

Stacking Stones

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Distributed in Europe by Abrams & Chronicle Books Ltd. 1 West Smithfield, 1st Floor London EC1A 9JU

StackingStones-Packaging OP 1PCX MCM.indd 1

$14.95 U.S./£12.99 U.K.

1/16/19 7:17 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Adelaide Street Directory 2020 58th ed UBD Gregory's

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$45.99 | NZ$50.99

ISBN

9780731932092

Publisher

UBD Gregory's

Imprint

Capital City SD

Series

No Series

Category

Travel

Format

216 x 283 mm

Extent

364pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Selling Points â&#x20AC;˘ Marketing campaign on release with digital advertising campaign across key media and travel outlets.

Brisbane Refidex Street Directory 2020 64th ed UBD Gregory's

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$49.99 | NZ$54.99

ISBN

9780731932085

Publisher

UBD Gregory's

Imprint

Capital City SD

Series

No Series

Category

Travel

Format

216 x 283 mm

Extent

652pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Selling Points • Marketing campaign on release with digital advertising campaign across key media and travel outlets.

Perth Street Directory 2020 62nd ed UBD Gregory's

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$45.99 | NZ$50.99

ISBN

9780731932115

Publisher

UBD Gregory's

Imprint

Capital City SD

Series

No Series

Category

Travel

Format

216 x 283 mm

Extent

524pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Inclusions in this 2020 edition of the Perth directory are over 280 new streets, further development in the subdivisions of Brabham, Piara Waters, South Guildford and Yanchep.

Key Selling Points • Marketing campaign on release with digital advertising campaign across key media and travel outlets.

Sydney & Blue Mountains Street Directory 2020 56th ed UBD Gregory's

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$49.99 | NZ$54.99

ISBN

9780731932122

Publisher

UBD Gregory's

Imprint

Capital City SD

Series

No Series

Category

Travel

Format

216 x 283 mm

Extent

628pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Selling Points • Marketing campaign on release with digital advertising campaign across key media and travel outlets.

Explore Australia 2020 Explore Australia The latest revised and updated edition of the ultimate travel reference guide to Australia – now in a larger format and hardback.

DRAF T

C OV E R

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00 | NZ$65.00

ISBN

9781741176643

•

Publisher

Explore Australia

•

Imprint

Guides

Series

•

Category

Travel

•

Format

283 x 216 mm

Extent

480pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • •

•

New South Wales Sydney

Cabramatta

The Hawkesbury River

Hunter Valley

1.5 hours from Sydney CBD

1 hour from Sydney CBD

1.5 hours from Sydney CBD

2 hours from Sydney CBD

Central Coast

Grand Pacific Drive

Newcastle

Northern beaches

1.5 hours from Sydney CBD

1 hour from Sydney CBD

2.5 hours from Sydney CBD

1 hour from Sydney CBD

1429 EA2020 01 NSW_2_2.indd 6-7

Blue Mountains

Sydney

New South Wales

Daytrips

FROM SYDNEY

26/2/19 11:32 am

New South Wales

1 Blue Mountains Blackheath p. 25 Glenbrook p. 43 p. 52 Katoomba Lithgow p. 59 Oberon p. 70

6 7 14

Central Coast and Hawkesbury Gosford p. 44 Richmond p. 74 Terrigal p. 80 The Entrance p. 80 Windsor p. 89 Wisemans Ferry p. 90 Woy Woy p. 91 Wyong p. 92 3

4 3

1 12

Regions

p. 19 p. 21 p. 25 p. 42 p. 47 p. 47 p. 49 p. 58 p. 61 p. 62 p. 64

p. 36 p. 39 p. 40 p. 41 p. 42 p. 45 p. 46 p. 55 p. 63 p. 70 p. 71 p. 71 p. 75 p. 87

9 Capital Country Braidwood p. 28 Crookwell p. 37 Goulburn p. 44 p. 73 Queanbeyan Yass p. 92 Young p. 93

above Caption Caption below Caption Caption

Sydney

Canberra ACT

13 11

Hunter Valley and Coast Cessnock p. 33 Maitland p. 60 p. 62 Merriwa Muswellbrook p. 65 Nelson Bay p. 67 Newcastle p. 68 Raymond Terrace p. 73 Scone p. 75 p. 76 Singleton 4

below Caption Caption

Holiday Coast Bellingen Bulahdelah Coffs Harbour Dorrigo Forsterâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;Tuncurry Gloucester Kempsey Laurieton Macksville Nambucca Heads Port Macquarie Stroud Taree Urunga Wauchope Wingham

Hay Leeton Narrandera Temora Tumbarumba Tumut Wagga Wagga West Wyalong

p. 48 p. 58 p. 67 p. 79 p. 82 p. 82 p. 84 p. 88

Murray Albury Barham Corowa Culcairn Deniliquin Finley Holbrook Jerilderie Mulwala Tocumwal Wentworth

p. 18 p. 21 p. 37 p. 38 p. 38 p. 41 p. 48 p. 51 p. 64 p. 81 p. 88

14 Outback Bourke Brewarrina Broken Hill Cobar Menindee Tibooburra White Cliffs

p. 26 p. 28 p. 28 p. 33 p. 61 p. 81 p. 89

p. 23 p. 30 p. 34 p. 39 p. 41 p. 43 p. 53 p. 55 p. 60 p. 65 p. 72 p. 76 p. 77 p. 84 p. 86 p. 90

Tropical North Coast Alstonville p. 19 Ballina p. 20 Byron Bay p. 30 Casino p. 33 p. 40 Evans Head Grafton p. 45

Narrabri Nundle Tamworth Tenterfield Uralla Walcha Walgett Warialda Wee Waa 8

p. 22 p. 26 p. 32 p. 35 p. 36

10 South Coast Batemans Bay Bega Bermagui Bombala Eden Huskisson Jervis Bay Merimbula Moruya Narooma Nowra Tathra Ulladulla

p. 21 p. 23 p. 23 p. 26 p. 40 p. 49 p. 51 p. 61 p. 62 p. 66 p. 69 p. 78 p. 83

11 Snowy Mountains Adaminaby p. 18 Berridale p. 24 Cooma p. 35 Jindabyne p. 52 Khancoban p. 53 Thredbo p. 80 12 Riverina Adelong Balranald Batlow Cootamundra Griffith Gundagai

p. 18 p. 20 p. 22 p. 36 p. 45 p. 46

Islands Lord Howe Island Settlement (Lord Howe Island) p. 59

Central West Bathurst Blayney Canowindra Coonabarabran Coonamble

p. 66 p. 69 p. 77 p. 79 p. 83 p. 85 p. 85 p. 86 p. 86

Regions

7 New England Armidale Barraba Bingara Glen Innes Gunnedah Guyra Inverell Lightning Ridge Manilla Moree Murrurundi

Cowra Dubbo Eugowra Forbes Gilgandra Grenfell Gulgong Lake Cargelligo Mudgee Nyngan Orange Parkes Rylstone Wellington

1429 EA2020 01 NSW_2_2.indd 8-9

p. 49 p. 54 p. 58 p. 64 p. 65 p. 68 p. 83 p. 91 p. 92

New South Wales

Regions of New South Wales

Iluka Kyogle Lismore Mullumbimby Murwillumbah Nimbin Tweed Heads Woolgoolga Yamba

26/2/19 11:32 am

New South Wales

Touring route

Caption Caption Caption

Bell

GREA

GREAT

B59

Mount Victoria

A32

LIN

RANGE

RANGE N

Megalong Valley

JENOLA

Evans Lookout

Medlow Bath

GREAT

KATOOMBA Scenic World

Three Sisters

SPRINGWOOD

A32

Woodford

Blaxland Glenbrook Red Hands Cave

Penrith Jellybean Pool

A44

Caption Caption Caption

A44

Regions

E IN SK E ER ANG R

Blue Mountains National Park

Jenolan Caves

RN STE

Echo Point Lookout

Wentworth Falls Lawson

Faulconbridge

Jenolan Karst Conservation BLA CK Reserve RA N

Leura

• Allow at least three days for a proper exploration.

Blue Mountains National Park

Blackheath

4 km

Kurrajong Heights

RD Blue Mountains Botanic Garden Mount Tomah

S CAVE 0

Bilpin

PATERSON RANGE

Mount Tomah

BELL

Little Hartley

R STE WE

DIVIDING

Hampton

Hartley

Glenroy RD

Regions

Cheat sheet

New South Wales

Blue Mountains

TOP TOURING REGIONS

Riv

Kanangra Gorge

1429 EA2020 01 NSW_2_2.indd 10-11

26/2/19 11:32 am

TOP TOURING REGIONS

Border Ranges NP

B91 0

10 km

Pottsville

RICHMOND

Nightcap NP Mullumbimby

Brunswick Heads

Protestors Falls

The Channon

Byron Bay

Bangalow B62

Casino

LISMORE B60

Teven Valley Golf Course

RANGE

HWY

Coraki

Lennox Head

Suffolk Park

Thursday Plantation

Alstonville

BALLINA

6 Wardell

ERLAN D

Woodburn

SUMM

Evans Head Goanna Headland

Dirawong Reserve

CIF

ile

Lawrence Road

Woody Head

Maclean Lawrence

GRAFTON

CORAL

Iluka Yamba Angourie

Cowper CO RA AS NG T E

Shark Bay

SEA

Brooms Head Sandon Bluffs

Minnie Water

ONE Start in Grafton, which is famous for its annual Jacaranda Festival in October, when the town’s heritage-laden streets are transformed into beautiful purple-flowery tunnels.

Caption Caption Caption

Regions

1429 EA2020 01 NSW_2_2.indd 12-13

B91

Touring route

Regions

Nimbin

Wollumbin NP Uki

Kyogle

B60

Bogangar

Murwillumbah

NSW

WA Y

Byron Bay and the beach towns

QLD

New South Wales

Tomewin

Border Ranges National Park

Tweed Heads

Banora Point

26/2/19 11:32 am

M31

B73

Huskisson

20 km

St Georges Basin

TOURING REGIONS Bungendore

Sussex Inlet Milton

Araluen

JBT Booderee NP

Batemans Bay

Pebbly Beach Murramarang National Park Batemans Bay

Mogo

Malua Bay

Mogo Zoo

Moruya

Eurobodalla National Park

Tuross Head

5 Central Tilba Tilba Tilba Cobargo

Dalmeny Narooma

Montague Island

Bega

Mimosa Rocks National Park

Tathra

10 Tura Beach Merimbula

Ben Boyd National Park

Eden

Twofold Bay

Kiah Ben Boyd NP

TASMAN

Bermagui

Jervis Bay

B52

B23

Vincentia

Ulladulla

Braidwood

The sleepy south from Jervis Bay to Eden

Lake George TOP

Davidson Whaling Station & Boyds Tower

SEA

• Main towns: Batemans Bay (see p. 21), Bega (see p. 23), Eden (see p. 40), Narooma (see p. 66), Ulladulla (see p. 83).

• Don’t miss: Hyams Beach, Mogo Zoo, the Original Gold Rush Colony, Eden Killer Whale Museum, Montague Island, Green Cape Lighthouse, Tilba Tilba.

Caption Caption Caption

Regions

Cheat sheet

New South Wales

M23

1429 EA2020 01 NSW_2_2.indd 14-15

Caption Caption Caption

26/2/19 11:32 am

Great Aussie Car Fails Dave Morley

DRAF T

C OV E R

ALSO AVAILABLE:

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781741176735

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

Guides

Series

Category

Humour

Format

203 x 165 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

•

• • •

Price

AU$50.00 | NZ$55.00

ISBN

9781741175677

The Politics of stupid.

Dumb laws and corporate decisions

Wrecknology.

The Politics of Stupid

Michelin Green Guide Provence Michelin

The updated Green Guide Provence highlights the region's top attractions, the most interesting towns, the best walking and driving tours, and great places to eat and stay. Drive past fragrant, iconic lavender fields, spot the wild horses of La Camargue, go caving in the Ardèche, or brush up on your history in Avignon. Michelin's celebrated star-rating system, respected maps, suggested activities and trusted advice give you the tools to craft your own travel adventure, whether you plan in advance or decide after arrival. Key features:

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$44.99 | NZ$50.00

ISBN

9782067235519

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

221 x 117 mm

Extent

408pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• Attractions reviewed and rated, using Michelin's celebrated star-rating system from the 1-star jagged peaks of Dentelles de Montmirail to the 3-star view from Cap Canaille on the coast. • Walk-throughs of major museums, galleries, churches and attractions; includes illustrations and floor plans. Wander the streets of old Beaucaire to admire the fine historic buildings, or reserve a day to explore Cézanne country. Travellers discover more through Michelin's walking and driving tours with comprehensive directions and maps. • Comprehensive illustrated sections on modern-day Provence, its history, architecture, arts, literature and nature, all written by experts in their fields. • Sidebars throughout the guide focus on intriguing topics such as the legend of the Tarasque Monster to the Oursinades sea urchin festival. • Detailed visitor information given for every attraction, opening hours, entry fees, tour times, phone, website. Michelin maps. • Includes recommendations for great places to eat/stay for all budgets. • Michelin Green Guides feature comprehensive, detailed and concise travel information for advance trip planning as well as spontaneous decisions during the journey.

Michelin Green Guide Ireland Michelin

Delight in Killary Harbour’s wild beauty, unearth Irish folklore at Castlestrange Stone, experience Dublin’s vibrant atmosphere. Divided into regions for easy travel planning, the guide offers suggestions for what to see and do in Ireland, details short excursions and extended driving tours, and presents in-depth features on art, culture and history. You'll also find recommendations for the best places to eat and stay. With plenty of colour photos and maps, the Michelin Green Guide Ireland is the only guide you'll need. Key features

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$44.99 | NZ$50.00

ISBN

9782067235557

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

221 x 117 mm

Extent

523pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• Attractions reviewed and rated, using Michelin’s renowned star-rating system. • Explore the Shannon Valley by car and discover the attractive seaside resort Youghal by foot: Michelin walking and driving tours offer a more in-depth, personal experience of the country. • Comprehensive illustrated sections on modern-day Ireland, its art, history and culture, all written by experts in their fields, and covering everything from peat harvesting at Inishowen to Yeats’ country at Sligo. • Sidebars throughout the guide focus on such intriguing topics as horse racing at Curragh, Co. Kildare, and early monasti. • Sidebars throughout the guide focus on such intriguing topics as horse racing at Curragh, Co. Kildare, and early monastic sites. • Walk-throughs of major museums, galleries, churches and attractions; includes illustrations and floor plans. • Detailed visitor information given for every attraction, including opening hours, tour times, entry fees, phone, website.

Michelin Streetwise Map Atlanta Michelin

REVISED 2019 Streetwise Atlanta Map - Laminated City Centre Street Map of Atlanta, Georgia - Folding pocket size travel map with integrated Marta lines & stations. This map covers the following areas: Main Atlanta Map 1:33,000 Atlanta Area Map 1:170,000 Downtown Atlanta Map 1:24,000 Known as the capital of the South, Atlanta, Georgia is a booming metropolis fueled by growth. The Streetwise Atlanta Map will guide you through all of the major neighbourhoods and sites of this hot southern city.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067238800

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 102 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

The center of Atlanta is Five Points, the star-shaped intersection formed by several major streets. East of Downtown, Sweet Auburn is the city's African-American neighborhood. North of Sweet Auburn is Little Five Points, the center of Atlanta's college and hip set. North of Downtown, Midtown is an upmarket entertainment and nightlife area. The West End, west of Downtown, is Atlanta's oldest neighbourhood. Further north is Buckhead, an upscale residential and business center. The list of places to visit and featured on the Streetwise Atlanta Map goes on and on. The Streetwise Atlanta Map will get you in, out and around the city. Whether you are driving the perimeter or heading to and from Hartsfield-Jackson International Airport, this detailed metro map navigates you around the region. The Marta mass transit system is conveniently overlaid on both main and area maps for those committed to travel by mass transit. A complete index of streets, hotels, points of interest, shopping, education, culture, transportation and parks is clearly listed on this laminated and easy to read Atlanta map. Michelin's pocket size map of Atlanta is also laminated for durability and accordion folding for effortless use. The Streetwise Atlanta Map is one of many detailed and easy-to-read city street maps now owned and updated by Michelin.

Michelin Streetwise Map Austin Michelin

Streetwise Austin Map - Laminated City Centre Street Map of Austin, Texas - Folding pocket size travel map This map covers the following areas: Main Austin Map 1:30,000 Austin Area Map 1:180,000 Downtown Austin Map 1:10,000 Named after Stephen F. Austin, the father of Texas, this eclectic capital city combines down-home charm with buzzing activity. Also known as the live music capital of the world due to all the music festivals sponsored here, Austin is a happening hip town for visitors and natives alike. Be on top of the action with a Streetwise Austin Map. With it you'll discover all the cultural sites, as well as Austin's physical attractions, like the natural pool at Barton Springs, the rolling green of Zilker Park and the nightly flight of over a million bats from beneath Congress Av. Bridge. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067238817

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 102 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

The inset map of downtown Austin shows an orderly grid system, clearly highlighted with hotels, points of interest, parking lots, museums and state government sites. The Austin Area map will navigate you in and around the city to such places as Austin Bergstrom International Airport and the Colorado River bike trails. From Lake Austin to Lake Travis, the Streetwise Austin Map gets you going to explore areas outside the centre city. Michelin's pocket size map of Austin is also laminated for durability and accordion folding for effortless use. The Streetwise Austin Map is one of many detailed and easy-to-read city street maps now owned and updated by Michelin. Buy your Streetwise Austin Map today and you too can navigate Austin, Texas like a native.

Michelin Streetwise Map California Michelin

Streetwise Map California - Laminated State Road Map of California - Folding pocket size travel map This map covers the following areas: Main California Map 1:2,400,000 Los Angeles Freeway System Map 1:400,000 LAX Access Map 1: 88,000 San Francisco Area Map 1:640,000 San Diego Area Map 1:160,000 Sacramento Area Map 1:200,000 California is a state of being as well as a destination state. From Imperial Beach, San Diego north to Pelican State beach near Oregon, the Streetwise Map California lays out all the major state and county roads, freeways, cities, towns and major sites on one map. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067238824

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 102 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

On the back of the California state map you ll find enlarged inset maps of Los Angeles, San Diego, San Francisco, and Sacramento revealing more detailed driving information. In addition to city inset maps, also included is a detailed access map for Los Angeles International airport including the specific locations of car rental companies. Another small inset with driving distances and travel times was created to aid trip planning. All in all this is one heck of a map to have for visiting the premier destination state of California. Even for natives this California map is a more convenient alternative to the multipage atlas that most people carry in their cars. Michelin's pocket size map of California is laminated for durability and accordion folding for effortless use. The Streetwise Map California is one of several detailed and easy-to-read road maps now owned and updated by Michelin. Buy your Streetwise Map California today and you too can navigate California like a native. For additional maps of the area, try the Michelin California, Nevada Road and Tourist Map No. 174 or the Michelin USA West/Canada West Road and Toursit Map No. 585.

Michelin Streetwise Map Cuba Michelin

Streetwise Map Cuba - Laminated Country Road Map of Cuba - Folding pocket size travel map This map covers the following areas: Main Cuba Map 1:650,000 Habana Map 1:18,000 Varadero Map 1:22,000 Playas Del Este Map 1:28,000 Cuba, the forbidden fruit of countries, is famous for cigars, colonial architecture, and 1950's cars still careening through the streets. The road network of Cuba is found on the map front and with detailed expanded inset maps of Havana, Varadero, and Playas del Este on the back side. The Cuba map is complete with index for hotels, sites, parks and streets. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067238831

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 102 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

Michelin's pocket size map of Cuba is also laminated for durability and accordion folding for effortless use. The Streetwise Map Cuba is one of several detailed and easy-to-read country road maps owned and updated by Michelin. For more on this area, check out the Michelin Must Sees Havana travel guide for a selection of the best things to do and see in Havana. Also try the Michelin Cuba Road and Tourist Map No. 786 for an additional navigating resource.

Michelin Streetwise Map Denver Michelin

Streetwise Map Denver – Laminated City Centre Street Map of Denver, Colorado – Folding pocket size travel map with integrated light rail map & trolley stations, Boulder inset This map covers the following areas: Main Denver Map 1:40,000 Denver Area Map 1: 310,000 Boulder Map 1:57,000 Downtown Denver Map 1:14,000 Located at the base of the Rocky Mountains, Denver is a lively city with an active cultural life combined with great access to outdoor sports venues. This is Sports town USA. There are seven professional sports teams in Denver, and the Streetwise Map Denver will deliver you to each one if asked.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067238848

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 102 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

Downtown Denver is a bustling area centred along a mile-long promenade that is lined with outdoor cafes and shops. Whether walking or using mass transit like Light Rail or the Culture Trolley you'll be amazed to see mountain views down every street. The reverse side of the map features a Downtown Denver map which is site rich and designed to help navigate in, out and around the city center. Clearly indicated are the locations of all important downtown sites: Coors Field, Pepsi Center, Invesco Field, the Colorado Convention Center, and Union Station. In addition, other sites like hotels, government buildings, and the Auraria campus are laid out for the visitor. The Denver Area Map will help you navigate around outlying areas of the city. This map is particularly useful if you are renting a car and need to drive to and from Denver International Airport or desire to spend the day in Boulder. In fact, included is a separate inset map of Boulder, Colorado just for this purpose. Our pocket size map of Denver is laminated for durability and accordion folding for effortless use. The Streetwise Map Denver is one of many detailed and easy-to-read city street maps now owned and updated by Michelin. Buy your Streetwise Map Denver today and you too can navigate Denver, Colorado like a native.

Michelin Streetwise Map East Hampton Michelin

Streetwise Map East Hampton – Amagansett, East Hampton Village, Montauk, North Haven, Sag Harbor Village, Springs, Wainscott is a laminated street map in a accordion fold for ease of use. The map key and index highlight area beaches, harbors, lakes and ponds, places to stay, restaurants and food markets, shopping, golf, tennis and many other points of interest. The Streetwise Map East Hampton is one of many detailed and easy-to-read city street maps now owned and updated by Michelin.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067238855

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 102 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

Michelin Streetwise Map Hawaii Michelin

Streetwise Map Hawaii - Laminated State Road Map of Hawaii - Folding pocket size travel map This map covers the following areas: Oahu Map 1:290,000 Downtown Honolulu & Waikiki Map 1:23,000 Hawaii Map 1:750,000 Maui Map 1:350,000 Molokai Map 1:380,000 Kauai Map 1:320,000 Kailua-Kona Map 1:34,000 Hilo Map 1:75,000 Hawaiian Islands Map 1:8,300,000 Kahului Map 1:90,000 Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067238862

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 102 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

Aloha! Hello from Hawaii. Here you'll encounter some of the most unique geography in the United States. While it has only been a state a relatively short time, Hawaii has always been a premier vacation destination. Why? The pineapples, the sugar, the spices, and all of the other agriculture serve as the backbone to this island chain, but there is so much more. Hawaii exemplifies all that is exotic; palm fringed beaches, molten lava cascading into the sea and rain forests so dense that they rank as some of the wettest places on the planet. From the main island, to Maui to Kauai, Hawaii has enough sights and sounds to give a serious traveler a lifetime of memories. This island paradise has something for everyone: surfers, hikers, swimmers, scuba divers, geological enthusiasts and professional beach potatoes. The Streetwise Map Hawaii has each island mapped, along with a detailed inset of Honolulu, fully indexed with sites, hotels, parks, scenic drives and more. Michelin's pocket size map of Hawaii is laminated for durability and accordion folding for effortless use. The Streetwise Map Hawaii is one of many detailed and easy-to-read city street maps now owned and updated by Michelin.

Michelin Streetwise Map Las Vegas Michelin

Streetwise Map Las Vegas – Laminated City Center Street Map of Las Vegas, Nevada – Folding pocket size travel map with integrated monorail lines & stations - Las Vegas Strip Map This map covers the following areas: Main Las Vegas Map including the Las Vegas Strip 1:30,000 Las Vegas Area Map 1:200,000 Feeling lucky? Then take a trip to Las Vegas, the oasis in the middle of the Nevada desert. Not only can you take part in the betting thrills of America's largest gaming town, but you can also take in Las Vegas? world renowned cultural activities and eat some of the finest cuisine in the world. No other vacation can match up to the excitement and nightlife of Las Vegas, and if you're planning a trip nothing will help you get around better than the Streetwise Map Las Vegas.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067238879

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 102 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

Las Vegas isn't just for the short term visitor. As one of the fastest growing cities in the country (they print the phone book twice a year!), Las Vegas welcomes thousands of new residents each year. Finding your way in this ever expanding sprawling metropolis can be quite a challenge. Our Streetwise Map Las Vegas simplifies the task by giving you a clear, concise picture of the strip and the city beyond. The area map will enable you to put it all into perspective. So, if you're in town for a few days of R & R (rabblerousing and rejuvenation) or establishing your own oasis, the Streetwise Map Las Vegas will steer you in the right direction. Our pocket size map of Las Vegas is laminated for durability and accordion folding for effortless use. The Streetwise Map Las Vegas is one of many detailed and easy-to-read city street maps now owned and updated by Michelin. Buy your Streetwise Map Las Vegas today and you too can navigate Las Vegas, Nevada like a native.

Michelin Streetwise Map Manhattan Subway Bus Michelin

REVISED 2019 Streetwise Manhattan Map Subway Bus is a laminated Subway Map of Manhattan, NY which conveniently folds to a pocket and wallet size subway and bus map for travel. The Streetwise Manhattan Map Subway Bus is an invaluable tool for getting around on New York City's public transportation system. One side of the map shows all of the Manhattan subway lines clearly indicating stops and free transfer stations. The flip side shows the North/South and East/West bus routes in a clear and concise manner. Major sites are highlighted and when folded into thirds, the map is slightly larger than a credit card. This NYC metro map is also laminated for durability and accordion fold for effortless use. Don't forget to check out our regular Streetwise Manhattan Map. To enhance your visit to Manhattan, check out the Michelin Green Guide New York City which details sites and attractions using the famed Michelin star-rating system so you can prioritise your trip based on your time and interest. For shorter stays – try the new Michelin Map & Guide New York City , organised by neighbourhood and highlights star-rated attractions in addition to where to eat, take a break, go shopping and enjoy nightlife in the area. For a selection of the best restaurants and hotels, buy the Red Michelin Guide New York City. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067229877

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

100 x 60 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

Michelin Streetwise Map New York Transitwise Michelin

Streetwise Map New York Transitwise, New Jersey Metro Transit Map is in a compact laminated/accordion fold format for ease of use. The map includes the transit lines for the Long Island Railroad (LIRR), NYC Subway, Metro North Trains, New Jersey Transit, the Path Trains and Amtrak.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067238923

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

100 x 60 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

Michelin Streetwise Map San Antonio Michelin

Streetwise Map San Antonio – Laminated City Center Street Map of San Antonio, Texas – Folding pocket size travel map This map covers the following areas: Main San Antonio Map 1:21,000 Riverwalk Map 1:12,000 San Antonio Area Map 1:230,000 San Antonio is a town with a distinct Mexican flavour, rich in history and romance. From natural caverns to manmade missions, this Texas city is a crossroads where many cultures have mixed, mingled and merged.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067238886

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 102 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

The Streetwise Map San Antonio showcases the central area of the city. The San Antonio Museum of Art (SAMA), the Jose Antonio Navarro State Historical Site and Market Square the largest Mexican marketplace outside of Mexico are all highlighted on the map. The Tower of the Americas is prominently illustrated along with the city?s trademarked section Riverwalk, a picturesque 2.5 mile cobblestone path that borders the San Antonio River. A detailed Riverwalk" inset map details the pedestrian path and features hotels, sites, and the convention centre. The San Antonio Area map will navigate you in and around the region to places like San Antonio International Airport, Fort Sam Houston, McNay Art Museum, Sea World San Antonio, Six Flags Fiesta and to numerous missions like Mission Concepcion and Mission San Jose. There's also Freeman Coliseum where the annual San Antonio Livestock Show and Rodeo is held each year. A complete index of streets, hotels, points of interest, shopping, education, culture, transportation and parks is clearly listed on the Streetwise Map San Antonio. Michelin's pocket size map of San Antonio is laminated for durability and accordion folding for effortless use. The Streetwise Map San Antonio is one of many detailed and easy-to-read city street maps now owned and updated by Michelin. Buy your Streetwise Map San Antonio today and you too can navigate San Antonio, Texas like a native.

Michelin Streetwise Map San Diego Michelin

Streetwise Map San Diego - Laminated City Centre Street Map of San Diego, California - Folding pocket size travel map with trolley lines & stations This map covers the following areas: Main San Diego Map 1:18,000 San Diego Area Map 1:55,000 Old Town Map 1:23,000 La Jolla Map 1:28,000 Welcome to San Diego, the second largest city in California. Mexico, the Pacific Ocean, the Anza-Borrego Desert and the Laguna Mountains surround San Diego and are all contributing factors to the ideal climate. With seventy miles of beaches, the Gaslight District, Sea World Adventure, LEGOLAND, La Jolla shopping and the San Diego Zoo; whatever your pleasure, San Diego is the ultimate playground for the whole family. To help get the most out of your visit, carry the Streetwise Map San Diego. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067238893

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 102 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

Lions and tigers and bears, oh my! Yes, the zoo is a must see. Over 4,000 animals, living in habitats that rival Mother Nature herself, create one of the best animal experiences you'll ever find.Â Balboa Park, where the zoo is located, has many other attractions you'll want to include the Spanish Village Arts Center-35 art studios in a recreated Spanish town square, the Timken Museum-a jewel of a small museum with European Old Masters' paintings, House of Pacific Relations historic cottages host cultural festivals, San Diego Aerospace Museum take a simulated walk in space, The Old Globe and Junior Theatre-offering performances for all ages throughout, Hall of Champions Sports Museum-from Ted Williams to Tony Hawk, the San Diego Museum of Art-the regions oldest and largest, the Museum of Man-devoted to anthropology (more exciting than it sounds) and the Japanese Friendship Garden. That's just a partial list. There's also Butterfly rides, a carousel, lawn bowling, a miniature railroad you can ride and, of course, the Spreckles Organ Pavilion. Walk along the Prado Walkway around the Casa del Prado and admire the Spanish Colonial architecture. These buildings were part of the 1915 Panama-California Exposition celebrating the completion of the Panama Canal. The area inset on the Streetwise Map San Diego will navigate you in and around the city region to places like San Diego International Airport, Pacific Beach, Coronado Island, Point Loma, La Jolla, and the University of California at San Diego. You'll also find enlarged inset maps featuring Old Town and a detailed street map of La Jolla. A complete index of streets, hotels, points of interest, shopping, education, culture, transportation and parks is clearly listed on the map. Michelin's pocket size map of San Diego is laminated for durability and accordion folding for effortless use. The Streetwise Map San Diego is one of many detailed and easy-to-read city street maps now owned and updated by Michelin. Buy your Streetwise Map San Diego today and you too can navigate San Diego, California like a native.

Michelin Streetwise Map Stockholm Michelin

Streetwise Map Stockholm - City Centre Street Map of Stockholm, Sweden is in a laminated/accordion fold format for ease of use.Coverage includes: Main Stockholm Map (Northern half) 1:9,500 Main Stockholm Map (Southern half ) 1:10,000 Gamla Stan 1:6,000 Stockholm Metro Map The Streetwise Map Stockholm includes an index of streets and plazas, sites, hotels and many other points of interest. For more on navigating throughout Stockholm and Sweden, pick up the Michelin Sweden Road and Tourist Map no. 753.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067238909

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

220 x 102 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

Michelin Streetwise Map Washington DC Metro Michelin

Streetwise Map Washington DC Metro is a laminated Washington DC Metrorail Map which conveniently folds to a pocket & wallet size metro map for travel. Coverage includes: Washington DC Metro 1:15,800.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9782067230057

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

100 x 60 mm

Extent

1pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

If you're going to Washington DC and your visit is limited to the sites around the mall then the Streetwise Map Washington DC Metro is the perfect map for you. Small and compact (it folds down to a size a bit larger than a credit card) this map shows you all of the sites located on and near the Mall such as the Museum of American History, the National Gallery of Art, the Capitol building and the White House. From the Lincoln Memorial to the Capitol building, from Tidal Basin to Blair House, this Mall map has it all on one side, with a complete colour coded map of the quiet and efficient Metrorail on the reverse side. Everything you need to take in the epicentre of Washington DC. Our pocket size metro map of Washington DC is also laminated for durability and accordion folding for effortless use. To enhance your visit to Washington DC, check out the Michelin Green Guide Washington DC which details sites and attractions using the famed Michelin star-rating system so you can prioritise your trip based on your time and interest. For a selection of the best restaurants and hotels, buy the Red Michelin Guide Washington DC. For driving or planning your trip to and from Washington DC, use Michelin USA Mid-Atlantic/Allegheny Highlands Map No. 583.

The Little Book of Sex Hot | Hot | Hot Joanna Gray Make your sex life sizzle with 150 cheeky quotes and tips.

“Love is an ice cream sundae with all the marvellous coverings. Sex is the cherry on top.” Jimmy Dean Succumb to your primal desires with The Little Book of Sex. From the first signs of attraction to the post-coital glow, explore the wonderful world of sex through raunchy quotes, tales of history’s most insatiable lovers and sensual tips to get you in the mood for lurve. With forays into foreplay, a romp through the Karma Sutra and even an explanation of the science behind the sizzle, you’re in for titillating treat. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Perfect for couples who want to add a bit of spice to their love life or as a cheeky present for a friend soon to be hitched, The Little Book of Sex is the ideal book to get you feeling frisky (and probably provide a bit of a giggle at the same time!).

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781787134096

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Joanna Gray is a writer, journalist and interviewer. She runs festival events and educational programmes for Wimbledon BookFest and co-ordinates the Jane Gardam Short Story Award.

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Little Book of

Category

Gift

Format

127 x 105 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

150 quotes, exercises and tips to spice up your love life

•

The perfect pocket-sized gift for Valentine’s Day, anniversaries or hen- and stag- dos

Sex Definition: noun (Chiefly with reference to people) sexual activity, including specifically sexual intercourse.

An orgasm a day keeps the worries away

Non-sex sex: 1. Doing bits 2. Frottage 3. Dry run

â&#x20AC;&#x153;Dancing is a perpendicular expression of horizontal desire â&#x20AC;? george bernard shaw

English writer

English: sex

Don’t put safety before sex.

Arabic: ‫سنج‬ Danish: køn Dutch: seks Estonian: sugu Filipino: kasarian Hebrew: ‫ןיִמ‬ Hungarian: szex Icelandic: kynlíf Kurdish: cinsîyet Lithuanian: seksas Russian: секс Spanish: sexo Welsh: rhyw

This Book Could Help The Men's Head Space Manual – Techniques and Exercises for Living Rotimi Akinsete This Book Could Help is filled with straightforward expert advice and techniques to help you prioritise yourself, meet challenges and discover new strengths. Your body needs maintaining to keep it healthy. So does your mind. Sounds simple, but tired and outdated ideas that tell men how they ought to be mean the message gets lost. And the results speak for themselves: suicide is the biggest killer of men under fifty. There’s no more room for debate – taking care of your head space should be as normal as eating your five-a-day or going to the gym. Many books make impossible promises about how they will fix all your problems and stresses with some miraculous ten-step programme. This one doesn’t. What it does do is provide practical help, when times are tough and also when they’re not. And just like with your physical health, it doesn’t always have to take much to make a difference. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

Developed in partnership with Mind, the mental health charity, This Book Could Help is filled with straightforward expert advice and simple techniques to help you shake off what other people say you ought to be, prioritise yourself, meet challenges and develop new strengths, in areas such as dealing with stress, motivation, work and life goals. We all deserve to live fully and respect our struggles, so start here and back yourself every day. Because head space is not a luxury, it’s essential.

ISBN

9781789291315

Author Details

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Family/Pregnancy

Format

190 x 147 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

approx. 60 full-colour photographs

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

Mind, the mental health charity, believes that no one should have to face a mental health problem alone. Rotimi Akinsete is an experienced Therapeutic Counsellor and currently the Director of Wellbeing at the University of Surrey. He has an interest in the development of the cultural consciousness concerning the mental health of men and is also the founder and director of Black Men on the Couch, a special interest project focusing on the therapeutic needs of African and Caribbean men and boys.

Key Information

•

Builds on the revolution in men's mental health – more and more men in the spotlight are sharing their own struggles. The first straightforward guide to mental wellbeing aimed directly at men, and it's desperately needed – suicide is the biggest killer of men under 50. Aims to make taking care of your wellbeing the norm for all men – advice applies to all men, whether you struggle with mental health or not. Each spread has a different straightforward technique or exercise that you can apply to everyday life No patronising language – the advice applies to everyone. Written by an experienced psychotherapist who works with men.

•

Full colour throughout – designs specifically tailored to appeal to men.

•

All author royalties from the sale of this book will be donated to Mind.

•

This Book Could Help

Part one:

Who do you think you are? All of us, without exception, have ideas about who we are as people and how we think others see us: what our strengths and weaknesses are, what we like or don’t like, what matters to us. And these ideas can have a lot of power: they can influence how we live our lives, what we expect of ourselves, how we make decisions and how we treat ourselves.

Some of your ideas about yourself are going to be helpful, others not so much.

The fact is that you weren’t born with these ideas, you learned them. As a social animal you’ve been surrounded by messages telling you how you ought to be from day one – and when it comes to being a man, the mould is pretty tight – this means that some of these ideas aren’t going to have come from you.

The thing is, however they come to you, these ideas we have can and do change, and you can have a say in where they go. You may have already noticed it. I remember that I used to define myself as a provider and would work three jobs and attend various committees in order to bring home the bacon and make a name for himself. When I started questioning it, I realised that I was doing myself real physical and mental damage by trying too hard to be a person that really wasn’t me. Now I see myself as someone who prioritises quality time with his family, and I’m confident that this time it is the real me. These shifts happen, all the time. They may not be predictable, and they may take time, but they do show that things aren’t as set in stone as they can sometimes seem.

Part One: Who do you think you are

This Book Could Help

Ten words If you had to describe yourself in ten words, what would they be? That probably sounds like the beginning of some cringe-inducing job interview, but trust me, it’s important. If you’ve never thought about it before, the words on the page opposite might be a starting point. Or you could think about completing the sentence:

‘I am someone who …’ Once you have a clear and honest idea of at least some of the things that you believe about yourself, ask yourself, which of them propel you forward? Which hold you back? Did you always believe them about yourself? How have they changed over time? Where did these beliefs come from? You probably won’t know the answers to all of these questions (and you don’t need to). The key here is to start thinking about how you see yourself and how this impacts your life. Because if you don’t want to define yourself in this way, you don’t have to. It’s up to you.

I am...  strong  weak  decisive  loyal  bold  a listener  competitive  sensitive  a failure  a husband  over  a partner  a manager  a colleague  a neighbour  a sports-lover  an employer  a consumer  spiritual  fit  attractive  a reader  a writer  unfit  a provider  an activist  rich

 poor  an employee  a peacemaker  a soulmate  a sportsman  a politician  a mentor  an explorer  critical  a music-lover  a freedom-fighter  a joker  organized  a businessman  a gentleman  a player  a comedian  a listener  a networker  a leader  a follower  resourceful  practical  ambitious  kind  selfish  vain

 easy-going  uptight  aggressive  patient  ruthless  mature  immature  conscientious  lazy  responsible  reckless  faithful  honest  brave  cunning  fake  authentic  straightforward  eccentric  conventional  open-minded  intolerant  a dad  a brother  a son

Part One: Who do you think you are

This Book Could Help

How would I describe myself?

It’s who I am, and I’m really proud of it.

Probably more than anything else, as a dad. That’s the thing that immediately comes to mind.

It’s not always easy, but thinking that I’m a good dad makes me a feel good.’ Len, 43, dad

Part One: Who do you think you are

Running commentary All of us has a soundtrack running in our minds, a running commentary on what we’re doing. You do, too, and you might not even know it’s happening. Sometimes it’s just you observing the world around you, but often it’s a commentary about yourself: judging what you’ve done, how you handled something, how you sounded, how you looked … What does your running commentary sound like? For example, if you make a mistake, do you tend to beat

This Book Could Help

yourself up, judge yourself harshly, blame yourself? Or is it more like, ‘Ah well, better luck next time’? How about more general situations? Are you often critical or often supportive of how you acted? Now ask yourself, would you talk to a good friend like that? Chances are you wouldn’t - so try not to talk to yourself like that either. If you manage to catch that critical commentary as it starts up, try and interrupt it and replace it with a supportive one. Be on your side.

‘ When I fuck-up, my response is “You fucking idiot!”. If I spoke to my friends like I used to talk to myself I would have no friends. Make sure the words you speak to yourself are loving, supportive and nourishing. Start the work of being your own best friend.’

Wentworth Miller, actor 18

My Perfectly Imperfect Life 127 Exercises for Self-Acceptance Irene Smit and Astrid van der Hulst This fill-in, guided mindfulness workbook from the editors of Flow engages readers in embracing and celebrating their imperfections. Prompts, quotes, and questions focus on ways to encourage mindful living: slowing down, letting go, trying something new, being alone, caring for yourself, and more. From Flow, here’s a guided workbook with a welcoming, come-as-you-are message: Embrace the things that make you you, flaws and all. Inspired by the popular calendar and combining the interactive fun of a fill-in journal with a timely focus on mindfulness, My Perfectly Imperfect Life inspires readers to let go of the pressure to be perfect and to celebrate quirks and slip-ups rather than judge them. There are prompts for easing up on self-criticism: What would you say to a friend who’s having a hard time?Can you extend that same empathy to yourself? For slowing down and worrying less about accomplishments: Make a to-do list of non-urgent things, like giving your cat a cuddle. And when something goes wrong, measure it on a playful scale from The world is ending! to It could happen to anyone to There may even be a silver lining.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9781523506361

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Throughout, charming illustrations by Dutch illustrator Karen Weening capture sweet, relatable moments of imperfection – like a yogi turning right in class when everyone else is going left, or a woman taking a perfect selfie amid the messy backdrop of her room. A thoughtful gift with a validating message, it’s a tool to help journaling enthusiasts, friends, sisters, or moms embrace self-care with joy.

Imprint

Workman

Key Information

Series

Category

Self Help

Format

216 x 162 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

4-colour illustration throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

Encouraging you to step away from perfectionism and embrace, celebrate, and love the quirks of everyday life (with all its ups and downs) – this book offers a way to practice self-care and increase your happiness! Packed with friendly, vibrant art that celebrates the small things in your day-to-day routine, from a morning bowl of cereal to an inside-out-umbrella on a blustery day, the book includes thought-provoking quotes and prompts for journaling that help you notice and appreciate the world around you (even the imperfect parts!). And because this comes from Flow, it's packed with joyous interactivity, with write-in pages and a sheet of color stickers. 127 hands-on exercises prompt the reader to write or sketch her response right in the book. Prompts focus on quieting self-criticism, slowing down, and finding ways to celebrate quirks rather than judge them. Combining the best of how-to with the best of a guided journal, this book looks and feels like a gift and delivers a very giftable, thoughtful message for Mother's Day or any occasion: Pause to enjoy the things that make you you. The Flow brand is growing in leaps and bounds, with bestselling books including A Book That Takes Its Time (with 205,000 copies in print) and calendars including the utterly charming My Perfectly Imperfect Life wall calendar, which inspired this book.

Kintsugi Finding Strength in Imperfection Celine Santini Learn how to embrace the adversity in your life, heal your wounds, and build a more resilient you in Céline Santini’s self-care book inspired by the ancient Japanese art of kintsugi. Japan is an inspiration in the personal growth and development field. Kintsugi is the ancient Japanese art of repairing broken pottery with powdered gold. Day after day, week after week, stage by stage, the object is cleaned, groomed, treated, healed, and finally enhanced. Nowadays it has also become a well-known therapy metaphor to resilience. This practical book will help you overcome rough times, heal your deepest wounds, and become whole again through the numerous stages, writing exercises, and testimonies.

Author Details Writer, coach, and blogger Céline Santini is the author of several books for children and adults. She writes about self-help themes on her blog, Jour apres jour . She lives in France. Publication

01 June 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781449497309

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

216 x 152 mm

Extent

248pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

Available 1 June 2019

Key Information • • • •

Originally published in French, this was one of the hottest international rights titles at the recent London Book Fair. It will be published in Italy, Germany, Spain, Brazil, Poland, Netherlands, and the Czech Republic. Additionally, with trends such as Ikigai, Hygge, and Lagom, there is a noted track record of popularity with cultural arts focusing on finding inner peace. With kintsugi serving as a metaphor for resilience, this book offers a new trend in personal development and growth. It can be given as a gift for both those going through difficult times and those finding success after a challenge. The book offers both practical advice to heal wounds, beautiful interior photography, and prompts for journal entries

Heal your wounds. Transform your fault lines into lines of force, and turn life’s bursts into bursts of laughter. The Legend of the Broken Vase As legend has it, a famous tea master of the Japanese emperor, Sen no Rikyū (1522–1591), was once invited to dinner. To honor Rikyū, his host offered him a very old and precious Chinese vase. The tea master wouldn’t even look at the gift but instead commented on the beauty of the countryside and admired a tree branch that was gently moving in the wind. After his guest had left, the host shattered the vase in anger and frustration. His friends, a bit wiser than he, collected all the pieces of the broken vase and repaired it using the art of kintsugi. During his next visit, Sen no Rikyū saw the vase with its brilliant golden lines and cried out, “Now it is magnificent!”

Kintsugi_TEXT.indd 10

1/15/19 10:47 AM

183

Kintsugi_TEXT.indd 183

1/15/19 10:47 AM

EXECUTE It’s the methods we use that determine the value of a cause.

—Michel Houellebecq

The art of kintsugi follows a slow and detailed procedure, requiring patience and concentration. Day after day, week after week, step by step, the object is cleaned, reassembled, taken care of, healed, and finally exalted. Here are the detailed steps of the different stages of traditional kintsugi. You might come to like it: It’s an opportunity to discover the pleasure of slow and precise actions, an invitation to enthusiastically submerge yourself into total awareness of the present moment.

THE KINTSUGI METHOD: STEP-BY-STEP REPAIR

STAGE 1: BREAK

Experience: Something unforeseen happens, a wrong move, a shock, and everything falls apart . . . Accept: Clear your mind and pick up the pieces. Decide: Make the choice to give the object a second chance, rather than throwing it away.

Choose: Consider the different methods of repair and choose the one that suits you best: the illusionist method (invisible repair), staples (metal clamps along the cracks), or kintsugi (golden joints). Imagine: Be creative and dare to think differently! Visualize: Concentrate and imagine the repaired object in all its splendor. 11

Kintsugi_TEXT.indd 11

1/15/19 10:47 AM

STAGE 2: ASSEMBLE

Prepare: Clean the pieces of the object, gather all the tools (palette knife, palette,

lacquer, paintbrush, gold powder, drying box, wooden sticks, turpentine, sandpaper, silk cotton ball), and protect yourself by wearing gloves.

Reconstitute: Examine and assemble the pieces of the “puzzle” to get ready

for repair.

Transform: Turn the poison into an antidote! Utilize the natural lacquer (urushi)

to glue the pieces together. It comes directly from the resin of the lacquer tree, and it’s highly toxic, so you must protect yourself while applying it. However, while it dries, it hardens and loses its toxic nature.

Gather: Prepare and apply the glue (mugi-urushi, a blend of flour and urushi lacquer) to both sides of the fissure with a palette knife, and glue the two pieces together to reconstitute the object.

Fill: If you’re missing a piece, prepare a paste (sabi-urushi), blending the lacquer (urushi) with powdered stone (tonoko), and patiently re-create the missing piece with this paste. Associate: If it inspires you, you can even choose a piece from another object to replace the missing piece (yobi-tsugi).

STAGE 3: WAIT

Remove: Scrape off the extra matter with a utensil (razor blade, toothpick, palette

knife), and clean using turpentine.

Kintsugi_TEXT.indd 12

1/15/19 10:47 AM

Maintain: Make sure the pieces stay in place by wrapping the object with masking tape or rubber bands. Breathe: The lacquer (urushi) is alive and needs to breathe to dry and to harden.

Prepare a covered cardboard box (muro), and place a damp towel in the bottom. Using a number of wooden sticks, create a grid so the object can be placed on it.

Pause: The lacquer hardens best at a humidity level of 75 to 90 percent and at a

temperature above 68Â°F. Place the object in this box, maintaining constant temperature and humidity levels.

Clean: Carefully clean your tools (palette knife, palettes, brushes) after each stage

with turpentine or vegetable oil, and carefully organize them so they are ready for their next use.

Rest: Patiently leave the object in the box for seven to ten days, until it has dried.

STAGE 4: REPAIR

Polish: Once the object is perfectly dry, clean the excess matter with a scraper

and turpentine. Then use sandpaper to completely smooth out the surface. What remain on the object now are nothing but brown scars (urushi-tsugi).

Touch: It is sometimes difficult to recognize certain irregularities with the naked

eye. Using your fingers and sense of touch, verify that all the joints are perfectly smooth.

Apply: With a small brush, apply a first layer of black lacquer (roiro-urushi) to all the joints. Concentrate: Breathe calmly, concentrate, and execute slowly, using measured

and precise gestures to apply thin lines to the joints. Let this first application dry in the box for one to two weeks.

Add: Polish the surface and apply a second fine layer of red lacquer (e-urushi or neri bengara-urushi). 13

Kintsugi_TEXT.indd 13

1/15/19 10:47 AM

Reanimate: The joints are finally covered by beautiful red lacquer. Brilliant and free-flowing veins have cured the object to give it a second chance. Put it in the box for half an hour.

STAGE 5: REVEAL

Illuminate: While the lacquer is still moist and sticky, delicately apply the gold

powder to the lacquer with a brush or a metal application tool (without touching it, as it is still fresh).

Collect: Save any remaining gold powder for your next creation. Then put the object back into the box for two to three days for drying and hardening. Emerge: Once the lacquer has dried, use a silk cotton ball to gently remove any

excess gold powder.

Protect: To protect the golden joints, apply a fine layer of protective lacquer. After five minutes, gently dab the joints. Then let the object dry for twenty-four hours.

Personalize: Use a tool you like to work with and that appeals to you to polish the

golden joints. Some kintsugi masters use agate stones; others use ivory, fish teeth, or hematite stones .Â .Â .

Dazzle: To make the gold shine, polish the object with a blend of oil and powder using the polishing tool you have selected.

Kintsugi_TEXT.indd 14

1/15/19 10:47 AM

YouTube World Records The Internet's Greatest Record-Breaking Feats Adrian Besley

YouTube is the world's most-visited video sharing site, with more than one billion hours of content watched daily by almost 2 billion users. It contains a host of amazing clips, many documenting incredible feats of human endeavour and endurance. This new edition of YouTube World Records is a glorious interactive celebration of these heroic and often jaw-dropping efforts. Super-powered with on-the-page links to over 250 amazing videos, YouTube World Records showcases the greatest feats ever recorded on the file-sharing website. From the tallest and smallest to the greatest and maddest, YouTube World Records has it covered. This unique collection contains a host of amazing feats, stunts and tricks, from the worlds of sport, science, nature and beyond, and is the ultimate celebration of the world's greatest records.

Author Details Adrian Besley is the bestselling author of The Most Amazing YouTube Videos Ever, The Most Awesome YouTube Videos Ever and The Best of YouTube. He is the author of more than 30 celebrated books including The Dangerous Book for Idiots and Monty Python's Hidden Treasures.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$33.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781787392977

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

•

Series

•

Category

Reference

Format

269 x 205 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

180 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • •

This fantastic interactive collection contains 250 action-packed QR-codes that send you direct to the fun on your tablet or smartphone. 180 amazing colour photographs accompany facts, stats and trivia that will boggle the mind. The book includes advice on how you can become a "World Record Holder". Nearly 2 billion users log into YouTube every month, racking up billions of video views between them.

Takes the Biscuit

High-flying records

http://y2u.be/UBf7WC19lpw

The lengths the Brits will go to for the love of tea and biscuits, eh? In 2016, Simon Berry from Yorkshire, England, took a 240-foot (73-metre) bungee dive to dunk his biscuit into his cup of tea. Clasping both wrists together like a diver to achieve the necessary precision, Simon’s jump was perfectly judged to allow his extended hand to dip his chocolate Hobnob halfway into his freshly brewed cuppa. And, to complete a perfect plunge, the biscuit was still intact and nicely half melted when he returned to the platform. It was the highest bungee dunk ever.

Don’t look down! It’s time to meet some of the sky-high heroes of the record-breaking world. These are some vertigo-immune daredevils who don’t know the meaning of fear. multiple record breaker in one flight

Wingsuit Wonder http://y2u.be/N6Zk9GO0ql0

Jhonathan Florez leaped out of a plane above Colombia in April 2012 and broke four world records in one death-defying jump. Diving from 37,265 feet (11,360 metres), he made the highest-ever wingsuit jump, and his time of 9 minutes, 6 seconds smashed the record for the longest-duration wingsuit jump. He also took the record for greatest horizontal distance flown in a wingsuit – a mammoth 16.315 miles (26.26 kilometres) – and flew the greatest distance ever in a wingsuit of 17.52 miles (28.2 kilometres).

http://y2u.be/-9ox62y4zsE

record -breaking shallow water dive

t The Greatest Flop http://y2u.be/cur0YILfQB8

He’s the King of the Belly Flops, the Prince of Paddling Pool Plunges, he’s Professor Splash. The Professor (real name: Darren Taylor) is believed to be the only diver to have mastered the art of shallow water diving. Here he is breaking his own world record at the University of Science and Technology in Trondheim, Norway, by diving 36 feet (11 metres) into a paddling pool containing just 12 inches (30.5 centimetres) of water.

u Over the Edge Imagine taking a leap from, say, the top of the Leaning Tower of Pisa, past jagged rocks and into a small pool beneath. In August 2015, in a world-record cliffjump attempt, Brazilianborn daredevil Laso Schaller plunged almost 200 feet (60 metres) from a ledge into Switzerland’s famed Cascata del Salto waterfall. Six oxygen tents were aerating the water in order to give him a softer landing, but Schaller hit the water outside of his intended landing zone – at a speed of around 76 mph (123 km/h). This high-quality video shows the deathdefying jump from every angle, including the view from a camera mounted to his helmet.

world record for blindfold tightrope walk

Highs and lows These record-breakers have gone to extreme heights (or as low as they can go) in order to get their names in the record-books.

q Skate Limbo

Breathtaking!

http://y2u.be/7HEPRZuRWvc

http://y2u.be/YtryV9qItsg

Like many young kids, Gagan Satish, a Bangalore schoolboy, loves to get out on his rollerskates. Not many have a talent like Gagan’s though. He skated nearly 230 feet (70 metres) with his face just 5 inches (12.7 centimetres) from the ground – passing under 39 cars on the way! Gagan has only been rollerskating for three years, but,even more incredibly, he is only six years old. Obviously, his experience helped him break the record; the previous holder was only five!

Next time you’re at your local swimming pool, see how long you can hold your breath underwater. Can you do 30 seconds? Or maybe 45, if you really fill your lungs. This exercise will give you some appreciation of Canadian William Winram’s 2013 record dive into the Dead Sea at Sharm el-Sheikh in Egypt. Will took a single breath and held it for 3 minutes and 8 seconds, using a sled to help him descend 475 feet (145 metres) – for comparison, New York’s Statue of Liberty is just 300 feet (92 metres) high – and a rope and monofin to speed his return to the surface.

CHAMPION LIMBO ROLLER SKATER

p Windy City Wire Walk Long Engagement http://y2u.be/e6uu4TGC_lg

When sports stars at the top of their respective games get married, the world rejoices. But when the world’s tallest basketball player, Sun Mingming, and the world’s tallest handball player, Xu Yan, married in Beijing, China, on 4 August 2013, the planet went crazy in love! Standing at 7 feet 9 inches (236.17 centimetres) and 6 feet 1.7 inches (187.3 centimetres) tall, respectively, this sports power-couple stand head and shoulders above their opponents, both figuratively and literally.

http://y2u.be/XvzcLs3H5Jk

Despite his great-grandfather Karl falling to his death from a wire in 1978, Nik Wallenda, a seventhgeneration tightrope artist, took on the record for the highest blindfolded tightrope walk. Facing winds of 24 mph (39 km/h) and with no safety net or harness, he steps along a wire suspended between Chicago’s two Marina City towers. No wonder live TV broadcast the monumental walk with a 10-second delay. Even knowing he makes it, you’ll watch it with your heart in your mouth.

World’s Tallest Married Couple

t Speed Freak

Speed and accuracy

http://y2u.be/dvnmrHS3d9s

British motorcyclist and TV presenter Guy Martin has a passion for speed and danger. He already held world records for the fastest speed on a gravity-powered snow sled (83 mph/134 km/h) and fastest speed in a soapbox (85 mph/137 km/h) when, in 2016, he attempted the scarily dangerous world record for the fastest speed travelled around a Wall of Death. This old-time circus show involved riding a motorcycle horizontally around a large wooden-drum-style arena. Some said it was impossible, but Guy overcame dizziness and the punishing effect of G-force on the human body to reach a staggering speed of over 78 mph (125 km/h).

Another selection of quick-on-the-draw records. Here accuracy is just as important as speed: one false move could mean death, a dodgy haircut or a customer questioning their receipt.

u A Throwaway Record http://y2u.be/JriUEsRk8Ns

q Shear Brilliance

The Great Throwdini is undoubtedly the world’s greatest knife thrower. Despite only taking up knife throwing at the age of 50, the Reverend Doctor David R. Adamovich (his real name) has set or broken 40 world records in throwing and catching knives and bullets. He has thrown ten 14-inch (36-centimetre) knives around a human target in just 4.29 seconds and 102 knives in one minute, and he even flings the blades while wearing a blindfold!

http://y2u.be/TbUDbH6tjGs

u Join the Club http://y2u.be/6MGllE2UlII

Yeah, juggling – I know. It’s definitely the most boring of circus skills, but put your prejudice aside and watch this guy in action because it’s pretty amazing. In September 2016, before busy rail commuters at Toronto’s Union Station, Cirque du Soleil’s Rudolf Janecek became the fastest fiveclub juggler in the world. In a whirl of silver clubs and lightning hands, Rudolph shuffles along as he completes 429 rotations over 30 seconds. In fact, Rudolf threw and caught the clubs so fast that the adjudicators had to review the video in slow-motion before awarding him the record.

A Brush With Fame http://y2u.be/eXPJo1f60j0

Fastest Club Juggler

the fastest sheep shearer in the world

Spare a thought for the poor sheep in this clip. One moment she’s nice and warm in a big woolly coat, then ... wham! Less than 15 seconds later, she’s stripped down to the skin. She had no chance against New Zealand’s living legend, David Fagan – who has been called “the Pelé of sheep shearing”. Eleven times a world record holder, he can shear a sheep faster than most men can shave .

Like most children, Dipanshu Mishra was probably told to clean his teeth at least twice a day. Now I’m sure Dipanshu always polishes up his pearly whites diligently, but he’s also been practising with the brush to earn his place among the record breakers. His is a strange record, but one that is oddly compelling to watch, for Dipanshu balances a spinning basketball on the end of his toothbrush – and he keeps it spinning for an astonishing 42.92 seconds. That’s quite a feat, especially considering he doesn’t even play basketball!

q T wo-Wheeled Triumph

The need for speed!

http://y2u.be/PP-7WX12H2I

They call him the Red Baron, but the only things Éric shoots down are world records. Daredevil Éric possesses the land-speed cycling record on both snow and gravel. He hit a speed of 107 mph (172 km/h) on the gravel slopes of the Cerro Negro volcano in Nicaragua moments before crashing and breaking several ribs. He then opted for the softer landing of snow and recorded a speed of 138 mph (222 km/h) in Les Arcs ski resort in the French Alps.

Whoosh! There’s no substitute for pure lightning strike speed and these guys have all taken the needle into the red with power, guts and a little madness ...

u Lightning Bolt http://y2u.be/4gUW1JikaxQ

“I am trying to be one of the greatest, to be among Ali and Pele,” said Usain Bolt, prior to competing in his final Olympics. That he was going to succeed was never in doubt. Usain Bolt is the fastest human being ever timed, with a list of world records as long as his magnificent, striding legs. At the Rio 2016 games Bolt won gold in the 100 metres, the 200 metres and the 4x100-metre relay. That meant he’d earned three gold medals at three consecutive Olympics and completed a “triple-triple”. Truly a living legend.

the fastest 100m Sprint on record

the fastest bike on snow and gravel

q S top the Clock https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xG91krXuxyw

u Smash! http://y2u.be/7HTeG0CmKbU

For all the power of the tennis serve and the intensity of the squash shot, badminton is the real seat of power among racket sports. Tennis serves reach 160 mph (258 km/h), squash pushes the limit to 170 mph (274 km/h), but badminton smashes regularly break the 200 mph (322 km/h) barrier. Chinese player Fu Hai Feng (with his partner Cai Yun) is the world men’s badminton doubles champion and king of the smash. His 2005 record of 206 mph (332 km/h) has been beaten in racket promotional videos but never in real competition.

“Oh my God! From lane eight, a world record… I have never seen anything from 200 to 400 like that,” shouted Michael Johnson as he watched his 400-metre world record change hands in Rio 2016. “That was a massacre from Wayde van Niekerk. He just put those guys away.” This was the stand-out athletic performance of the games, as the South African not only shaved 0.15 seconds off a record that had stood since 1999, but also became the first man to win an Olympic 400-metre title from lane 8.

Handstand Finish http://y2u.be/9p8LZVZoUzk

Tameru Zegeye is known as “The Miracle Man of Ethiopia”. Born with deformed feet and unable to use his legs, Tameru learned to walk on his hands. His agility earned him a place in a circus, but he has proved his athletic skills as well. While visiting the small town of Fürth in north Bavaria, Germany, the 32-year-old completed a 100-metre sprint on crutches in a world record time of 56 seconds. What is really amazing is Tameru’s technique, an incredible gravitydefying combination of balance, strength and co-ordination.

The Little Book of Elvis Malcolm Croft

The Little Book of Elvis Presley is a superb collection of quotations by and about the man regarded as one of the most significant cultural icons of the twentieth century. A perfect companion for Elvis fans everywhere, this book of bite-sized quips helps capture exactly what made the The King of Rock 'n' Roll so special. From insightful quotes by fellow artists, collaborators and friends, to words of wit and wisdom from Elvis himself, you'll find more than 170 amusing and inspiring soundbites inside.

“I figure all any kid needs is hope and the feeling he or she belongs. If I could do or say anything that would give some kid that feeling, I would believe I had contributed something to the world.”

Author Details Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$11.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9781787392946

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Music/Video/Film

Format

137 x 113 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Malcolm Croft is a celebrated author and music journalist. He has worked with many of the world's most important bands, including the Flaming Lips, Coldplay, The Verve and many others. He is the author of over 15 books on popular culture and music.

Key Information • • • • •

This book contains more than 170 quotes from Elvis Presley, as well as many other high-profile stars from the world of entertainment. Filled with quotes covering all facets of Elvis's life and career, from celebrity fans and musical collaborators, to naysayers who were made to eat their words. In 2019 NBC is airing an all-star tribute that will recreate Elvis's famous comeback special, to commemorate the 50th anniversary of the show. The Little Book of series numbers more than 20 different titles from music to sport and politics, and has sold more than one million combined copies. In a small, beautifully designed package, this is the perfect impulse buy for any Elvis fan looking for a bitesized dose of rock 'n' roll magic.

•5

He was a unique artist – an original in an area of imitators. Mick Jagger

It was Elvis that got me interested in music. I’ve been an Elvis fan since I was a kid. Elton John

•4

â&#x20AC;˘7

The first concert I attended was an Elvis concert when I was eleven. Even at that age he made me realize the tremendous effect a performer could have on an audience. Cher

â&#x20AC;˘6

Some people tap their feet, some people snap their fingers, and some people sway back and forth. I just sorta do â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;em all together, I guess. Elvis Presley, 1956

•9

Don’t criticize what you don’t understand, son. You never walked in that man’s shoes. Elvis Presley

•8

Til we meet again, may God bless you. Adios.” Elvis Presley, during his final tour in 197

Metallica: Stories Behind the Songs Chris Ingham

DRAFT COVER

Metallica grew from the fledgling thrash metal scene of the early 1980s to become one of the biggest metal acts in the history of music. They have released a slew of critically acclaimed albums over the years and they still play sell out concerts around the globe. Metallica's music has been constantly innovative, breaking the boundaries of what constitutes heavy metal and skilfully appealing to a huge global audience.

Publication

01 July 2019

Metallica: The Stories Behind the Songs explores the writing and recording of the band's greatest records, including classic albums such as Master of Puppets (1986) and Metallica ("the black album") (1991), right through to 2016's Hardwired... to Self-Destruct. This is the perfect book for any metalhead who wants to get an insight into the creative process of one of the heaviest bands of all time.

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781787392779

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Music/Video/Film

Format

237 x 185 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

Approx. 120 colour and b/w images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Available 1 July 2019

Chris Ingham is one of the UK's most experienced metal journalists and Group Publisher of the Classic Rock and Metal Hammer brands for Future Publishing. He wrote Nothing Else Matters: The Stories Behind the Biggest Metallica Songs and The Book of Metal. He lives in London.

Key Information • •

•

This book tells the fascinating stories behind each of the songs from every one of Metallica's studio albums, including 2016's Hardwired... to Self-Destruct. Metallica are one of the biggest and most successful metal bands in history, and have sold over 100 million records worldwide. They continue to sell out stadia and headline the world's biggest festivals, with a string of massive performances scheduled throughout 2019. Their latest album, Hardwired... to Self-Destruct, was No 1 in 57 countries including US, UK, Canada, Australia and across Europe.

METALLICA - 1991

METALLICA 1991

jammed as many riffs into one song as they could manage – extending the song to be eight, nine, or even ten minutes if they felt like it – Rock encouraged them to whittle the excess away and distill the energy – the pure essence of Metallica – into one riff per song. It worked. ‘We definitely put 110 per cent into this one, and that’s what we got out.’ James Hetfield, November 1992 Every band dreams of a successful career. If they’re lucky, they’ll also hope to score a couple of big hits and retain a fan base that will keep them alive in their twilight years. No band ever truly believes that they will record the biggest album of the year. Or the decade. Metallica, the ‘Black Album’, the snake album or whatever you wish to call it, changed everything for Metallica. The band went from good-selling next-bigthings to becoming a mammoth outfit with incredible commercial opportunities. The record’s five singles – ‘Enter Sandman’, ‘Wherever I May Roam’, ‘Sad But True’, ‘The Unforgiven’ and the huge ‘Nothing Else Matters’ may have each drawn in new crowds unfamiliar with Metallica’s dark hue, but they were hardly ‘popular’ singles in the Def Leppard or Bon Jovi league. Nope, Metallica sold over ten million copies upon the strength of the whole album, and while the band’s already existing fan base certainly propelled them through the first million-odd units, after that it was down to the sheer hard road work endured by the band. And the quality of those 310 shows ensured that there was no such thing as a potential Metallica fan – you either were one or else were never, ever gonna be.

Prior to his stint as “The man who made Metallica big”, Bob Rock already had an impressive résumé to his name. Scarcely an album Rock had touched failed to go platinum, and, given some of the ropey names on that list, that success speaks volumes! Kingdom Come and Blue Murder were the lesser-known successes but The Cult, Bon Jovi and Mötley Crüe need no introduction to any rock fan. Regardless of what the band thought of any of the cock-rockers on the list, Metallica definitely heard enough in what Rock had achieved for those bands to invite him into their tightly knit lives. Kirk made no secret that, as a longtime Cult fan, he had much admiration for Rock’s sonic ear, while even James had words of praise for the punch of Mötley’s guitar sound that Rock captured on their massiveselling Dr Feelgood record and in typical grudging Hetfieldian manner commented: “If you go back and look at the stuff he’s produced, it sounds great, even though the songs were crap and the bands were fucking gay!” So what did Bob Rock bring to the band? Says Lars: “Bob has an incredible ear for attitude and feeling. Now that we’ve worked with him on pre-production, he’s got us kicking ourselves for not doing certain things sooner.” For his part, Kirk admitted that Bob had encouraged him to approach his solos differently, saying, “I’d listen to the song, and instead of sitting down with the guitar, I’d sing out ideas into my tape recorder.” Basically, Bob expanded Metallica’s vision of what they could accomplish as a band, and encouraged them to not only experiment with new ideas but also to simplify their sound. Where previously the band had

BOB ROCK

METALLICA - 1991

ENTER SANDMAN “‘Enter Sandman’ is quite the simplest song we’ve ever written. If you look at the song closely there’s really only one riff in it. The whole song is written around one riff. Which, I think, is an incredible thing to say about a Metallica song!” Lars Ulrich ‘Enter Sandman’ might have featured the simplest of riffs for a Metallica song but Lars could just have easily been talking up the simplest of James’s lyrics. The last five years of lyrical Metallidom had been ruled by paranoia, dementia and legal corruption, and yet here came an almost childlike bedtime rhyme, set to an anthemic chest-beating rhythm tailor-made for arenas and festival grounds the world over. Once again, it’s easy to accuse Metallica of a ‘sell out’, but given that the band have metamorphosed into a different animal with every album release you’d have to start wondering what the hell they’d have left to actually sell by now! In fact, in lyrical terms at least, ‘Enter Sandman’ is as much a return to the old school as anything the band had committed to album since Kill

ENTER SANDMAN Written: Hammett/Hetfield/Ulrich Length: 5’ 29” Album: Metallica, August 12, 1991 US single release: July 1991 US chart position: 16 UK single release: August 1991 UK chart position: 5

’Em All. A line such as: “Dreams of war, dreams of liars/ Dreams of dragon’s fire/And of things that will bite” wouldn’t have been out of place in either ‘No Remorse’ or ‘Phantom Lord’, though we can certainly believe that the 18-year-old Hetfield who wrote the lyrics to those particular former classics would’ve been struggling with the both the superb vocal melody of their modern cousin, and the concepts of fairytale and myth that run through what became Metallica’s first true worldwide hit.

perspective you ultimately believe. As the lord of the dream world, the Sandman can move through, manipulate, even terrorize anyone’s dreams. At the turn of the 90s, Gaiman’s comic collections were selling to the newly discovered mature reader market in their hundreds of thousands, richly decorated by cover artist Dave McKean who would go on to create some of the most eye-catching metal album covers of the decade (Machine Head’s Burn My Eyes, Fear Factory’s Demanufacture etc). Indeed, metal legend Alice Cooper would commission Gaiman/ McKean to write the plot and backstory to his 1994 epic The Last Temptation, which also appeared in comic format on shelves alongside the record. But was James Hetfield a fan? Well, James has never been one to shy away from comic culture – after all, he was the driving force behind commissioning skate artist Pushead in the mid-1980s – but given his penchant for externalized characters and their worlds, it would be more than a little strange that at the height of his lyrical powers he would only now choose to base his lyrics on a comic-book character. Adding to this scepticism is the fact that long-time friends of Metallica, Anthrax – the band who at one time hardly ever shied away from any comic book character – were experiencing a huge backlash from fans against that very concept, having been labelled one-trick ponies. James set out to write a simple song about nightmares, and nightmares are kids’ stuff we can all relate to.

Stylistically then, the song is classic Metallica, no matter how accessible the chorus – it’s about impending doom approaching over the horizon, and the inner demons of the mind waiting to break free. The clever concession James makes to the song is to refrain from over-dramatizing the scenario, and instead of trying to ‘explain’ madness and fear through the eyes of a madman à la ‘Sanitarium’ or ‘Harvester of Sorrow’, he instead opts to speak as a child. The fears and horrors we experience as children are often imprinted upon our psyches for life – a chance encounter with an aggressive dog as a kid can often put someone off canines for ever, never mind any mention of slugs or spiders! Essentially, James is taking us all back to our impressionable infant minds, when the scariest things in life hide under the bed or in the closet, which somehow never seems to close properly. The literal inclusion of the night-time prayer in the third chorus is a gleefully wicked yet masterful stroke, as it provides the song with a much-needed respite before launching into the final chorus attack. It has been mooted on various Metallica fan sites that James might have been influenced to write the song after having read one of writer Neil Gaiman’s hugely popular Sandman comics. In Gaiman’s fantasy world the Sandman is a very real person, or rather a god – one of the seven so-called ‘Endless’ who govern/ serve/facilitate humanity, depending which character

METALLICA - 1991

This is certainly a perspective song, reading almost like a monologue being dictated to the listener by James Hetfield, but there is a subtle change in the delivery. Where once James would have made it clear the narrator was just a character, in this song here is none of that reassurance. It’s a voice in your head: “You! You’re my mask/My cover/My shelter/You!/You’re the one who’s blamed”. Maybe this is one of the very first examples of Hetfield confronting his own demons. Performers of all types readily admit that they assume persona while they are on stage or conducting interviews, and this could be Hetfield’s own inner voice eating away at his insecurities. James coming clean is one way of reading the song, but there is another – that James is just externalizing the very intimate fears and jealousies that each of us goes through in our daily lives. Each one of us has lied to someone else to either make ourselves feel better or escape responsibility of some sort and each time we do it we know we’re doing wrong yet often we’ll make a very private deal with ourselves to pay some form of penance at some other time. Lying to a friend or lover one day might well be offset by helping an old lady across the road the next. James may be taking those everyday regrets that we all get and visualizing them

HOLIER THAN THOU SAD BUT TRUE Written: Hetfield/Ulrich Length: 5’ 24” Album: Metallica, August 12, 1991 US single release: February 1993 US chart position: 98 UK single release: February 1993 UK chart position: 20

as a separate personality that represents the everyday darker side of human nature. However, given that this is Metallica, and that the music comes at a crushingly heavy volume, it is also more than fitting that these everyday corruptions are presented as the building blocks of something more sinister. As the song builds and the lyrics unfold, the concepts of jealousy and scapegoats give way to harsher ones such as hate and paying the price for your actions. James is saying: “Look at yourself when you see all the hurtful or violent things that others do and ask whether you really are so different, ’cause I know I’m not.” Sad, but definitely true.

Certainly the fastest and most traditional Metallicasounding track on the album, ‘Holier Than Thou’, perhaps rarely for a James lyric, also has its roots in a very real-life scenario. While every band will freely admit that the few precious hours they spend onstage are better than any drug in the world, the more levelheaded bands will also readily admit that the touring cycle contains just as many boring oft-repeated regimes as it does orgasmic highs. For many artists, coming off stage and into the dressing room on such a high is one of the hardest parts of the job, because once you’re off stage and out of the adulation, how do you maintain it? Partying after the show is as much a part of the band experience as the performance. Most bands accept that creating a successful act the size of Metallica is a team effort involving various different businesses, from record companies to promoters and agents, local radio and press. All of these different ‘teams’ need to be thanked, spoken to and groomed by the band or their organization to keep everyone sweet. For the people in the bands it’s often where the real bad rock star attitude comes from, as it’s easy to believe 100 strangers each telling you that you were “so wonderful tonight” when in fact you know that you missed several notes, that the onstage sound was a mess, and your voice was screwed from the second song in. Drugs are plentiful in the rock star’s world if they choose to let them in, and so are the pushers who always find an in with someone on the venue or roadcrew payroll. Add to that local radio pluggers, record company execs introducing their friends to “their buddies in Metallica”, eager journalists, old ‘friends’ that the band haven’t seen in years, the obligatory groupies, and soon the backstage is a veritable menagerie of half-truths and bullshit. Every band lon the major gig circuit will, at some point, step into this chaos, but when that band is Metallica, with its wide range of personalities, then resentment will brew. For example, Lars and Kirk like to party, Jason talks business and James, until he quit drinking in 2001, just hated the whole thing, preferring to drink with a select few “real” friends until he fell over. ‘Holier Than Thou’ is a song written about the type of people that would infuriate James when he found himself trapped in that backstage scene. Even producer – and regular party fiend – Bob Rock considered James’s acidic lyrics to be too close to home for comfort, as the singer recalled in 1991: “When I brought in the lyrics to

HOLIER THAN THOU Written: Hetfield/Ulrich Length: 3’ 47” Album: Metallica, August 12, 1991

‘Holier Than Thou’, Bob said, ‘Hey, is this about me?’ He got real paranoid. It’s more or less the typical rock ligging that goes on. Slipping in through the door because of name-dropping and shit like that.” Indeed, the opening verse sets out all that anyone needs to know about James’s feelings on the matter: “No More! The crap slips out your mouth again/Haven’t changed, your brain is still gelatin/Little whispers circle around your head/Why don’t you worry about yourself instead?” Backstage tales of drugs ‘n’ debauchery are legion within rock circles, whether it be apocryphal tales of Led Zeppelin and red snappers or Ozzy Osbourne snorting ants while dressed in his wife’s skirt. Though Metallica have certainly indulged in more than a few wild parties of their own, they’ve never publicly gone over the top. Indeed, rock star trappings seem to actively irk James and Jason, particularly on the huge 1993 Metallica/GN’R stadium tour when they took to defacing Lars’ whiteleather-fringed GN’R jacket! For every escalation in their world, one or more of them has battled against it. When it became clear that the band could afford their own Lear jet to fly between gigs, Jason would often opt out, preferring the camaraderie of the road crew. Given the high-level touring life of Metallica it’s no wonder that they came up with the song, and it’s actually much more of a surprise that every band hasn’t written its own ‘Holier Than Thou’!

SAD BUT TRUE

METALLICA - 1991

THE UNFORGIVEN Without doubt, ‘The Unforgiven’ is one of the most complete

THE UNFORGIVEN Written: Hammett/Hetfield/Ulrich Length: 6’ 26” Album: Metallica, August 12, 1991 US single release: October 1991 US chart position: 35 UK single release: November 1991 UK chart position: 15

when our final days come we’ll look back and wish we’d done more. James’s twist on this is to portray a man old enough to know that he’s still got a few more years left in which to hate the world for what he’s allowed it to do to himself and ask us: “Just how much of him do you fear you’ll become?” Like ’Nothing Else Matters’, ‘The Unforgiven’ is hated by many hardcore Metalli-heads as it concentrates on the overtly commercial qualities of the band’s music and, for them, epitomizes the “sell-out metal band” tag. What the hardcore fail to understand is that if Metallica had written a ballad in the truest sense it would sound sod all like this one – it would sound like ‘Mama Said’ on Load.

At some point in a long career, every senior rock band will write a celebratory on-the-road song, not only because it’s always going to be a crowd-winner at shows but also because touring is what people in bands do for so much of their lives! For Metallica, who completed 275 shows on the Damaged Justice tour and who were looking at over 300 more as a follow-up on the next, touring was just a fact of life. As Kirk recalled in 1992: “One person started complaining about his personal life, and then another person said, ‘Well, I’m having problems too.’ And then a third person said, ‘Well, goddman it, I am too!’ It wasn’t something that was influenced by each other at all. And when we were having these problems with our personal lives it made us realize how much of a foundation the band is for us.” Not only does ‘Wherever I May Roam’ connect the band to each other but like another classic road-life song, Motörhead’s ‘(We Are) The Road Crew’, it also re-affirms and celebrates the bond between band and their fans who have been with them on those journeys. Of equal note and interest is the confidence on display by the band being comfortable with recording a song that isn’t about a dark subject at all. No dementia, death, war, corruption, lies, regrets or nightmares are to be found within the camaraderie of ‘Wherever I May Roam’. By taking this step Metallica, either by accident or by design, were also cutting the final links with any sort of “extreme” or “underground” or “fringe” tag. Like every other rock ’n’ roll band they were now writing about being a rock’n’roll band and not just a scary, loud, heavy metal monster. The song certainly captures the outlaw spirit that is so attractive to us all, with its: “The road becomes my bride”, “The Earth becomes my throne” and “And my ties are severed clean” intro lines to each verse. Just how many of us have wished that we could each pack all that we need into a bag and walk out of our regular lives to become someone else? It’s a classic anti-hero folk tale of non-responsibility, and it’s no wonder that many Hell’s Angels the world over have adopted it as an unofficial anthem to rival that of Motörhead’s ‘Iron Horse’. The video that the band made to accompany it was a typical on-the-road montage comprising hand-held camera and off-duty footage that placed the band firmly in the lineage of Bon Jovi’s ‘Wanted Dead Or Alive’, GN’R’s ‘Paradise City’ and Mötley Crüe’s ‘Home Sweet Home’ – all monster-sized MTV hits trading off the vagabond cartoon nature of life on the road. If it wasn’t clear to people now then it never would be – Metallica weren’t taking on the mainstream, they had waited ’til they became the mainstream.

WHEREVER I MAY ROAM Written: Hetfield/Ulrich Length: 6’ 42” Album: Metallica, August 12, 1991 US single release: October 1992 US chart position: 82 UK single release: October 1992 UK chart position: 25

101

100

songs that Metallica have ever written. Bob Rock’s insistence that the band treat James’s singing voice as an instrument, and approach songwriting based around vocal melodies as much as his battering riffs, was central to its creation. As James said in 1991: “‘The Unforgiven’ is about a guy who never really takes advantage of certain situations, never really takes any chances. Then, later on in his life, he regrets not having done anything with his life, so he dubs the rest of the world ‘The Unforgiven’.” The song shows what a complex and mature outfit Metallica had become, taking the audience from the crunch of the guitar that reflects the grinding drudgery of daily life to the lost hope reflected by the plaintive lines, “What I’ve felt/What I’ve known/Never shined through in what I’ve known.” This is Hetfield’s writing taking a clear leap into the unknown. As much as Metallica were pushing the boundaries of what they themselves were prepared to achieve with the record sonically, it seems James was now fully prepared to take stock of his own internal feelings and fears, and finally lay them out for the world to see. Everyone has moments of regret, and fears that

WHEREVER I MAY ROAM

The Official History FIFA World Cup Carlton Books and FIFA World Football Museum

The Official History of the FIFA World Cup book, revised and updated to include a full report on the outstanding FIFA World Cup 2018 Russia, is an authoritative and comprehensive review of the 21 FIFA World Cups to have taken place since the inaugural tournament in 1930. Packed with stunning photography, exclusive interviews of the biggest stars of each edition, unique official documents and statistics, it is a must read football fans worldwide. In this unique book you can read the stories behind the scenes, as well as the events and the most famous incidents. It features the biggest stars and many previously unknown ones too, all with a unique global point of view.

Author Details Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$59.99 | NZ$65.00

ISBN

9781787391581

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

280 x 230 mm

Extent

320pp

Illustrations

750 colour and black & white

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The FIFA World Football Museum is based in Zurich, Switzerland. It has a permanent collection and curates special exhibitions. All its contents are exclusive. The editorial team, headed up by Creative Director David Ausseil, comprises football experts from all over the world. They handle the museum's exhibitions and publications, the FIFA Archives, the FIFA Library and Documentation Centre and all of the museum's interactive and digital platforms.

Key Information • • • •

This is the only World Cup history to be officially licensed by the Federation of International Football Associations (FIFA). The FIFA World Cup is the biggest single sport event on the planet; it has an extremely rich history, dating back to the inaugural finals in 1930. The 2018 FIFA World Cup, hosted by Russia, was one of the best. Played in front of capacity crowds, there was a fantastic atmosphere around the country, great games, on-field shocks and new superstars coming to the fore. Revised and updated to include the 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia, there is also a new foreword from FIFA President Gianni Infantino.

50 Years of Glastonbury Music and Mud at the Ultimate Festival Malcolm Croft

50 Years of Glastonbury celebrates the mud and mayhem that makes the festival one of the most popular musical events in the world, for fans and for artists, alike. Packed with incredible photographs and stories of the acts and attendees who have made Glastonbury a phenomenon, this is a visual feast showing line-ups from each festival and outstanding photographs of headliners and cult acts from the festival's extraordinary history.

Author Details Malcolm Croft is a celebrated author and music journalist. He has worked with many of the world's most important bands, including the Flaming Lips, Coldplay, The Verve and many others. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$49.99 | NZ$55.00

ISBN

9781787392649

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Music/Video/Film

Format

280 x 230 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Approx. 150 colour and b/w images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • •

A complete and definitive visual history of Glastonbury, the world's most famous music festival, released in time to commemorate its 50th anniversary in 2020. More than 200,000 people attend Glastonbury, paying more than $350 for tickets, which sell out in under an hour. The list of headline acts is unparalleled, and includes: The Rolling Stones, David Bowie, Coldplay, Radiohead, The Smiths, Jay-Z, Metallica, Paul McCartney and many more. This book features stunning photos that cover the entire history of the festival, and a huge range of popular artists, past and present.

I was flying and could hardly see my electric keyboard or my guitar.” When Bowie performed again in 2000, he wore a replica of the same coat and trousers that he had worn on stage in 1971. Away from the stage, Glastonbury’s adjacent fields were sparsely peppered with an eclectic cross section of peoples – headbangers, tribal drummers, exotic religionists, nude exhibitionists, mystics and wizards, film superstars (Julie Christie) and supermodels. One thing connected them all: “Everybody was high. We were all high, man! Everybody!” observed Quintessence singer Phil Shiva Jones in Nicolas Roeg’s Glastonbury Fayre.

1971 LINE UP

Glastonbury 1971 was deemed a success because of two key issues Eavis identified: “great weather and not too many people turned up”. It would be seven years before it would return – bigger and stronger than ever before.

Opposite: Some of the 100,000-strong audience to the first festival in 1971 . Below: David Bowie photographed by Gabi Pape at Worthy Farm, Pilton, for his first Glastonbury festival, June 1971.

TRAFFIC HAWKWIND FAIRPORT CONVENTION QUINTESSENCE DAVID BOWIE STACKRIDGE AL STEWART AMAZING BLONDEL WAYNE FONTANA ROY HARPER HELP YOURSELF QUIVER GONG PINK FAIRIES HENRY COW ARTHUR BROWN FAMILY MAGIC MICHAEL MIGHTY BABY MELANIE THE EDGAR BROUGHTON BAND PINK FAIRIES TERRY REID - WITH DAVID LYNDLEY AND LINDA LEWIS ARTHUR BROWN BRINSLEY SCHWARZ FAMILY

“I’VE NEVER SEEN MUD LIKE IT IN MY WHOLE LIFE, IT HASN’T BEEN AS BAD AS THIS,” SAID MICHAEL EAVIS OF HIS GLASTONBURY 1997 FESTIVAL, KNOWN AS THE YEAR OF THE MUD. TORRENTIAL RAIN

1997 THE YEAR OF THE MUD 76

DROWNED THE SITE THE WEEKEND BEFORE, BUT ENTHUSIASTIC REVELLERS WERE NOT PUT OFF. IF ANYTHING, THE MUD MADE THE FESTIVAL THE MOST MEMORABLE EVENT IN YEARS.

Photographs of revellers dancing and partying in the

ICONS OF THE PYRAMID STAGE: RADIOHEAD

sludge and muck made headlines around the world, and

In 2006, readers of music magazine Q voted Radiohead’s

the image has been key to the public perception of the

set at Glastonbury 1997 as “the greatest gig of all time”.

festival ever since, cementing the event as more than just

Eavis too revealed it to be in his top five favourite

the world’s greatest, and truly original, summer happening.

Glastonbury

Glastonbury wasn’t just a festival – it was an experience.

most inspiring festival gig in 30 years.” Despite the

performances

far,

calling

“the

With its incredible line up of international acts, iconic

performance being rapturously received in 1997, and

performances, and now era-defining images of almost all

ever since, the band themselves loathed the gig, with

the 90,000 festival-goers throwing mud at each other, most

too many “technical failures” – mainly their onstage

of whom wore wellies for the entire weekend, Glastonbury

monitors

1997 had more live performances than ever before. The

Headlining Glastonbury for their first time, the decision to

site also expanded to more than 800 acres – with Eavis

book Radiohead was an inspired revelation by Eavis, Kerr

acquiring more land to fill the demand. 1997 saw the

and Churchill. The Oxfordshire group had released their

introduction of the now famous Greenpeace Field, with its

third album, OK Computer, just two weeks previously. The

reconstructed Rainbow Warrior and solar heated showers,

record would come to define the paranoia and frustrated

as well as John Peel and Jo Whiley’s first BBC2 coverage

angst of the pre-millennium era, with the bright buoyancy

of the festival. Their Glastonbury show would, from this

of Britpop and Cool Britannia dying a public death;

point on, attract millions of viewers at home and become

anxiety and disillusion among the youth and increasingly

as watchable as any sitcom, thanks to John and Jo’s riotous

incompetent political and government systems made the

chemistry and conducting hilarious band interviews and

years after 1997 seem like a dream. Reality had kicked in

too many ropey acoustic performances to mention. But for

and Radiohead’s set at Glastonbury was the wake-up call.

all of Glastonbury 1997’s mud and music, this year will go

“We felt very much like we had a huge spotlight on us in

down in history for just one thing – Radiohead, and their

1997,” Colin Greenwood, the group’s bassist recalled later.

era-defining headline performance on the Pyramid Stage…

“OK Computer had just been released and went down very

malfunctioning

throughout

–

blame.

“I AM A BIG FAN OF RADIOHEAD AND COLDPLAY, AND I LOVE THE STONE ROSES. IT KEEPS YOU YOUNG AND ENTHUSIASTIC.” Michael Eavis

well, and suddenly we went from standing to being at some sort of enforced speed in a very short space of time.” It’s ironic then, that for their headline performance the band couldn’t actually hear or see what they were doing. “Can you turn on the lights so we can see the people. We haven’t seen them yet,” said frontman Thom Yorke to the lighting director, voicing the failure of the backline and front of house systems, among other woes. “Everything broke

onstage,”

O’Brien,

the

band’s

guitarist,

remembered, recoiling in terror. “It turned into the worst night of our lives. I don’t think we ever wanted to play a concert again.” Dismayed and horrified that what should have been the biggest gig of their career was turning into a car crash live in front of 100,000 people, Thom Yorke decided it was probably for the best if he just left, and began walking off stage. “At one point I just went over to Ed. I tapped him on the shoulder and said, ‘I’m off mate, see you later’. Ed turned around and went, ‘If you do, you’ll probably live the rest of your life regretting it.’ I went, ‘Good point’ and carried on with the show.”

Above: Radiohead’s Thom Yorke during a

performance that went down as one of the all-time Glastonbury greats.

Left: Glastonbury-branded phonecards were produced by BT, with proceeds going to Greenpeace. Opposite above: 1997 was one of the muddiest years in living memory.

Opposite: Happy campers ignore the sign

in Kings Meadow.

ANOTHER YEAR OF MUD AND WET WEATHER BUT, BY NOW, FESTIVAL-GOERS HAD COME TO EXPECT

SEE EMILY PLAY

– NAY DEMAND – THAT CRAZINESS FROM GLASTONBURY. ANYTHING LESS WOULD NOT BE THE FULL

2007 MODERN CLASSIC

FESTIVAL EXPERIENCE. 2007 IS REGARDED AS ONE OF THE BIGGEST AND BEST RECEIVED YEARS OF GLASTONBURY’S NEW MILLENNIUM LINE-UP, AND THE LAST TIME THE FESTIVAL RETAINED ITS ROCK AND POP ROOTS BEFORE ADOPTING A TONAL SHIFT IN DIRECTION AND INVITING RAP ARTISTS, SUCH AS JAY-Z, FOR A CONTROVERSIAL HEADLINE SLOT THE FOLLOWING YEAR. 2007 saw many changes to the festival’s appearance and site.

Outside of the main site, in the Sacred Space field, the

First, everyone was given a free recycled toilet roll. Rather

street artist Banksy unveiled his version of Stonehenge.

hilariously, 2,485 miles of recycled toilet roll were used for

While the real Stonehenge is several hundred tonnes of

the opening day of the festival. Not surprising, considering

ancient sandstone moved mysteriously from an unknown

attendance for the weekend spiked at 135,000, a new record.

location and is a revered national treasure, Banksy’s version

For the first time, Michael and daughter Emily, the Eavis

is a bearded man standing atop a pile of Portaloos. “A lot of

member most likely to take over from Michael should he

monuments are a bit rubbish,” he would reveal, “but this

ever retire, introduced an anti-touting registration system

really is a pile of crap.” It was the perfect monument for

for ticket buyers, which would be sent to all registered parties

Glastonbury.

in September the year before. All tickets were supplied with

Musically, the line-up was regarded as one of the most

passport photos in a bid to stop the resale of tickets by touts.

memorable, showcasing a variety of huge acts, in particular

The system worked and has been in operation ever since.

the Arctic Monkeys, who played their first Glastonbury set

While wellies and umbrellas were seen by the thousand,

headlining the Pyramid Stage on the Friday night and Amy

the newly installed drainage and flood defence system

Winehouse, who played an unforgettable set, highlighting

(costing £780,000) nearly held back the worst effects of the

just what an incredible live performer she could be. Of

wet and mud, however, large parts of the site still flooded.

course, the Sunday night “legacy” slot became the talking

Upon departure on the final day, the roads had turned to

point of the weekend, with the Who closing the festival in

rivers, meaning it took many festivalgoers and staff more

a way that only the Who could.

“THE GLASTONBURY FESTIVAL IS FUN BUT I AM A FARMER FIRST. MY FAMILY HAVE FARMED THE LAND FOR 150 YEARS. I NO LONGER GET UP AT 5.30AM EVERY MORNING TO MILK THE COWS BUT IT IS STILL A FULL-TIME JOB.” Michael Eavis

Michael Eavis’ youngest daughter, Emily, grew up on Worthy Farm.Today, she and her partner Nick Dewey are responsible for booking and programming the line-up of the festival. Emily had begun assisting her father in running the festival as early as 1999, but it was in 2007 that she and Dewey became co-organisers of the festival and introduced The Park area and the Emerging Talent Competition – now highly popular staples of the festival – and offering much more to the site. It was Emily who was responsible for rebooting the festival in 2008 with the booking of US rapper Jay-Z as well as the Love the Farm, Leave No Trace campaign, an initiative to educate festival-goers to clean up after themselves and take care of the festival site. This campaign was implemented by Emily when hundreds of tents were left behind in 2007, resulting in a cow dying after it ate a metal tent peg. Biodegradable tent pegs are now available free to all campers.

Opposite: Dawn at the Stone Circle. The summer solstice has always been an important part of Glastonbury festival.

Above: Michael Eavis

with his daughter Emily at Worthy Farm, Pilton, home of the Glastonbury Festival, April 2007.

Below: The

Glastonbury Festival from above, June 22, 2007. More than 153,000 ticket-holders attended.

than nine hours just to leave the site.

128

129

Formula One Circuits From Above Bruce Jones

The World Atlas of Formula 1 Circuits on Google™ Earth gives the reader the perfect insight into what makes Formula 1 the most exciting and dramatic of all forms of motorsport. The unique photography provided by Google™ Earth shows each circuit's challenges and why only the very best drivers in the world can thrive in Formula One. Television cameras, even using High Definition and 3D, flatten and foreshorten racetracks making them, if not featureless, then apparently undemanding. If you were to sit at the Eau Rouge section of Spa-Francorchamps in Belgium, walk up to the Casino from the harbour at Monaco, or look out onto the desert at Sakhir, you would quickly realise that these are serious challenges – each entirely different to the other. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$49.99 | NZ$55.00

Stunning photography and insightful and thoughtful writing from one of the world's most travelled Formula One commentators, make The World Atlas of Formula 1 Circuits on Google™ Earth a fantastic volume to have by your side when you watch the F1 World Championship unfold. The colour, drama, history and excitement of Formula One will never be better displayed in this exceptional volume.

ISBN

9781787392854

Author Details

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Bruce Jones, a former editor of Autosport magazine, is one of the most respected commentators and reporters on the motor racing scene around the world. As well as the best-selling annual Formula One Guide, Bruce has written numerous other books, including Formula One: The Illustrated History, The Treasures of Formula One, Grand Prix Yesterday & Today and World Formula One Records.

Category

Sport & Fitness

Key Information

Format

245 x 283 mm

•

Extent

224pp

•

Illustrations

220 colour and black & white

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

•

• • • •

Google™ Earth photography provides unsurpassed levels of clarity and sharpness. A best-seller in its own right, this updated and revised third edition is a sister volume to the heralded World's Greatest Golf Courses on Google™ Earth and Tour de France Legendary Climbs. The Formula 1 season runs from March to November and visits every continents apart from the Poles and Africa. The Australian Grand Prix is a major sporting event in Australia, now held in Melbourne after moving from Adelaide. 2018's Grand Prix drew crowds of over 90,000 spectators. Circuits comprise either two or three sections: all have Google™ map and annotation and Features and Landmarks; and most also have Great Men and Great Moments. CHAPTER 1: EUROPE: Spa-Francorchamps, Magny-Cours, Hockenheim, Nurburgring, Red Bull Ring, Brands Hatch, Silverstone, Hungaroring, Imola, Monza, Monaco, Baku, Sochi, Barcelona CHAPTER 2: ASIA AND THE MIDDLE EAST: Yas Marina, Sakhir, Shanghai, Suzuka, Sepang, Marina Bay CHAPTER 3: THE AMERICAS: Buenos Aires, Interlagos, Montreal, Circuit of the Americas, Indianapolis, Mexico City CHAPTER 4: AUSTRALIA: Adelaide, Melbourne

McLarenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Jenson Button dives into Turn 3 at Marina Bay Circuit in the 2013 Singapore Grand Prix.

)NTRODUCTION

Any fan of motor racing is sure to have a favourite racing circuit. It might be Monza, Monaco or Spa-Francorchamps, favoured because of a mighty corner, a sequence of bends, their special ambience, because their favourite driver or team won there or simply because that was where they first saw and heard a Formula One car being driven at full tilt. The beauty of this is that these and 27 other circuits featured in this book are the greatest circuits raced on since the World Championship began in 1950 and they are all so different, all with very much a character of their own. In all, the World Championship has held grands prix at 71 circuits across 30 countries through its 64-year history, but the 28 circuits chosen for this

book – spread across the planet from Argentina to France, Mexico to the United States of America – represent the cream of the crop. Silverstone, Monaco, Spa-Francorchamps and Monza have stood the test of time from that inaugural World Championship, so it’s intriguing to look at how they compare with the very latest additions to the roster in Bahrain, Singapore, Abu Dhabi and the United States. Their histories could not be more different, as the long-standing circuits have been raced on by all of the sport’s top names, from Juan Manuel Fangio to Jim Clark and Ayrton Senna to Michael Schumacher, each adding their own layer of history, while the newer circuits have been the domain thus far of Sebastian Vettel, Fernando Alonso and Lewis Hamilton.

Working in conjunction with Google’s amazing Google Earth photography, this book shows these circuits as never before, with its pin-sharp satellite photography picking out the details that are seldom or never seen on television, showing clearly from above not only every twist and turn of the circuit but how each circuit sits in its landscape or weaves through a town, as with Adelaide, Monaco and Singapore. You can pick out the F1 pitlane and paddock, the control tower and grandstands and, by adding corner names, gears and speeds, you will have a fantastic viewing guide for when the World Championship next visits, hopefully adding to your enjoyment of the world’s fastest moving and most cosmopolitan sport. To give you an even better understanding of what it must be like for

the drivers, I’ve highlighted the eight key corners from each of the selected circuits and explained the particular challenge that each of them provides. The Becketts sweeper at Silverstone stands out, as does Parabolica at Monza, the first two corners at Sepang and the esses at the Circuit of the Americas. For a number of the circuits, I’ve also picked out a quartet of the great races held there and highlighted the four drivers who have reaped the greatest results there across the decades. With a record 91 wins to his name, Michael Schumacher has, as you would imagine, an entry alongside many of the circuits. The passage of the decades, but more importantly the continual progress in building ever faster cars, has led to circuits being modified to ensure the safety of the spectators as well as the drivers, with

straw bales being replaced by crash barriers and debris fencing, chicanes being inserted and gravel traps or asphalt run-off areas added over the years. Corners have been altered too or the circuit cut and reshaped, as happened so comprehensively at Hockenheim. Its proximity in this book to the entry for the Nürburgring Nordschleife, which hosted the German GP until 1976, before it was passed on to Hockenheim, offers the clearest contrast of the sort of challenges that faced the stars of the day – it took Niki Lauda’s near-fatal accident on the 23km (14 mile), 176-corner Nordschleife to convince the championship organizers that driver safety really ought to be considered, and the German GP passed to Hockenheim. To some diehard fans, this was seen as removing F1’s character,

but the fact that drivers stopped perishing every month was a definite bonus. This book highlights how the World Championship has reversed its heavily European bias that lasted until the 1980s, as marked by the arrival of grands prix in Malaysia, China, South Korea, Bahrain, Singapore and Abu Dhabi. It also charts the odyssey to find a true home for the US GP after long-time base Watkins Glen was outmoded and an infield circuit at the Indianapolis Motor Speedway failed to hit the target; the race reached its 10th venue in 2012, the wonderful, tailor-made Circuit of the Americas.

Bruce Jones, February 2014

Below: The spectacular Circuit of the Americas is the latest home of the United States GP.

Spectators on luxury motor yachts and balconies line the track at Tabac during the 2013 Monaco GP.

Chapter 1 %UROPE

3PA &RANCORCHAMPS This amazing road circuit, rising and falling through the hills of the Ardennes forests, has been part of the World Championship since its inauguration in 1950 and continues to provide one of the sternest challenges that the drivers face all year. I’ve had lots of great times at Spa. It’s been the place virtually every highlight of my career took place: my first race, my first win and my seventh world title. Michael Schumacher There can be no escaping the fact that SpaFrancorchamps is a proper circuit, one that has a character of its own, shaped by the landscape rather than by a circuit designer’s hand. It is very much part of the hills and forests that it bisects, a hugely challenging stretch of blacktop that offers one of the most distinctive settings visited by the World Championship each year. Add to that its rich and occasionally tragic history, and it has a character very much of its own; even today it is a place that needs to be shown respect. Two-time World Champion Jim Clark was a driver who appeared to have the measure of every track that he raced on, but he would famously fear and hate the place, something that was reinforced on his first outing there by the death of compatriot Archie Scott-Brown in a sportscar race they were contesting in 1958. This was Clark’s first brush with death and it affected him deeply. The circuit started life in 1921, when a triangular course laid out to the south of the village of Francorchamps was used for the first time in a race for motorbikes. The riders had to race over the hill into the next valley to Malmedy before travelling along the valley floor, then turn right near Stavelot and start the climb back to complete the 15km (9.2 mile) lap at what is now the La Source hairpin. A year later, car racers had their first crack at it and, with long straights and many sections threaded

through the forest, it was no place for the timid because there were no barriers to contain the cars. Making matters all the more potentially dangerous, rain would often sweep in, with the added difficulty that it would frequently hit only one part of this spread-out circuit so that the track might be bone dry around the pits but soaking wet over by the fearsome Masta Kink, where drivers had to stay as hard on the throttle as they dared while the track flicked left, then right between some houses. Over the years, little changed other than the reprofiling of some of the corners to make them less severe. What made the place all the more awesome was the hugely high speeds that were maintained around much of the lap, with BRM driver Pedro Rodriguez’s winning average speed in the 1970 Belgian GP being a fraction under 240kph (150mph). Worried by this, the organizers relocated the grand prix to Nivelles and then Zolder, both bland but infinitely safer circuits. The only way back for Spa-Francorchamps was to cut its lap length, axing the entire section in the next valley and to join the outward leg with the inward one via a new section of circuit that turned right at Les Combes and then dropped down the hill to rejoin the original course again before Blanchimont. That was in 1979, with the lap being reduced to 6.9km (4.3 miles), and the grand prix returned in 1983. The changes reduced Alain Prost’s winning

average lap speed in his Renault to 191kph (119mph). Since then, there have been some tweaks to the circuit, most frequently at the Bus Stop chicane at the end of the lap, but the essence of Spa remains the same. Speeds have crept up again and Sebastian Vettel’s winning average for Red Bull in 2013 was 220kph (137mph). The stand-out corners are the sharply rising and twisting Eau Rouge, the long straight for slipstreaming that follows it up to Les Combes, then the downhill, double-apex Pouhon and the flat-out uphill lefthander on the return leg called Blanchimont. It’s a circuit that offers a fabulous flow for the drivers, with enough width for them to attempt to overtake. Spa-Francorchamps is vital for its place in F1’s long and varied history, as one of only four circuits used in that first World Championship in 1950 and still on F1’s calendar today, along with Silverstone, Monaco and Monza. However, it’s also vital to F1 because it proves that modern F1 cars can still go racing, and race well, on a circuit that was not designed on a computer. For photographers, of course, with its spectacular, natural backdrops, it’s also a rare joy. ® Opposite: Spa-Francorchamps’ majestic descent from La Source past the old pits and then into the compression at Eau Rouge.

Social Butterflies Reclaiming the Positive Power of Social Networks Michael Sanders and Susannah Hume In this groundbreaking book, the Nudge Unit’s Chief Scientist, Michael Sanders, and his deputy Susannah Hume examine the dark side of social influence and the astonishing reach of social networks – and why we need to reclaim their power to effect positive change in our professional and private lives. We’re all social animals. From early civilisations to the present day, we exist in an increasingly tangled web of social threads that we rely on for our survival. But in the modern, hyperconnected world, our likes and dislikes, our opinions and beliefs have taken on a new prominence and power. Now our basic human need to belong increasingly overrides our better judgement, and our natural instinct to align ourselves with ‘people like us’ has exposed us to manipulation by everyone from tech firms to aspiring politicians. But this is just part of the story of social influence. At a time when our trust in each other is being destroyed on a global scale, it’s never been more important to understand the motivations behind our natural instincts and use our predictable behaviours to drive positive change. Rather than seeing human nature as weaknesses to be overcome, it’s time to employ it as reliable asset to achieve our most important goals.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$27.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781789291179

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Business/Motivational

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

320pp

Illustrations

b&w line drawings and pictures

Age Range

Terms

SOR

In this groundbreaking book, Sanders and Hume lay bare the value of the social world and provide a roadmap back to our better social selves. Building on the incredible findings of their own cutting-edge research, as well as illuminating case studies from experts and innovators around the world, they show how small changes in our environments can have a huge impact on where our instincts lead us, from helping us to run more cohesive and effective organisations, to building important relationships that make us, and those around us, happier and healthier.

Author Details Michael Sanders is Chief Scientist and Head of Research, Evaluation and Social Action at the Behavioural Insights Team. Michael is an Associate Fellow of the Blavatnik School of Government, where he teaches Behavioural Science and Policy. He is an affiliate of the Harvard Behavioural Insights Group and holds an MSc in Economics and Public Policy, and a PhD in Economics, both from the University of Bristol. Susannah Hume is an Associate Director at King’s College London, and former Principal Research Advisor at the Behavioural Insights Team. She has dedicated her career to promoting education and political empowerment among young people, with a multidisciplinary background in political science and public policy, statistical methods, behavioural economics, business and English, including an MSc from the London School of Economics and Political Science.

Key Information •

•

The Behavioural Insights Team, also known as the Nudge Unit, started life inside No.10 as the world's first government institution dedicated to the application of behavioural science, redesigning public services and helping people make better choices. They have offices in London, New York, Singapore and Sydney. As the Nudge Unit’s Chief Scientist, no one has conducted more empirical research into social networks than Michael, and the authors’ insights into why these networks are so fundamental to us as humans is both fascinating and essential reading. Packed full of practical advice for business leaders, managers and employees, as well as individuals, showing us how to get the best from our social instincts and build connections that will help us achieve our goals.

INTRODUCTION

Introduction

umans have been social animals since we started living in cities, almost 10,000 years ago, and probably before that too. It is, in fact, hard to imagine that cities could have existed if we weren’t already evolving to seek companionship and live in communities. Throughout history, in our everyday lives, our instincts are not individualistic but social – when we have the choice between helping others or harming them, we almost invariably help, even if we make ourselves worse off by doing so. We naturally seek others out, and try to form groups pretty immediately. Our social instincts and propensity to form and sustain groups with shared loyalties, motives and culture are in many ways the story of humanity. Without the social part of ourselves there could be no societies. Without the ability to work together we couldn’t develop organized and structured agriculture. Without agriculture we couldn’t have moved into towns; and without the capacity to get along and forge shared identities we couldn’t have survived for long in those towns, let alone in the complex, interconnected communities and structures we now inhabit. In the twenty-first century, more than ever before, we behave as social butterflies. We’re able to move between social categories and groups at will, and we now have unprecedented and numerous means to communicate with each other. But we’re also butterflies in another way. Chaos theory has shown us that the changing of something very small – the flap of a butterfly’s wings – can have a

Social Butterflies_sales blad.indd 1

18/12/2018 16:56:49

SOCIAL BUTTERFLIES

disproportionate influence on the world. As social butterflies, we influence others in ways that we don’t always realize – and in turn are unwittingly influenced by others. These influences are, at least in part, responsible for many of the wonderful things in the world: culture, sport, the formation and cementing of friendships, and our charitable behaviours. But our instinct to get along with others can also lead us in less productive directions. In September 2007, in one of the earliest manifestations of what would become the 2007–08 Global Financial Crisis, the British bank Northern Rock found itself short of money to pay its debts. When news of this became public, there was concern among the bank’s customers about the security of their deposits. Of course, with the Bank of England providing a financial backstop, the overwhelming majority of deposits were safe; yet some customers withdrew their funds regardless, presumably having decided that the cash would be safer in their own hands. This may have begun as a slow drip of customers withdrawing their money, but it soon became a torrent as it gained attention in the press and more customers saw what was happening and decided to follow suit. No one wanted to be the last one standing when the music stopped. Thus began the first ‘run’ on a bank in the UK for 150 years. By this point, with trust in the bank low and a norm established of extracting cash, no amount of reassurance from the bank could settle the public panic. On 22 February 2008, the British government announced that it would nationalize Northern Rock. Six months later, when the US investment bank Lehman Brothers collapsed and wasn’t bailed out, the global financial crisis exploded in earnest. Even as the crisis unfolded, experts and academics maintained that there wouldn’t – couldn’t – be a run on a British bank. This was not simply a matter of the law, or of history. This was a belief, 2

Social Butterflies_sales blad.indd 2

18/12/2018 16:56:49

INTRODUCTION

hard baked into conventional economic thought, that people would behave rationally – that is, that they would not engage in behaviour that ran counter to their own interests. The loss of trust in the bank, despite the law, showed that trust was a matter of feelings and not just of facts. Traditional economic theories couldn’t explain why a few malcontents withdrawing their cash could so rapidly become tens of thousands of people doing the same – you shouldn’t join someone you see behaving irrationally, after all. Along with the emergence of the subprime mortgage bubble, and the seeming powerlessness of governments to stop the crisis once it had begun, failure of economic thought to come to grips with the behaviour unfolding led to the beginning of a more wholesale rejection of economics. Instead, people began to turn towards a fairly small subsection of the discipline – behavioural economics – that sought, through the marriage of economics and psychology, to explain and predict human behaviour better than either discipline could by itself. Although the field had already caught on to a great extent in academia – Daniel Kahneman and Amos Tversky published the foundational paper, ‘Prospect Theory’1, in 1979, and Kahneman had won the economics Nobel Prize in 2002* – it had yet to grip either the popular consciousness or policymakers. The financial crisis, as well as the publication of Richard Thaler and Cass Sunstein’s book Nudge in 20082 , changed all of that. If the crisis showed that policymakers couldn’t rely on the models of traditional economists, which had failed to predict the subprimemortgage problem and consumers’ reactions to it, Nudge gave both an alternative approach to understanding behaviour and,

* For pedants, yes: this is technically the Swedish National Bank’s Prize

in Economic Sciences in Memory of Alfred Nobel, rather than a ‘true’ Nobel Prize.

Social Butterflies_sales blad.indd 3

18/12/2018 16:56:49

24 Hours in Ancient Rome A Day in the Life of the People Who Lived There Philip Matyszak In this entertaining and enlightening guide, bestselling historian Philip Matyszak introduces us to the people who lived and worked in Ancient Rome. In each hour of the day we meet a new character and discover fascinating facts about their daily lives. Walk a day in a Roman’s sandals. What was it like to live in one of the ancient world’s most powerful and bustling cities – one that was eight times more densely populated than modern day New York? In this entertaining and enlightening guide, bestselling historian Philip Matyszak introduces us to 24 characters who lived and worked there. In each hour of the day we meet a new character – from a senator to slave girl, gladiator to astrologer, watchmen to washerwomen – and discover the fascinating details of their daily lives.

Author Details

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781789291278

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

History

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

272pp

Illustrations

B&W illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Dr Philip Matyszak has written a number of bestselling titles on the ancient world including Ancient Rome on Five Denarii a Day, Ancient Athens on Five Drachmas a Day and The Greek and Roman Myths. He currently works as a tutor for Madingley Hall Institute of Continuing Education at the University of Cambridge, teaching a course on Ancient Rome. He lives in British Columbia, Canada.

Key Information •

• •

With stories based on real characters and actual events, see ancient Rome through the eyes of the people who lived there and get to know what their lives were really like Philip Matyszak is a bestselling author of ancient history: The Greek and Roman Myths (23,000 copies worldwide), and Ancient Rome on Five Denarii a Day (8,000 copies worldwide); his books have been translated into 15 languages. Entertaining and accessible popular history that gives readers the fascinating nitty-gritty details that weighty histories often miss out. In the same series as 24 Hours in Ancient Egypt (9781782439110) and 24 Hours in Ancient Athens, which have sold in over 10 languages.

HORA NOCTIS VIII (02.00–03.00)

The Baker Starts Work

After swapping cargoes and ascending some two-thirds of the way up the Aventine, the carter swings his team into a side road. This is far from the usual noisome Roman alleyway, for it is the service road leading to the rear of the premises of Misthrathius the baker. Unlike the average Roman side street, this one is paved with flat slabs of travertine stone and, furthermore, is wide enough to accommodate the cart without difficulty. The alley is actually lit – a pair of torches are mounted on each side of the bakery’s wide gates. In front of the gates to the yard stands an impatient slave, who shivers slightly in a tunic too thin for the chilly night air. ‘You’re late,’ he accuses the carter as he pulls up. The carter responds with an obscenity-laden description of his nocturnal travails. Nevertheless, by way of apology, the carter helps the slave unload the sacks of grain from his cart. There is a very strict 29

24 Hours in Ancient Rome

hierarchy for grain sacks – you can’t just stack any sack anywhere. The sacks from his cart get pride of place in the baker’s yard, for they contain grain from Alexandria, imported all the way from Egypt. Everyone knows that Egyptian grain makes the purest, whitest and – most importantly, from the baker’s point of view – the most expensive loaves. Therefore, these sacks are carefully hoisted on to racks that will keep them clear of both damp and rodents. At the other end of the scale are the second-hand sacks carelessly stacked against the back wall under a rudimentary shelter. The cheap, Sicilian grain in these sacks is heavily adulterated with bran and barley and will be used to make panis sordidus, the cheapest, coarsest bread the bakery has to offer. Like most bakers on the Aventine, Misthrathius does very well out of the Roman corn dole. Half a century before, the poet Juvenal remarked that the Roman plebs are bribed into subjugation by panem et circenses – bread and circuses. However, this is not quite accurate. The Romans are actually ‘bribed’ with a ration of wheat, which is handed out in the top tier of the former emperor Trajan’s newly constructed market. However, no one bakes bread at home these days, not least because anyone starting a fire in Rome’s highly flammable apartment blocks is likely to get lynched by his indignant neighbours. Instead, the poor take their grain to bakers like Misthrathius, who convert it into bread for a small fee. Since the grain ration translates into about two loaves a day per family, and the baker has over a hundred such customers, it is no surprise that his bakery is pretty much a round-the-clock operation. It is also no surprise that, thanks to his baking skills, Misthrathius, who arrived in Rome as a slave boy from Cappadocia (where all the 30

The Baker Starts Work

best bakers come from), is now both free and a quietly wealthy man. Baking is a good trade. Not only is the Baker’s Guild (membership compulsory) highly respected among Rome’s merchant classes, the bakers are even represented by their own candidate in the Senate. That senator’s main preoccupation – and that of Roman bakers as a whole – is to constantly petition the emperor for an increase in the price of bread. Bread is the staple food of the poor and they get riotous if it becomes unaffordable. Consequently, the authorities tend to place a higher value on peace and quiet than on the bakers’ financial well-being, and the price of bread is strictly regulated. Today, as he has done almost every day for the past twenty years, Misthrathius has risen at midnight, and now, freshly bathed and shaved, he sticks his head into the yard to hurl his contribution of abuse at the carter for his late arrival. While he is at it, Misthrathius absent-mindedly picks up a hazel switch and whacks the flanks of the blindfolded donkey that patiently plods its course around the grain mill, which dominates the middle of the yard. The donkey does not alter its speed one iota. It has spent most of its miserable life bound to the spokes of the mill. Trial and error have taught it the optimum pace for grinding the most corn for the least effort, and no urging by the baker or his staff is going to change that. The mill itself is a fat cone, which, instead of coming to a point flares out again almost to its original width. The cone is hollow, and contains another, slightly more slender cone within. Grain is poured into the flared top, and is pulverised on its way down as the outer cone is turned by the donkey. A mixture of flour and crushed husks accumulates in a deep groove at the bottom, the latter of which slaves regularly scoop away. 31

24 Hours in Ancient Rome

Pompeian bakery, in (almost) working order.

The donkeyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s story

The following morning I was harnessed to what seemed the largest wheel of the mill. My head was covered with a sack and I was at once given a shove along the curving track of its circular bed. In a circumscribed orbit, ever retracing my steps, I travelled on that fixed path . . . Though, as a human being, Iâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;d often seen mill-wheels turned in a similar way, I pretended to ignorance of the process, and as a 32

The Baker Starts Work

novice stood rooted to the spot in a feigned stupor. I hoped, you see, I’d be judged useless and unfit for that sort of work, and demoted to some other easier task, or even put out to pasture. But I exercised that wretched cunning of mine to no avail, for several lads armed with sticks had soon surrounded me, and while I stood there, suspecting nothing because my eyes were hooded, they suddenly shouted all together on a signal, and laid into me with a flurry of blows, so scaring me with their cries that I abandoned my scheme in a hurry, tugged furiously at the halter with all my strength and swiftly performed the circuits prescribed, raising a howl of laughter at my sudden change of heart. Apuleius The Golden Ass Book 9, 11–13

In theory, anyone can make bread. It is, after all, basically flour and water. In practice, producing a good loaf is devilishly difficult, and even on the Aventine there is a huge range in the quality of the bakeries. This is why, before each loaf goes into the oven, Misthrathius stamps it with his personal seal – no one is going to pass off an inferior loaf under his name. One reason a homemade loaf cannot compete with the professional product is because it won’t rise. No one yet knows why bread rises, because yeast won’t be isolated as the cause for another 1800 years. What Misthrathius does know is that he has to leave aside a large nugget of dough from each batch after it has been kneaded. This dough is the leaven (from ‘leave’). Bread without this leaven – unleavened bread – bakes into a flat, heavy and unattractive slab. But crumbled into warm water with honey, the leaven will, within an hour, develop into a frothy scum that will form the basis of the next 33

24 Hours in Ancient Athens A Day in the Life of the People Who Lived There Philip Matyszak Spend 24 hours with the ancient Athenians. See the city through their eyes as it teeters on the edge of the fateful war that would end its golden age. Athens, 416 BC . A tenuous peace holds. The city-state’s political and military might are feared throughout the ancient world; it pushes the boundaries of social, literary and philosophical experimentation in an era when it has a greater concentration of geniuses per capita than at any other time in human history. Yet even geniuses go to the bathroom, argue with their spouse and enjoy a drink with friends. Few of the city’s other inhabitants enjoy the benefits of such a civilised society, though – as multicultural and progressive as Athens can be, many are barred from citizenship. No, for the average person, life is about making ends meet, whether that be selling fish, guarding the temple or smuggling lucrative Greek figs.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

During the course of a day we meet 24 Athenians from all strata of society – from the slave-girl to the councilman, the vase painter to the naval commander, the housewife to the hoplite – and get to know what the real Athens was like by spending an hour in their company. We encounter a different one of these characters every chapter, with each chapter forming an hour in the life of the ancient city. We also get to spy on the daily doings of notable Athenians through the eyes of regular people as the city hovers on the brink of the fateful war that will destroy its golden age.

ISBN

9781782439769

Author Details

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

History

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

272pp

•

Illustrations

b&w line drawings

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Dr Philip Matyszak has a PhD from the University of Oxford and currently works as a tutor for Madingley Hall Institute of Continuing Education at the University of Cambridge, teaching a course on Ancient Rome. He has written a number of bestselling titles on the ancient world including Ancient Rome on Five Denarii a Day and Ancient Athens on Five Drachmas a Day . In 2017 he wrote 24 Hours in Ancient Rome for Michael O’Mara Books. He lives in British Columbia, Canada.

Key Information

•

Get to know ancient Athens through the eyes of the people who lived there. Accessible, popular history at its best, revealing what the real lives of 24 Athenians from all levels of society were really like. Athens had a host of great historical figures all living in the same place at the same time. In this book, our everyday Athenians meet Socrates, Plato, Sophocles, Aristophanes, Hippocrates, Euripides, Hippodamus, Xenophon, Thucydides, Critias and Alcibiades. Follows on from 24 Hours in Ancient Rome and 24 Hours in Ancient Egypt, which have sold in over 10 languages

3RD HOUR OF THE NIGHT (19.00–20.00)

The Spartan Spy Finds the Mother Lode

Megistes is well known about town. He makes no bones about being a Spartan, and one with considerable fondness for his homeland. However, since he can’t go back there, he sees no point in enduring the privations that are an accepted part of life for a Spartiate. The Spartiates are Sparta’s warrior class. They don’t farm, trade or do anything but prepare for war. This involves regular physical exertion, followed by ice-cold baths and food so unattractive that after trying it one visitor remarked thoughtfully, ‘Now I understand why the Spartans do not fear death.’ Megistes was formerly one such Spartan. Then, as is wont to happen to Spartans abroad, the outside world corrupted him. While on a diplomatic mission to Thrace, Megistes realized that he rather appreciated wine that did not taste like vinegar, and he enjoyed the 183

24 Hours in Ancient Athens

The Spartan Spy Finds the Mother Lode

experience of sleeping under blankets that did not feel like sheets of sandpaper. Albacore tuna cooked in cheese and honey was a world away from Sparta’s notorious ‘black broth’, and Megistes decided that he quite liked that world. Accordingly, he started planning his retirement. The diplomatic mission to Thrace had involved taking a beautiful bowl of pure gold embossed with hunting scenes as a present to a local king whose favour the Spartans were seeking. Regrettably, the Athenians also had their plans for the kingdom, and had arranged for its Sparta-inclined monarch to be assassinated and replaced by a pro-Athenian puppet. The kingdom was under new management when Megistes arrived to a distinctly chilly welcome. In this hostile environment, as the Spartan ambassador, he decided that there was no point in handing over the bowl to the new king. Instead he quietly arranged a deal with a local merchant who purchased the bowl in exchange for two little strongboxes packed with silver coin. Then Megistes sent a slave with a message to the Ephors in Sparta. The slave was to report that the Thracian king to whom Megistes was to have presented the bowl had indeed received the gift. Sadly he was assassinated a few days later. Therefore the bowl was gone with nothing to show for Sparta’s investment. Sorry about that, but Megistes had done his best. Once the messenger had been dispatched, Megistes and his strongboxes went to Athens. The coins within the boxes were ‘owls’ – Athenian silver drachmas. This was the most convertible currency in the known world – pure silver – and welcomed even by merchants in the Persian empire. In Athens, Megistes handed his ill-gotten gains to an Athenian banker while he explored retirement options. Perhaps the banker might purchase for him a horse-breeding

ranch in southern Italy, or a small villa adjacent to the flesh-pots of Ephesus. Then Megistes took the road back to Sparta where he intended to discreetly wrap up his affairs, and decamp for good once the loss of the bowl had been forgotten. Instead, the chagrined Spartan was back in Athens within days. At Corinth he had met a messenger sent by the Spartan authorities to find him. Megistes was ordered to stop whatever he was doing and report back to Sparta at once. As Megistes later told his Athenian friends, it was immediately clear the slave he had sent ahead to Sparta had betrayed him. To return home now was to face trial, condemnation and quite possibly death. It had been a very valuable bowl.

184

185

Fifth-century bc phiale in gold, perhaps similar to what Megistes offered

24 Hours in Ancient Athens

The Spartan Spy Finds the Mother Lode

Megistes was now an exile. Given that the Spartan authorities had both a very long reach and very little sense of humour, Megistes regretfully informed his banker that Campanian ranches and Ephesian flesh-pots alike were too dangerous for him at present. He was going to remain in Athens, which was firmly anti-Spartan and anyway had a few flesh-pots of its own which were worth further investigation. One such flesh-pot is the tavern of Kalospota near the Arsenal on the Pireaus harbour docks. Today Megistes has rented a room at the back of the tavern for a private drinking party. The advantage of this particular room is that it has a separate door opening into the alleyway. Through this, young ladies, for example, can slip in discreetly without report getting back to their fathers. Megistes boldly enters the tavern through the front door and marches across to his rented room. After all, he is not the one with anything to hide. He is slightly late, because he had spent a few minutes observing the alleyway behind the tavern to make sure that no one had followed the person whom he is meeting. This person, as it turns out, is no nubile wanton but a short, bald fellow with a pot belly and a perspiration problem. ‘You’re late,’ he whines as Megistes comes in and pulls up a stool. With laconic brevity Megistes replies, ‘Shut up.’ He reaches into his tunic and drops a fist-sized leather bag on the table. It lands with a hefty thud and the clink of coin settling. The bald man studies the bag with fearful, greedy attention until Megistes raises an impatient eyebrow. The man has a satchel slung over one shoulder. He carefully looks around the room, which contains nothing but a curtained-off cupboard, a table, a bench and an oil lamp. Satisfied no one else

is present, he unslings the satchel and pushes it across the table to Megistes. ‘This has all got to be back in an hour.’ Megistes carefully opens the satchel while the bald man pulls back the cupboard curtain and removes a jar of wine and two clay cups. He pours the drinks, but Megistes ignores the beaker in front of him. This is it. The mother lode of information that Sparta has spent so much time and effort to obtain. The bald man is a senior clerk at the Arsenal. As the name implies, this building is used for storing weapons, and within its cavernous halls Athenian warships are serviced. This is where the records of the deployment of the Athenian triremes are kept, and because it is convenient to keep all such records in one place, it is also where Athens keeps its roster of citizens of military age. Yet there’s more – much more. Here is a list of accounts, listing military expenditures and budgets. Here is a list of allied forces, and of the military reserves of Athenian subject states. Only years of enduring Spartan discipline enables Megistes to keep his face impassive as he looks up from the treasure trove of information in front of him. ‘Is this all?’ he asks, as though this is not all he needs, all of the information he was sent to get. For Megistes is in actuality a spy. Espionage in the Greek world is a rather hit-and-miss affair, but the Spartans are more professional about it than most. In fact, Megistes was trained for his role almost from boyhood. Over a century ago, Sparta took possession of the neighbouring state of Messenia, which it now holds through vicious repression and terror. Every year, the Spartans picked out those youths who most excelled in the agoge – Sparta’s brutal system of education for young

186

187

24 Hours in Ancient Athens

The Spartan Spy Finds the Mother Lode

warriors. These young men were enrolled into the krypteia. The name of this organization means ‘the secret ones’, and the krypteia’s members were sent into the Messenian countryside to act as scouts and spies. Their mission was to identify leading Messenians, those most respected in their villages and communities, and kill them. It did not really matter whether these people were pro- or antiSpartan. The point was to keep the Messenians leaderless and terrified, and the krypteia did this superbly well.

embezzlement by getting himself assassinated. Megistes regards this as proof that Hermes, the god of con-men, merchants and spies, has personally blessed his operation.

I also should explain that most of us are trained to stoutly endure pain. We have physical competitions, and are taught to steal and are soundly beaten every time we are caught. Also the krypteia is wonderfully severe in toughening us up. Men go barefoot in winter and sleep without blankets. They have no attendants, but look after themselves as they roam the countryside, night and day. Plato Laws 1.633

The Delphic oracle had said that Sparta would defeat the Tegeans if they recovered a certain relic. When the Spartans heard this, they looked everywhere, but did not come close to finding it. The discovery was finally made by Lichas, who was one of the Spartans called ‘doers of good deeds’. These men are the five oldest of the hippeis, who retire each year. The year after they retire they are sent here and there by the Spartan state, unrelenting in their efforts. ... When Lichas had discovered the relic in the courtyard of a smithy, he went back to Sparta and told the them everything. The Spartans pretended to charge Lichas with some crime and then ‘exiled’ him. Coming to Tegea, Lichas poured out his woes to the blacksmith and tried to rent his courtyard.

Those in the krypteia, being people who had shown their readiness to murder for the Spartan state, were automatically appointed to the hippeis, the elite Spartiates who made up the royal bodyguard and the pool from which future Spartan leaders were often chosen. Every year five of this elite unit retired and were sent out of Sparta on missions of reconnaissance and espionage. Megistes is one of those five. The plan was always that Megistes should ‘embezzle’ the golden bowl and thus have a convincing reason for being in Athens – he was never truly a Spartan ambassador. It was pure good fortune that the Thracian king had provided the perfect excuse for the

This is a critical time for Sparta. The Spartans will never publicly admit it, but the Athenians convincingly won the recent war between the two states. Sparta had set out to humiliate Athens and curb the growing Athenian empire. Sparta failed. The Spartans were forced to make peace on Athenian terms, and today Athens is more proud and powerful than ever. With Sparta’s reputation for military

188

189

Herodotus Histories 1.67

24 Hours in Ancient Athens

The Spartan Spy Finds the Mother Lode

invincibility severely dented, even Spartaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Peloponnesian allies are mutinous. In fact, so mutinous that last year Sparta had been forced to defeat a rebel alliance in a pitched battle at Mantinea near Argos. (Athens, thanks to anti-Spartan agitation by Alcibiades, had sent a mainly cavalry force to help the rebels. When the rebels were defeated, the cavalry returned to Athens with their tails between their legs. For the sake of the fragile peace between their states, both Spartans and Athenians were now pretending hard that the cavalry had never been there in the first place.)

are skeptical. Surely even the ambitious and daring Athenians are not that reckless? Would that fleet which the Athenians were assembling suddenly swerve right as it reached Cape Malea, and that huge, well-equipped force march up the Eurotas valley to unwalled Sparta? It is a chilling prospect. On the other hand, perhaps the Athenians are serious about invading Sicily. In that case, with most of the Athenian forces hundreds of miles away, perhaps Sparta might be able to launch a surprise attack of its own? Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s an alluring prospect, but only if Athens is going to be overstretched and vulnerable. Hence the elaborate deception that has now placed Megistes at the heart of Athenian society. For run-of-the-mill espionage, the Spartans usually rely on those further down the social scale.

A letter dealing with betrayal was once taken to a spy in the camp of a besieging army enemy in this way. The cavalry sallied out of the city for a raid upon the enemy. One horseman had a sheet of papyrus sewn under the flaps of his breastplate. This man was ordered that if the enemy came in sight he was to tumble from his horse as though accidentally thrown. Thus he would be captured. When he was taken into the camp he was to give the papyrus with the message to the proper person. Aeneas Tacitus, Book 31 Hoplites in battle

Then rumours reached Sparta that Athens was re-arming, and Sparta was very worried. Allegedly, the Athenians intend to cross the Mediterranean to invade Sicily. However, the Spartan authorities

Other states frequently use merchants for espionage, but anyone pretending to be a trader from Sparta would be regarded with more suspicion than a declared spy. Sparta does not have a lot to trade.

190

191

Psychology for Busy People Everything You Really Should Know Joel Levy Explore the fascinating world of the human psyche with this accessible and concise guide to the fundamentals of psychology. Jam packed with all the important ideas but also highly accessible and informative, Psychology for Busy People is perfect for those who enjoy the study of the mind and human behaviour. Explore the fascinating world of the human psyche with this accessible and concise guide to the fundamentals of psychology. Broken down by subject, from the psychology of ageing to the psychology of relationships, happiness to mental illness (and with everything in between), this book brings together all the major theorists and arguments you should know, ranging back in time to the ancient Greeks – who practiced a form of dream therapy 2,500 years before Freud and Jung – all the way up to the present day. Additionally, being organised by theory, it presents a potted overview of the development of the study of psychology and shows how theories from many years ago are still relevant to our lives today. Jam packed with all the important ideas but also highly accessible and informative, Psychology for Busy People is perfect for those who enjoy the study of the mind and human behaviour.

Author Details

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781789291001

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

•

Category

Self Help

•

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Joel Levy is a writer and journalist specialising in science and history. He has written over a dozen books, including Freudian Slips and Why We Do the Things We Do. He has also written features and articles for the British national press, as well as appearing on national television and radio. A long-term student of the history of science and medicine, Joel has a BSc in Biological Sciences and an MA in Psychology.

Key Information •

•

Informative and concise, this useful guide explains all the psychological theories you really should know, from ancient times to the modern day. Written for the non-specialist; all the big questions are featured. Features short biographies on all the major theorists as well as succinct explanations of important terms. From the author of Why We Do the Things We Do (over 23,000 copies sold in the UK) and Freudian Slips (over 15,000 copies sold in the UK; translated into over 10 languages);

What you need to know about the B R A I N and M I N D

sychology is the study of the mind, but without the brain there would be no mind, so the basis of all psychology is the biology of the brain and nervous system. This chapter sets out what you need to know about the building blocks of the nervous system – nerve cells, or neurons – and the basic divisions of the nervous system. It then explains the parts of the brain and how they correspond to different functions, and explores some of the key research and historical case studies that revealed the fascinating and sometimes bizarre consequences of the link between structure and function. We’ll also investigate some of the most mysterious aspects of this link, such as consciousness, sleep and hypnosis.

psychology for busy people

NEURONS AND THE NERVOUS SYSTEM

Signal processors and synapses

The nervous system is divided into peripheral and central parts; the central nervous system includes the brain and spinal cord, while the peripheral nervous system includes the nerves that extend to your skin and muscles, and which carry sensory and motor signals or impulses. Both peripheral and central nervous system are made up of nerve cells or neurons. In its most common form, a neuron consists of a cell body with many projections leading away from it. Most of these projections are dendrites, which collect information from other neurons and bring it to the cell body. One of them, much longer than the others, is the axon, which can stretch up to 1 metre (3.3 feet) before branching to make contact with the dendrites of other neurons. In most neurons the axon is coated with a fatty white sheath called myelin, which acts as a kind of insulator, speeding the transmission of nervous signals.

The neuron is like a tiny biological microprocessor chip. It collects inputs from other neurons (via the dendrites), processes them (in the cell body) and gives an output (via the axon). The neuron is able to accomplish this because it is electrically charged. By transporting ions across its cell membrane it builds up an electrical potential between the inside and the outside. If the neuron receives enough inputs a change in the cell membrane is triggered, causing rapid discharge of the electrical potential along its entire length.This produces a travelling electrical impulse known as a nervous signal. Nervous signals â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the inputs and outputs of neuron function â&#x20AC;&#x201C; are transmitted between neurons at a synapse, which is where the axon of one neuron connects to the dendrite of another, separated only by a tiny synaptic gap. When a nerve signal arrives at the end of the axon, small packets of special chemicals known as neurotransmitters are released into the gap and picked up by receptor proteins on the other side. If enough of these signals are picked up at this dendrite and others belonging to the receiving neuron, it generates its own electrical impulse and propagates the nervous signal. Different transmitters are used by different types of neuron or in different areas of the brain, or they may have differing effects on the same neuron â&#x20AC;&#x201C; some 35

psychology for busy people

will excite the neuron, others will inhibit it, making it less likely to fire. Neurotransmitters play a vital role in controlling brain processes. By altering the subtle balance of neurotransmitters in the brain, by using pharmaceutical or recreational drugs, for instance, it is possible to affect mood, motor control, perception, memory and even consciousness itself. For example, the neurotransmitter serotonin plays a major role in the production and regulation of emotions and mood. Serotonin levels change over the course of the day and the year, can be affected by the food you eat and are modified by antidepressants like Prozac and drugs like Ecstasy.

neurological functions, such as the knee-jerk reflex exhibited when a hammer strikes the fleshy part just below the knee, are executed entirely within the spine, but most depend on signals going to and from the brain. The spine comes up through the base of the skull and swells into the most primitive part of the brain, the brainstem.

BREAKING DOWN THE BRAIN

The central nervous system includes the spine, the brainstem, the cerebellum and the cerebrum: The spine collects nervous impulses from sensory and feedback neurons in the peripheral nervous system and distributes signals to them. Some 36

The brainstem controls the unconscious processes of the body, such as breathing or whether you are awake or asleep. All nerve signals between the brain and the body and senses, incoming and outgoing, pass through this region, and it is also where nerve signals from the right-hand side of your body cross over to lead to the left-hand side of the brain and vice versa.

The cerebellum sits at the base of the brain and controls the complex programmes of neuronal firing needed to produce smooth, co-ordinated and balanced movement. While you may consciously decide to walk using higher parts of the brain, it is the cerebellum that actually carries out the neural processes involved.

psychology for busy people

The cerebrum is what most people mean when they talk about the brain. This is where all your higher mental functions like thinking, memory and language reside, and is also the seat of consciousness. In most other animals it is much smaller and less developed than in humans. The outer surface of the cerebrum, called the cerebral cortex, is deeply wrinkled and fissured so that it looks like a walnut. The extensive wrinkling allows more of the brain’s surface layers to be packed into the skull.

the two hemispheres are anatomically almost identical, and often work in concert, there are some differences between the roles they perform. In most people, the left hemisphere is dominant for functions such as language, logic and mathematical ability, while the right hemisphere is dominant for emotions, art and spatial reasoning. Each hemisphere controls the sensory and motor functions of the opposite side of the body, but in most people the left hemisphere is dominant for motor control, making them right-handed. You are not normally conscious of any of this separation of roles, thanks to the corpus callosum, a bridge of neural fibres that connects the two hemispheres providing a highspeed information transfer link. Messages pass so quickly between the hemispheres that they are able to operate as a single unit.

Between the cerebrum and lower parts of the brain are ‘in-between’ structures that link the conscious processes of the cerebrum to the unconscious processes of the brainstem: the thalamus, hypothalamus and limbic system. They are involved in generating and regulating the ‘animal’ parts of your personality – your emotions, fears and basic drives, such as hunger, thirst and sexual desire. They are also involved in learning and memory formation.

Unilateral neglect Occasionally,

through

stroke,

injury

surgery,

one hemisphere of the brain is damaged while

Right-brain, left-brain

the other continues to function normally. People afflicted in this way can display a condition known

The cerebrum itself is divided into two halves, known as the left and right cerebral hemispheres. Although 38

as unilateral neglect, where they appear to be

ppshyic lo ho so lo p hgyy ffoorr bbuussyy ppeeooppllee

philosophy for busy people

unable to perceive or think about one side of space.

They also contain the main site of voluntary muscle control – the motor cortex – and some language control areas.

Symptoms include putting all the numbers in one half when drawing a clock face; shaving only one side of the face; eating only half of the food on a plate, even though hungry (if the plate is turned round, the subject is able to eat the other half); and even failing to recognize limbs on the affected side.

Lobes of the brain

The temporal lobes are on either side of the brain. They are involved in hearing, smell and making sense of language. Disturbances (such as epilepsy) of this part of the brain are linked to frightening sensations such as feeling menacing presences or hearing preternatural sounds.

The parietal lobes, across the top of the brain, contain the main area of sensory cortex, where sensations from different parts of the body are consciously felt.

The occipital lobes at the back of the brain are mainly concerned with vision. Each cerebral hemisphere is divided into four lobes: The frontal lobes are at the front of the brain. They deal with the most ‘intellectual’ functions, such as planning, forethought, strategy, will and self-control.

An important question is, how do we know what different parts of the brain do? The localization of brain function to brain structures is one of the primary preoccupations of neuropsychology (the branch of psychology concerned

Philosophy for Busy People Everything You Really Should Know Alain Stephen Do you know your Aristotelianism or Asceticism from your Egalitarianism? No? Well this book will give you all the information you need to tell one from the other and impress your friends with the seeming depth of your knowledge. From happiness to politics and power, science, religion and love – this compact primer accessibly captures the diverse moral and ethical arguments – and major theories – of Western Philosophy. In his warm and concise narrative, the author brings the great ancient and modern ‘thinkers’ and their unique perspectives vividly to the page. This is a thought-provoking whistle-stop tour of established philosophical thinking and its continued relevance in our lives today. Jam packed with all the important ideas but at the same time highly accessible and informative, Philosophy for Busy People is perfect for those who enjoy thinking about the big questions in life.

Author Details

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781789290653

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Psychol/Philoso

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Alain Stephen is a freelance writer and teacher and is the author of several books on philosophy, history and popular culture, including This Book Will Make You Think: Philosophical Quotes and What They Mean. He is a Master of Philosophy and is the founder and editor of the Samizdat Literary Journal. He lives in Brighton with his wife and daughter.

Key Information • • • • •

Informative and concise, this useful guide to all the philosophical theories you really should know, covering moral and ethical philosophy, religious, political, reason and knowledge, aesthetics and much more. Written for the non-specialist, all the big questions are featured. Features short biographies on all the major theorists as well as succinct explanations of all the ‘isms’ and ‘ologies’ we read about but can’t quite define. From the author of This Book Will Make You Think (over 26,000 copies sold worldwide) and Why We Think the Things We Think (over 20,000 copies sold worldwide. From the publishers of I Think Therefore I Am (over 68,000 copies sold worldwide).

The PHILOSOPHY of H A P P I N E S S

hilosophers have been contemplating questions of happiness since the fifth century BC: What constitutes happiness? How do we achieve happiness? And, moreover, how do we know when we are truly happy? The concept of happiness is seen as integral to the meaning of life and the antidote to conflict and strife and yet it remains elusive and abstract in our minds.

philosophy for busy people

A Blessing from the Gods

SOCRATES AND PLATO: the Bedrock of Western Philosophy Considered the Godfather of Western Philosophy, Socrates lived in Athens, Greece, his entire life (469–399 BC), challenging his fellow Athenians with questions concerning truth and justice. Socrates followed two key maxims, firstly ‘the unexamined life is not worth living’ and secondly that the bedrock of his wisdom was the understanding that he actually knew ‘nothing’ at all. The concept of happiness, however, was central to Socrates’ thoughts and ideas and centred on the notion that happiness is obtainable by gaining ownership of one’s desires to establish harmony in the human soul. This process, Socrates maintained, would eventually produce a divine state of inner tranquillity, free from the corrupting forces of the external world.Although Socrates wrote none of his ideas down, his profound influence on his disciple, Plato, and his subsequent pupil, Aristotle, have had an immeasurable influence upon the development of Western Philosophy

The prevailing view of happiness in Socrates time was firmly embedded in metaphysical notions of fate and the will of the Gods. Socrates suggested that happiness wasn’t actually a matter of chance but could be obtained through human endeavour and careful contemplation of the forces affecting human life. Happiness was viewed as a blessing bestowed upon people whom the Gods favoured and to seek it represented hubris and conceit which would only result in a person’s downfall. This view is commonly represented in classical Greek Tragedies, where the central protagonists are the unwitting architects of their own fate. Socrates, however, argued that the key to happiness was to shift the emphasis away from the pleasures of the body and material concerns of the world and to focus on the soul. By harmonizing our desires, Socrates argued, we can learn to pacify the mind and achieve a divine-like state of tranquillity.

The Dialogues Plato presented Socrates’ views in a series of works known as The Dialogues. These works are accounts of Socrates in conversation with a range of different people: politicians

philosophy for busy people

and playwrights, prominent members of Athenian society, students and friends. Each dialogue consists of Socrates challenging the people he is in discourse with to explain the basis of their beliefs. Through an extended process of question and answer (the so-called Socratic method) Socrates unpicks the arguments and propositions presented to him in order to expose the false logic in the reasoning and highlight flaws and contradictions. The dialogue known as The Symposium stands as an apposite example of both the Socratic method and Socrates ideas on happiness. The Symposium takes place at a dinner party, and the subject of happiness arises as each of the guests is invited to make a speech in honour of Eros, the god of love and desire. Eryximachus, a prominent Athenian physician, argues that Eros is the god most capable of bestowing us happiness, and the playwright Aristophanes agrees, claiming that Eros is ’that helper of mankind … who eliminates those evils whose cure brings the greatest happiness to the human race.’ Eryximachus’ position is that Eros, as the god of love, provides the force which provides life to all things, including human desire, and therefore is the source of goodness in the world. Aristophanes expands upon this point by arguing that Eros is the potency which reunites humans through love (and explicitly sex). Socrates suggests, however, that actually Eros has a darker side, since as the representation of desire, he is constantly in a state of longing that can never be satisfied

or sated. In this sense, Eros cannot be considered a true god, as divinity, by definition, must to be eternal and selfsufficient. However, Socrates then switches emphasis and argues that Eros is vitally important in the human quest for happiness as he represents the transition between the human and the divine. Eros provides the impetus behind desire, which starts by seeking physical pleasures, but can be restrained and channelled in the pursuit of the higher aspects of the mind.The argument Socrates presents is that the love of beautiful things is transient and shallow and it is through the love of the concept of beauty itself that provides the key to happiness and fulfilment. Once this course of the contemplation of beauty as and of itself has been realized, the soul is in harmony. Socrates believes this process to be a moment of rapture or epiphany as the truth of one’s existence is self-realized:

‘If man’s life is ever worth the living, it is when he has attained this vision of the soul of beauty. And once you have seen it you will never be seduced again by the charm of gold, of dress…you will care nothing for the beauties that used to take your breath away… and when one discerns this beauty one will perceive the true virtue, not virtue’s semblance.’ the symposium,

p l at o

philosophy for busy people

Socrates’ constant questioning of received wisdom and widely held beliefs eventually put him at loggerheads with the Athenian authorities and he was accused and put on trial for ‘corrupting the young’ and ‘denying the gods’. Socrates was found guilty – albeit by a kangaroo court – and given the option of living in exile or the death penalty. True to his convictions, Socrates chose the death penalty as he believed that to live in exile would be a violation of his principles of freedom of thought. Socrates died by drinking a potion of hemlock and is said to have been cheerfully expounding his philosophy right to the end.

Philosophy of Science), Democritus is cited as having written over sixty works during his long life on a variety of subjects, including morality, ethics and how to live a happy life. Contemporary accounts of Democritus’s life portray him as an ebullient and jaunty personality, which led to him being known as ‘the laughing philosopher’.

‘Cheerfulness or wellbeing is created in people through a harmonious life of moderation of enjoyment. Excess and want are forever changing and cause great disturbance in the soul and souls that are stirred by great disturbances are neither stable nor cheerful.’

de moc ritu s

DEMOCRITUS

Democritus (whose name in Greek translates as ‘chosen by the people’) was born around 460 BC, in the ancient Greek city of Abdera in the region of Thrace, a thriving port that was situated close to the border with modern Turkey. Although known principally as one of the cofounders of the Atomist school of thought (see The

Democritus’s contribution to the philosophy of happiness consists of a series of quotes and aphorisms that survive in fragments attributed to him by other writers and philosophers rather than any school of thought or extant treatise. In keeping with his good-natured disposition, Democritus valued cheerfulness as a means of maintaining purity of the soul: ‘Happiness does not dwell in flocks of cattle or in pots of gold. Happiness, like unhappiness, is a property of the soul.’ Democritus argues that human life is brittle and short and riddled with anxieties and

(460–370 BC)

The Laughing Philosopher

philosophy for busy people

problems. The majority of these difficulties that lead to unhappiness stem from yearning for what we don’t possess (money, status, power) instead of valuing what we have, and measuring hardship according to the value of what we really need in order to be happy. Democritus goes on to preach a life of contented moderation and to be wary of things that are ‘envied or admired’ by other people. For Democritus, by careful observation of ‘lives in distress and suffering’ one will realize that one’s own life of contented moderation is of infinitely greater value and by resisting desire for more one ‘will cease to suffer in the soul, live more serenely and expel the curses of life- envy, jealousy and spite’.

Smyrna, describes Democritus’s death as coinciding with the three-day festival of Thesmophoria – one of the most important religious festivals in the ancient Greek calendar. Thesmophoria was held in honour of the goddess Demeter and her daughter Persephone and was attended only by women, men were forbidden to attend. The offering of worship, sacrifices and tributes to the Goddesses were intended to promote fertility in the women and the agricultural land in return for children and bountiful crops. One tradition was for the women to bake bread in the shape of giant phalluses and place them upon the altars. Democritus’s sister had been chosen to be a ‘bailer’– women required to worship before the altars in a trance-like state of ritual purity at the festival – and was distressed that she would have

The Death of Democritus and the Power of Freshly Baked Bread

to leave Democritus, now critically ill, to die alone. Democritus assured his sister he would still be alive when she returned. True to his word (and his sister’s

Contemporary accounts of Democritus describe him

astonishment), Democritus was still alive at the end of

as living a life of great personal fulfilment. Alongside his

the festivities and claimed that he’d managed to hold

scientific and philosophical investigations and writings

out by inhaling the smell of freshly baked bread which

he is reported to have travelled widely, visiting the

permeated the air during Thesmophoria. Democritus

ancient city of Babylon and trekking around Egypt,

duly passed away peacefully at the ripe old age of 109.

North Africa and India. The great ancient Greek biographer, Hermippus of

Watches International Volume XX Tourbillon International Showcasing the latest masterpieces from leading manufacturers, this is the most comprehensive and current guide on watches available. The twentieth edition of Watches International features the newest watches from the world's most sophisticated watchmakers. Hundreds of beautiful photographs reveal the watches' movements, functions, cases, and dials, accompanied by detailed editorials and technical descriptions. The Who's Who of the watch industry, the 2019 edition features everyone from Alpina to Blancpain, Breguet, Longines, Patek Philippe, and Zenith. With Hublot on the cover, it is a must-have reference for anyone with a personal or professional interest in watches, and it is also available as a digital edition for mobile devices.

Author Details Publication

01 August 2019

Tourbillon International has published twenty consecutive volumes of Watches International and remains an expert in the field.

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$65.00

ISBN

9780847866700

•

Publisher

Rizzoli International

•

Imprint Series Category

Rizzoli NA Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

286 x 229 mm

Extent

400pp

Illustrations

1400 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

Key Information •

The must have reference guide for watchmakers and buyers. Will have the latest models from Basel World – the largest luxury watch show. Includes full glossary and contact information for all the watchmakers.

ZWEIHANDER Grim & Perilous RPG Revised Core Rulebook Daniel Fox 2018 ENnie gold winner of Best Game and Product Of The Year, this revised edition features an all-new layout, rules clarifications, and errata updates from 2018. Featured on Forbes.com, ranked one of the best-selling fantasy tabletop role-playing games at DriveThruRPG, and having sold over 90,000 copies worldwide, ZWEIHÄNDER Grim & Perilous RPG is a bloodier, grimmer, and grittier version of classical tabletop role-playing games. This revised edition is published in celebration with Andrews McMeel Publishing and features a refreshed layout, new artwork, rules clarifications, colour plates by Dejan Mandic, and errata.

Publication

01 June 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$130.00 | NZ$145.00

ISBN

9781524851668

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

279 x 216 mm

Extent

672pp

Illustrations

400 full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Using the Powered By ZWEIHÄNDER d100 game engine, you will create grim characters, write perilous adventures, and build your own low fantasy & dark fantasy campaigns. These rules are a perfect fit for Renaissance and medieval-styled adventures, too. You can also use this book to create your own home-brewed worlds, whether inspired by the works of Andrzej Sapkowski’s The Witcher, George R.R. Martin’s Game of Thrones, Glen Cook’s Black Company, Myke Cole’s The Armored Saint, Robert E. Howard’s Solomon Kane, Scott Lynch’s Gentlemen Bastard series, or other "grimdark"-inspired media. This all-in-one game includes most of what you need to play: a character creation guide, game mastery rules, and a bestiary brimming with creatures both fair & foul. All that’s left are a few friends, pencils, and a handful of dice. ZWEIHÄNDER Grim & Perilous RPG awaits, and the fate of your grim & perilous tale hangs in the balance!

Author Details Daniel D. Fox is an author and game designer, having won the gold ENnie for Best Game and Product of the Year at GenCon 2018. Best known for creation of the tabletop game ZWEIHÄNDER Grim & Perilous RPG, his break-out success was featured on Forbes.com and recognised by Kickstarter as one of their Projects We Love. His first game ZWEIHÄNDER is ranked one of the best-selling tabletop games of all time at DriveThruRPG, with over 65,000 copies sold worldwide. He is the founder of Grim & Perilous Studios, an independent publisher of over 30 titles since its inception. Daniel also wrote Dark Astral and MAIN GAUCHE, and is the lead designer for TETSUBO Grim & Perilous RPG – an all-new tabletop game using the Powered By ZWEIHÄNDER system. Daniel was featured on the front page of Twitch during Gen Con 2018. His popular website GrimAndPerilous.com hosts numerous articles every week on tabletop game design using the Powered By ZWEIHÄNDER system, while his Twitter @ZweihanderRPG attracts hundreds of designers and creative influencers in the tabletop gaming community. As a full-time digital sellsword, Daniel lives in the heart of Kansas City with his loving wife and rambunctious son. While his career is in advertising with game design a close second, Daniel swears he'll catch up on sleep someday.

Key Information • •

Available 1 June 2019

• • •

WON the GOLD ENnie awards for Best Game & Product of the Year at Gen Con 2018 (the premier convention for tabletop game design and play in the United States). Featured on Forbes.com as “5 Really Cool Games On Kickstarter”. #6 on Top Ten Role Playing Games of 2018 by Geek Nation. 28,000 copies sold of the hardcover, 67,000 digital copies sold. First tabletop game to be illustrated by a Serbian artist (Dejan Mandic), with over 400 illustrations. The book includes numerous options not found in Dungeons & Dragons, including historical play, mature game design, and "old school" aesthetics.

CHAPTER 3: CHARACTER CREATION

◆ HUMAN ◆ vast race whose tribes have long splintered, Humans have evolved over an age from primal roots to become the most pervasive and adaptable civilization in the modern world. Humans are a varied lot, marked by differences in language, culture and art. They value reason and intellect, but also reward avarice and opportunism. If there is one shared trait amongst Humans, it is a burning desire to impose their will upon others, often using religion to justify their vicious ideologies. In times of old, it is said that this vainglorious nature brought about a terrible age of suffering and exile when Humankind attempted to exert its power over the gods themselves and failed.

Human society is highly adaptive and intensely political, quickly assimilating the ways of others and providing advancement to the ambitious and the talented. Their societies are dominated by thinkers and tricksters, clerics and charlatans, politicians and provocateurs. They huddle together in walled cities, proclaiming themselves conquerors over the vast wilderness beyond the gates. Their tenacity and expansionism has made humans the most populous Ancestry. It also makes them repugnant in the eyes of most Elves, who often kill Human perpetrators that dare enter their sanctuaries on sight.

ANCESTRAL MODIFIERS  +1 [CB], [IB] & [PB]

 -1 [AB], [FB] & [WB] D100

ANCESTRAL TRAIT

1 to 8

Blessing in Disguise

9 to 16

Danger Sense

17 to 25

Dauntless

26 to 33

Esoteric Memory

34 to 41

Fortune’s Wheel

42 to 49

Grim Resolve

50 to 58

Manifest Destiny

59 to 67

Mixed Bloodline

68 to 76

Mountain Amongst Men

77 to 85

Natural Selection

86 to 92

Noble Savage

93 to 100

Seventh Sense

Zweihander Second Printing.indb 32

2/11/19 12:06 PM

CHAPTER 3: CHARACTER CREATION

BLESSING IN DISGUISE It is said that Humans have been watched over by a god who favors them above all other Ancestries. But perhaps this blessing represents the attentions of Abyssal fiends acting of their own accord, waiting to turn you into a thrall once your fate runs dry. Effect: Whenever the time calls for you to suffer a debilitating Injury or face death, you may alternatively gain 1 permanent Chaos Rank (instead of spending a Fate Point) to ignore it entirely.

DANGER SENSE A rare few Humans tend to get a “funny feeling” whenever a situation may turn dangerous. This danger sense also leads to odd dreams, and sometimes plagues them with unusual visions during their waking hours. Effect: Whenever you are Surprised, spend one Fortune Point to avoid it and take your Turn as normal.

DAUNTLESS Humans’ sheer force of will helps them withstand many challenges. Rarely do they cross the threshold to fear and darkness, as their stalwart nature shields them from the horrors that surround them. Effect: You are immune to the effects of the Intimidate Skill and cannot be Stunned or Knocked Out! ESOTERIC MEMORY Some Humans have a preternatural ability for remembering details and subconsciously committing things to memory. They may even develop odd rituals to help jog their memories. A scholar would say these Humans have an eidetic memory, recalling every detail with great clarity. Effect: When attempting to recall a particular detail or remember a fact, you always succeed at Scrutinize Tests.

FORTUNE’S WHEEL Some Humans are favored by Lady Luck. In a sense, they are her emissaries in an unkind and capricious world, either victims of its accidents or beneficiaries of its boons. Effect: Anytime you generate a Critical Failure after rolling D100, automatically add one Fortune Point into the Fortune Pool.

GRIM RESOLVE Humans are extremely durable and their force of will unparalleled. When the chips are down, they manage to pull themselves up by the bootstraps. Effect: Immediately after you suffer Damage from a melee or ranged weapon, spend a Fortune Point to ignore it entirely, therefore negating both Damage and any Injuries you may have suffered. You may even use this after failing to Dodge or Parry. MANIFEST DESTINY Humans are a quick study and carry with them a wealth of experiences. Unlike other Ancestries, their people are extremely adaptable and can use a number of techniques with a minimal level of understanding. Effect: When using a Skill you do not possess Skill Ranks in, add a +5 Base Chance.

MIXED BLOODLINE One of your Human ancestors or parents coupled with another Ancestry and passed elements of this bloodline down to their children. Effect: Randomly generate another Ancestry other than your own. Whichever you end up with, consider possible alterations to your appearance and cultural values. Should you share Dwarven heritage, you may have a mercurial disposition. If sharing Elven heritage, you may fly into fey rages when things don’t go your way. If sharing Gnome heritage, you may like to break things apart in hopes of learning how they work. If sharing Halfling heritage, you may exhibit an insatiable appetite for larceny. Finally, if sharing Ogre heritage, you may possess a predilection towards eating every morsel you can get your grubby mitts on. Randomly generate your Mixed Bloodline by rolling D100, consulting the Ancestral table on Step III: Sex & Ancestry. As a result, you may randomly determine another Ancestral Trait outside of the Human’s Mixed Bloodline. Once determined, go to the first page of the Character sheet and record your Mixed Bloodline under Background and record your new Ancestral Trait.

MOUNTAIN AMONGST MEN Some Humans are incredibly tall, towering over their own kind. Being a hulking brute may have negative social consequences, as they are oftentimes perceived as being clumsy, dunderheaded or somewhat terrifying. Are these assertions correct? You decide. Effect: You are able to wield any two-handed melee weapon with one hand. This also means you may freely take advantage of the Adaptable Quality for weapons using only one hand. Finally, you will reference “91 to 100” on the Height table and will have a Husky build on the Build table. NATURAL SELECTION Favored above all others, Humans are the living instruments of the gods. A thankless few are granted an inkling of their might. To those born beneath the right stars, a great blessing is bestowed. Effect: You may permanently change any one Primary Attribute to a 55%. NOBLE SAVAGE Whether through purposeful training or accident, Humans have developed a natural resistance to the elements. Effect: You never suffer physical Peril as a result of failed Toughness Tests. SEVENTH SENSE Some Humans possess an unusual mutation, allowing them to visualize scents in the air. They can envision odors in the air as if they were comprised of blurry, colored light. As a result, they may be prone to allergies as the seasons change or sensitive to changes in light. Effect: Using your sense of smell to track others, you always succeed at Survival Tests.

Zweihander Second Printing.indb 33

2/11/19 12:06 PM

CHAPTER 3: CHARACTER CREATION

◆ DWARF ◆ roud but insular, Dwarves possess a dour mien and are an incredibly obstinate race. They have a singular, compulsive need to understand the inner workings of all things. This desire extends into an intense yearning for unbridled perfection. Because of this, Dwarves take great pains in their craftsmanship, laboring for weeks over the smallest of trinkets. It is because of this singular dedication that Dwarves often display a mercurial disposition. It also explains the tendency to binge drink when their work is complete, as the frazzled Dwarf is momentarily freed from the hold of their inner muse. Forever consumed by complex tasks, Dwarves are also notoriously unhygienic, allowing their matted beards to grow to such great lengths that they must tuck them into their belts. Amongst their families, called Clans, there is a deep fascination with the length of one’s beard (beer-soaked as it may be), for it is a respected symbol of tireless dedication.

Dwarves are not warlike by nature, but their endless pursuit of perfection makes them ideal soldiers. Those Dwarves who feel compelled to pursue a life of warfare bear particularly contemptuous grudges against foes who exhibit a shameful lack of drive and focus. Their tireless concern over seemingly petty matters makes Dwarves the butt of many japes, thus

giving birth to many popular stereotypes concerning their lack of personality, dulled insight and austere resolve. Orange mohawks, tattoos that look akin to the scribbling of a madman and two massive axes to grind are amongst the most common of these images.

ANCESTRAL MODIFIERS  +1 [BB], [CB] & [WB]  -1 [AB], [FB] & [PB] D100

ANCESTRAL TRAIT

1 to 8

Cavesight

9 to 16

Children of the Earth

17 to 25

Consume Alcohol

26 to 33

Dwarven Warfare

34 to 41

Grudgebearer

42 to 49

Ironclad

50 to 58

Oathkeeper

59 to 67

Physical Prowess

68 to 76

Rune-marked Glory

77 to 85

Stentorian Voice

86 to 92

Stoneheaded

93 to 100

Strength of the Mountain

Zweihander Second Printing.indb 34

2/11/19 12:06 PM

CHAPTER 3: CHARACTER CREATION

CAVESIGHT Dwarves senses are attuned to the earth below. Using a combination of sounds and acoustic wayfinding, they can see in complete darkness as if it were perfectly illuminated. Effect: You can see completely in the dark below ground as if it were daylight, providing you are able to hear.

CHILDREN OF THE EARTH Dwarves have an almost magnetic pull toward the earth. This, combined with a lower center of gravity, makes a Dwarf nigh impossible to topple. This obstinacy is unmatched, save for the fact that the mountain does not bend to the wishes of the wind. Effect: You can never be forced off your feet or knocked Prone onto the ground by the elements, your enemies or even Magick. Finally, you will have a Corpulent build on the Build table. CONSUME ALCOHOL Dwarves possess an unusually high resistance to the poisonous effects of alcohol and tobacco. But the stink of these vices cling to their clothes and breath, marking them less desired among the well-landed. Effect: While Intoxicated, you never suffer from the negative effects associated with this condition. You can learn more about Intoxication in Chapter 9: Hazards & Healing.

DWARVEN WARFARE Dwarves use their lower center of gravity to drive cold steel into their opponent, crushing armor and shattering bones beneath its impact. Coupled with familiarity of stone-cutting and woodsplitting tools, it makes Dwarves incredibly efficient when defending themselves. Effect: When wielding any two-handed melee weapon using both hands, any attempt to Parry automatically succeeds (providing you have the Action Points to spend).

GRUDGEBEARER Dwarves harbor ancestral hatred, bringing violence upon hated enemies. Perceived grievances – both real and imagined – and general bigotry fuel this rage. Effect: Whenever you use Fury Dice to determine weapon Damage, they explode on face ‘5-6’. You can learn more about how Fury Dice affects Damage in Chapter 8: Combat. IRONCLAD Dwarves have an incredibly stalwart physique, sleeping and eating daily in their armor. Effect: When wearing a suit of armor, ignore its Encumbrance Value.

OATHKEEPER Like their forefathers, Dwarves have become the bearers of ancient trade secrets. Renowned as master builders, their craft has been perfected over the ages. They jealously guard the secrets of their work, passing these ancient rituals to their children. But as their fingers are the size of blood sausages and calloused, most Dwarves find it difficult to work with things smaller than their

hands. A rare few possess this gift, unlikely to share its secrets with others outside of their clan. Effect: All armor, shields and weapons you forge with the Tradecraft Skill automatically gains the Castle-forged Quality.

PHYSICAL PROWESS Dwarves are naturally athletic, excelling at feats most normal people could never hope to achieve. Barrel-chested and powerfully muscled, they have an excellent physique and constantly train to maintain peak fitness. But when in private company, they enjoy binge eating on pies, sausages and blood pudding. Effect: Reference either your [BB] or [AB] when determining Movement. Additionally, you may substitute Athletics in place of Coordination when Dodging ranged weapons. Finally, you will have a Husky build on the Build table.

RUNE-MARKED GLORY Sage and arcane, all Dwarves know their runes. They mark keepsakes, armor and weapons with chalk and ink, telling of an ancient, forgotten glory that came before them. Some even tattoo themselves from head to toe in these arcane symbols of might. Yet, these runes speak to an eldritch power, girding their body against the touch of cold steel and their mind against the effects of sorcery. Effect: Whenever you suffer Damage or Peril from Magick, spend a Fortune Point to ignore it entirely. Note that this does not alleviate any additional effects the Magick spell may also cause (such as being caught On Fire or knocked Prone).

STENTORIAN VOICE Dwarves have a loud and booming voice, and when they speak, others listen. They break out in song often, recounting tales of vendettas, unending turmoil and unresolved grievances towards other races. It can become incredibly annoying to their non-Dwarven comrades, as they must put up with their inability to hold a tune. Effect: Whenever you use Fellowship-based Skills, refer to either your Brawn or Fellowship Primary Attribute (whichever is highest).

STONEHEADED Dwarves are stern and taciturn, unyielding to manipulation. Born with an innate ability to see through Magickal deception and trickery, their mind is unyielding. Changing their perception is incredibly difficult, as they are stubborn in belief and pragmatic in nature. Effect: You are immune to Magick which may control your mind and see through illusions without fail.

STRENGTH OF THE MOUNTAIN Dwarves can perform incredible feats of stamina. They claim that even the smallest runt of their clans can haul a hogshead of mead without breaking a sweat. Effect: Any Skill Rank you acquire that relies on the Brawn Primary Attribute modifies your Base Chance by +15, instead of +10.

Zweihander Second Printing.indb 35

2/11/19 12:06 PM

Rugby World Cup Japan 2019 Kids' Handbook Clive Gifford

Key Information Publication

01 August 2019

• •

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$13.99 | NZ$17.99

•

ISBN

9781783124695

•

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

246 x 189 mm

Extent

48pp

Illustrations

Approx. 100 colour photos

Age Range

6 and up

Terms

SOR

•

ALSO AVAILABLE:

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$16.99

ISBN

9781789291346

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Child Picture Book

Key Information

Format

230 x 180 mm

•

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

b&w illustrations

Age Range

9 and up

Terms

SOR

• • •

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781782439394

A MILLION UNICORNS.indd 4-5

17/01/2019 15:50

A MILLION UNICORNS.indd 6-7

17/01/2019 15:50

A MILLION UNICORNS.indd 8-9

17/01/2019 15:50

A MILLION UNICORNS.indd 10-11

17/01/2019 15:50

Ultimate Minecraft Master Builder Create 30 awesome builds!

C OV E R

DRAF T

Juliet Stanley and Jonathan Green

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781783124398

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint Series Category

Carlton Books NA Child Non Fiction

Format

229 x 153 mm

Extent

320pp

Illustrations

Colour images from Minecraft

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Juliet Stanley is a former teacher and educational publishing specialist. She is also a keen Minecrafter who can break down complex builds into easy-to-understand steps.

Key Information • • • • • •

I Heart Narwhals Jessie Eckel Colour and complete this beautiful book to uncover narwhals, the unicorns of the sea. Dive into a magical underwater world and discover the unicorns of the sea. Brimming with adorable narwhals and their underwater companions, go on a magical journey as you get lost in this colouring adventure. Children and adults alike can colour one of the ocean’s most mysterious animals and bring these cute underwater creatures to life. Publication

01 August 2019

Part of the I Heart Colouring series, this book is a perfect purchase of any narwhal lover and is sure to be a whaley good gift.

Binding

Paperback

Author Details

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9781780556239

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Jessie Eckel completed an art foundation course in Nottingham and won the Ida Berry Young Artist of the Year Award at the end of the course, before moving to London to take a First Class degree in Illustration. Her degree course was so successful that she received immediate commissions from prestigious organisations like Greenpeace, Habitat and Wagamama. She now works full time as an illustrator, producing artwork for stationery items homewares and publishing. She is the illustrator of Doodle Dolls and has illustrated a series of colouring books for Buster including I Heart Unicorns.

Series

Category

Child Picture Book

Format

150 x 150 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

7 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

Follows on from the success of the original I Heart Colouring series, which has sold over 335,000 copies worldwide.

•

I Heart Colouring series published in 20 languages worldwide.

•

Perfect pocket-sized book to attract children and adults alike. The world of narwhals is popular and trendy Jessie Eckel is the illustrator of the bestselling I Heart Unicorns, The Gorgeous Colouring Book and The Beautiful Colouring Book

•

I HEART NARWHALS SPREADS copy.indd 4-5

29/11/2018 12:09

I HEART NARWHALS SPREADS copy.indd 6-7

29/11/2018 12:09

I HEART NARWHALS SPREADS copy.indd 8-9

29/11/2018 12:09

Baby Animals Stephanie Babin

Big, sturdy tabs to push and pull make for great learning fun in this brand-new nonfiction series. Baby Animals introduces a unique approach to telling preschool children about baby animals, featuring three pull tabs on each spread. Pull a tab to see a chick hatch from an egg or tadpoles become young frogs, push a tab to see a baby emperor penguin keep warm between his daddy's feet or a lion cub learn to hunt. With bite-size information just right for hungry young minds, Baby Animals is a welcome addition to any young child's library of nonfiction books.

Author Details Stephanie Babin is an author of books for young children, particularly nonfiction and interactive titles. She lives in Paris, France. Publication

01 May 2019

Binding

Board Book

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9782408007935

•

Unique approach for preschool non-fiction titles, with a sturdy board book format, 5 pull tabs and 15 changing pictures.

Publisher

Chronicle Books

•

Big and sturdy pull tabs are just right for little hands. Kids love animals! Includes age-appropriate detail and information. Highly interactive book that encourages hands-on learning.

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

218 x 252 mm

Extent

12pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

SOR

Available 1 May 2019

Thierry Bedouet is an illustrator and co-founder of Empty Cocagne, a publishing company. His work regularly appears in magazines and children's books. He lives in Nantes, France.

Key Information

• • •

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R O U H B PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Build Your Own Theme Park A Paper Cut-Out Book Lizz Lunney Get the fun going for makers of all ages with Build Your Own Theme Park with just scissors, glue, and your imagination! The first in a 'Build Your Own' series of dynamic, interactive 3D activity books that combine engineering and creativity in an accessible way. Kids and adults alike will love the creativity and 3D thinking that comes with this paper cut-out theme park. Based on Lizz Lunney’s characters and illustrations, build your theme park from the ticket booth to vending machines, arcade games, food stand, a carousel, a water ride with frogs, and mountain roller coaster. Invent your own ride additions for the park, make it your own, and share it online with #BuildYourOwn.

Author Details Publication

01 June 2019

Binding

Paperback

Lizz Lunney is a Berlin based comic artist originally from the UK. For over fifteen years she has been creating stories, jokes, and characters for companies such as BBC3, The School of Life, UK Greetings, the Royal Shakespeare Company, Computer Arts, and many more. She attends festivals and has exhibitions worldwide with her 2D and 3D creations. Her character Depressed Cat has over 16k twitter followers.

Price

AU$32.99 | NZ$36.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781449496326

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Child Picture Book

Format

279 x 216 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

Available 1 June 2019

•

Paper Engineering is very popular with STEM, STEAM, and Maker initiatives that are so relevant for middle school curriculums. This book appeals to both parents and teachers because it’s a fun way for kids to explore these concepts and physics in a playful way. School enrichment programs are using this very same task as a hands-on learning tool. The 3D element allows kids to create an entire play ground for in which their paper guests can play and explore. The ability to share online will help drive the 'Build Your Own City' community.

THEMEPARK_Pages.indd 2

1/11/19 10:05 AM

THEMEPARK_Pages.indd 3

1/11/19 10:06 AM

THEMEPARK_Pages.indd 4

1/11/19 10:06 AM

THEMEPARK_Pages.indd 5

1/11/19 10:06 AM

Taro Gomi’s Funny Fish: Go Fish Card Game Taro Gomi "Go fish" for quirky and colourful undersea surprises in this perennially popular card game illustrated by bestselling authorillustrator Taro Gomi! The classic game of Go Fish gets the Taro Gomi treatment in this easy-to-play, undersea-themed extravaganza. Players of all ages will delight in colourful sea creatures and unique fish, from the Sea Sweeper to the Shooting Starfish, as they compete to collect the most pairs possible. Featuring Taro Gomi’s stand-out illustrations and a giftable tin package, this card game of quirky and compelling characters will quickly become a family favourite.

Author Details Taro Gomi is a well-known author and illustrator who has created more than 400 books for readers of all ages, including Bus Stops , My Friends , and Spring is Here , as well as Junior Library selections I Know Numbers! and The Crocodile and the Dentist , and the award-winning Over the Ocean. He lives in Tokyo, Japan.

Key Information Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Games & Puzzles

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452176833

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

114 x 76 mm

Extent

56pp

Illustrations

Full-colour throughout.

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

Go Fish is a timeless card game that continues to entertain kids across generations.

•

This card game features the original art of internationally beloved picture book legend, Taro Gomi, expanding the game's market reach among fans of his picture books and board books, which have resonated all over the world. An irresistible package and distinctive art style makes this game a must-have gift for kids, as well as a beautiful collector's item. Go Fish is an ideal way to teach children about grouping, and these versatile cards can also serve as the basis for a family-friendly matching game.

• •

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Pirates Magnetology Ines Adam

Heave ho! Set sail on a high-seas adventure with swashbuckling pirates in search of treasure in this new Magnetology title. Kids can use the forty-five magnetic pieces included to fill five dramatic oversize scenes, which include a look inside a pirate ship and a big battle! This all-in-one play set features fascinating information: What is the Jolly Roger? Can cackle fruit be eaten? Where is the crow's nest? When play is done, the pieces can be readily stored in the handy pocket in the front of the book. A travel-friendly package with exceptional play value!

Author Details After obtaining a master's degree in publishing, an internship at Tourbillon and a (short) life as a bookseller, Ines Adam now works as an editor at Tourbillon. She lives in Paris. Didier Balicevic studied at ecole des Arts Decoratifs in Strasbourg. He lives near Paris, where he works in publishing. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9791027606030

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

318 x 239

Extent

12pp

Illustrations

Full Colour illustrations

Age Range

3 and Up

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

A beautiful interactive package. Forty-five magnetic pieces included to fill five dramatic oversize scenes.

•

Pirates are a perennial topic for children's books. This book brings the pirate's life alive once again. A travel-friendly package with exceptional play value!

•

Also available in this series:

Price

AU$45.00

Price

AU$37.99

ISBN

9791027601936

ISBN

9791027603053

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R O U H B PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

BTS: Kings of K-Pop The Unauthorized Fan Guide Helen Brown BTS: Kings of K-Pop is the must-have commemorative celebration of BTS, the Korean boy band with a global army of fans. With their talent, dedication, clever choreography, and catchy blend of pop, hip-hop and R&B, this must-have fan book offers an extensive look at what makes the Bangtan Boys so memorable. Packed with fascinating facts and sensational secrets around how the band got together and their rise to fame, to their first number one and beyond, this book takes fans up close and personal with RM, J-Hope, Suga, Jimin, V, Jin and Jungkook. Filled with pages of brilliant photos and including an advanced quiz, this is the ultimate book for ARMYs as well as new K-Pop fans everywhere.

Author Details

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$18.99

ISBN

9781780556222

Michael O'Mara Books is a small, family-run, privately owned publishing house in the United Kingdom.

Key Information •

The must-have commemorative celebration of BTS.

•

Packed with fascinating facts and sensational secrets around how the band got together and their rise to fame Filled with over 25 images and containing plenty of quotes and facts, including 'did you know' and 'quick question' sections in every chapter. Featuring an advanced quiz containing 20 questions with answers at the back of the book. From the publishers of the first BTS autobiography BTS: Icons of K-Pop (ISBN: 9781782439684) and the fun-filled activity books BTS: Test Your Super-Fan Status (ISBN: 9781780556017) BTS and Me: An Unofficial Activity Book (ISBN: 9781789291339)

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

•

Series

•

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The Dinosaur Department Store Lily Murray and Richard Merritt Eliza Jane was an unusual child. Some called her wilful, some called her wild! Our feisty heroine Eliza Jane isn’t your average child. Instead of a cute, fluffy bunny, she has her heart firmly set on a prehistoric pet. Join Eliza Jane and her parents on a marvellous magical tour of their local dinosaur department store. From huge, stomping sauropods stretching their necks to a pair of loved-up Ankylosaurs called Maud and Frank, there are plenty of amazing dinosaurs for Eliza Jane to choose from. But this wild child is hatching a fantastic plan of her own. With the rich and vivid art of bestselling illustrator Richard Merritt and a witty rhyming text by picture book author Lily Murray, this truly wild picture book will appeal to dino-loving, adventurous children everywhere.

Author Details

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$18.99

ISBN

9781780555966

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Picture Book

Format

250 x 245 mm

Extent

32pp

Key Information

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

•

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

SOR

Born and bred in North London, Richard Merritt has been an illustrator for over 10 years after graduating from Central Saint Martin's college of Art and Kingston University. Richard has worked with many book and editorial publishing houses, design groups, advertising agencies and more, on lots of varied projects, from children's books and packaging to magazines and costume illustration for film. His intricately detailed illustrations have become a staple of the best-selling Art Therapy and Menagerie series, and has led to television appearances. Lily Murray is a freelance writer who has been writing and editing children's books for over 15 years. Her titles for Frances Lincoln Children's Books include Hello, Hot Dog!,This Book is Magic and The People Awards. Other recent titles include Dinosaurium for Big Picture Press and World of Cities for Walker Books. She studied English Literature at university and now lives in a cottage on the edge of some woods with two children, a heroic dog and a strange assortment of other animals. She enjoys walking, reading and trips to London on the slightest excuse.

•

A really wild, fun and fantastical picture book for children aged 3+. Designed to be read together with a parent, kids will be introduced to a wide range of dinosaurs from the lesser-known to the familiar. Featuring a BAME lead character who encourages STEM learning through an introduction to dinosaur names and characteristics. This story has the potential to inspire an interest in STEM fields such as paleontology (the study of dinosaurs) or protecting species in the wild (conservation). All children will resonate with the cheekiness and the adventurous spirit of Eliza Jane, and along with the universal interest in all things dinosaurs, this picture book will spark important conversations and appeal to children everywhere Final page features fun 'selfies' of the dinosaurs mentioned in the text and a pronunciation guide so kids can learn how to say their names Richard Merritt's books were at the forefront of the adult colouring craze (best-selling Art Therapy and Menagerie series) and his bright, bold artwork brings these fang-toothed monsters to life. Lily Murray's titles for Frances Lincoln Children's Books include Hello, Hot Dog!, This Books is Magic and The People Awards. Other recent titles include Dinosaurium for Big Picture Press and World of Cities for Walker Books

child. l a u s u n called her u n a s w e i m l d o wa s ! , l e u f l n i a w

J r e a h z Eli called e m So

DINOSAUR DEPT SPREADS.indd 2

27/11/2018 10:30

She didnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t like bedtime or broccoli or rules, Nor tidying up, nor going to school. DINOSAUR DEPT SPREADS.indd 3

27/11/2018 10:30

So it didnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t come as a great surprise when, on her birthday, Eliza Jane cried,

DINOSAUR DEPT SPREADS.indd 4

27/11/2018 10:30

“Mummy! Daddy! Now that I’m four, I’d like you to buy me a real dinosaur!” DINOSAUR DEPT SPREADS.indd 5

27/11/2018 10:30

Ha-ha! Made You Laugh! Stephanie Babin

Draft Cover

Get ready to laugh out loud! Scratch the stripes of the zebra. Can you guess what will happen? Open the big flap . . . oh no! The zebra's stripes are all scratched off! Tap on a camel's hump . . . what happens? Open the big flap . . . one of its humps has disappeared! In this side-splittingly funny book that focuses on physical humour, kids will tickle, make a face, or blow a kiss-a different action on each spread-then lift the big flaps to reveal the unexpected and ridiculous results! An exceptionally silly book that every child will want to read again and again!

Author Details Stephanie Babin is an author of books for young children, particularly nonfiction and interactive titles. She lives in Paris, France. Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9782408007959

•

Encourages active play by telling children to do something funny and finding out what happens next.

Publisher

Chronicle Books

•

Helps kids learn about cause and effect by showing them that what they do can have unexpected results. Make a funny face, tap, scratch, tickle, or blow... a different action on each spread. Big flaps are easy for little hands to open.

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

230 x 200 mm

Extent

22pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

3 to 5

Terms

SOR

Vincent Mathy is an illustrator who studied sequential art at the Institut Saint Luc in Brussels. He has illustrated about 30 books for publishers all over the world, as well as posters, stationery, T-shirts, and game packaging. He lives in Liege, Belgium.

Key Information

• •

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Make a funny face at the little monkey. Okay, now lift the flap.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

! A H HA

Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s the king of funny faces!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Stick your tongue out at the elephant. Terrific! Now lift the flap.

The World's Best Jokes for Kids Volume 2 Every Single One Illustrated Lisa Swerling and Ralph Lazar What did the table say to the chair? Dinner's on me. Kids love jokes, and they also love silly drawings. This book is unique in that every joke is illustrated by New York Times bestselling duo Swerling & Lazar. Each drawing is a sweet comic gem in itself and will help get the kids reading ... and the whole family laughing. This illustrated book by the New York Times bestselling creators of the Happiness Is . . . project will leave your family in stitches. The World’s Best Jokes for Kids Volume 2 is filled with hundreds of corny, brilliant, and silly jokes – each paired with a small drawing that’s a sweet comic gem in itself. It’s the perfect book for road trips, rainy days, or those special moments when kids and parents can laugh together.

Author Details

Publication

01 August 2019

California-based Lisa Swerling & Ralph Lazar are New York Times bestselling authors, and their illustrated books have been translated into over 20 languages. They founded their graphic art studio Last Lemon in a beach house in South Africa in 2005. Today, the writing and creative team continue to find the perfect way of expressing their thoughts and musings, including the silly and bizarre ones.

Binding

Paperback

Key Information

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9781449497996

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

200 x 122 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

6 and up

Terms

SOR

•

Every single joke is illustrated, a formula that makes it visually entertaining for children.

•

Jokes are timeless and have the potential for longevity. Time and time again, jokes can be shared among parents and their children, family members, and friends. The World's Best Jokes for Kids bolsters the lineup for children's joke books – it is consumable, shareable, and sweetly illustrated that makes it a unique property.

•

DANGER!

This book contains a lot of silly, corny, brilliant, and funny

JOKES!

JokeBook2_Interior Mech.indd 1

9/27/18 11:10 AM

Why is it impossible for a leopard to hide?

Because he will always be spotted.

What can be served but never eaten?

A tennis ball. 2

JokeBook2_Interior Mech.indd 2

9/27/18 11:10 AM

What type of dance do plumbers love?

Tap dance.

I was hoping to win the sun-tanning Olympics . . . . . . but I only got bronze. 3

JokeBook2_Interior Mech.indd 3

9/27/18 11:10 AM

What do you call a boring dinosaur?

A dino-snore.

When is the best time to go to the dentist? At tooth hurty.

JokeBook2_Interior Mech.indd 4

9/27/18 11:10 AM

Extreme Machines The most incredible machines on Earth Anne Rooney

Largest. Fastest. Biggest. Most Extreme. From gigantic, spaceship-carrying transporters to ultra-luxurious motorhomes and the Large Hadron Collider – the biggest machine ever constructed by humans – this eye-popping book covers everything young readers want to know about the most amazing machines on the planet! Covering machines on land, in the air, at sea and in space, Extreme Machines is guaranteed to keep gadget-mad kids spellbound.

Author Details Publication

01 July 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783124770

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

262 x 228 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

160 colour photographs

Age Range

5 and up

Terms

SOR

Anne Rooney writes non-fiction for children and adults, and fiction for children. She has written more than 100 non-fiction books, many of them on topics in science and technology. She has also taught at the Universities of Cambridge and York, and has been a Royal Literary Fund Fellow and Lector.

Key Information •

Fastest, weirdest, most expensive – extremes are always fascinating, especially for technically-minded but imaginative kids.

•

Grouped into chapters, the book covers a huge array of different machines on land, at sea, in the air and in space. Incredible photography of extreme machines in action. Bite-size fact panels make this a book to dip in and out of, perfect for reluctant readers.

• •

Yoga Together! Élisabeth Jouane

Yoga Together! is an essential guide for sharing with young children aged 3 and up. Regardless of level, the easy-to-follow instructions and detailed illustrations will enable both grown-up and child to benefit from a regular routine of yoga poses, self-massage techniques, and relaxation exercises. Step-by-step scripted lessons explaining the postures and activities are written in language to engage young children with easy-to-understand terms. An innovative tabletop easel format makes Yoga Together! a very handy reference. So grab a couple of mats and enjoy a perfect parent-child bonding experience!

Author Details Elisabeth Jouanne is a pre-school teacher and yoga instructor. She was trained in yoga nidra (profound relaxation) at the Federation Française for Hatha Yoga and in yoga techniques for children. She writes the yoga column in the children's magazine Pomme d'Api, and lives in Seine-en-Marne, France.

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9791036304255

Publisher

Chronicle Books

•

Imprint

A convenient easel format.

Chronicle Child

•

Series

•

Category

Child Non Fiction

•

Format

216 x 305 mm

•

Author has had many years of experience in teaching yoga to children. Includes step-by-step instructions and detailed illustrations for more than 40 poses. Features helpful tips for introducing children to yoga. Scripted lessons for each pose that are accessible to young children.

Extent

56pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

3 and up

Terms

SOR

Ilya Green is a writer and illustrator whose first book was published in 2004. She is the author of the Olga stories and illustrator of the Bulle and Bob series. She lives in Vigan, France.

Key Information

•

Encourages parent-child bonding. Inspires children to be happy, healthy, calm, and confident!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Fantastic Optical Illusions More than 150 deceptive images and visual tricks Gianni A Sarcone and Marie-Jo Waeber

Can you trust what you see? Of course you can't, and that's part of the fun! Fantastic Optical Illusions contains more than 150 illusions of all types, all waiting to blur your vision and send your brain into a spin. This book features all the best and most interesting illusion types: ambiguous and impossible figures, hidden objects, colour and brightness effects, length, size and shape misperceptions, illusory moving patterns and image paradoxes. Created by the experts at the award-winning Archimedes-lab.org, this book is sure to amaze and astound!

Author Details

Binding

Hardback

Gianni A. Sarcone and Marie-Jo Waeber are co-founders of Archimedes' Laboratory, an Italian-based training and consulting network of game designers that specialises in developing creativity. They invent, create and develop interactive thinking games and optical illusions.

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781787392359

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Publication

Imprint Series Category

01 August 2019

Carlton Books NA Puzzles & Games

Format

172 x 148 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Approx. 150 colour artworks

Age Range

5 and up

Terms

SOR

• • • •

Contains more than 150 illusions of a wide variety of types. Created by Archimedes-lab.org, an award-winning website. The perfect size for a great gift to blow someone's mind. Suitable for all ages.

Visual Logic Paradox This is either an ambigram (turn the page upside-down) or a self-referential paradox. Now ponder whether the sentence is true or false.

42 Âˇ Gallery I

Jastrow Experiment Make three copies of the gray pattern on a piece of cardboard. Then cut out each piece and paint them with vivid colors. You can use these pieces to perform an interesting size distortion illusion to your friends. In fact, when the curved pieces are assembled as shown in the picture, the lower piece always appears larger! Gallery I Âˇ 43

Concentric Circles Concentrate on the upper part of the disc; can you determine if it contains concentric circles or just a spiral? Is the disc perfectly circular?

62 Âˇ Gallery II

Parallel or Not? Are the yellow lines bulging outwards?

Gallery II Âˇ 63

Moving Concentric Circles Concentric regular arrangements cause visual perturbations. The picture seems to vibrate.

82 Âˇ Gallery III

Moving Radial Pattern Radial patterns can induce visual perturbations. The image seems to shimmer when the page is moved slightly. If you move your eyes around the spokes you may even see color appear. Gallery III Âˇ 83

Dare You To Doodle Can You Complete Over 100 Drawings and Let Your Pencils Loose? Caroline Rowlands

Doodle away to your heart's content with this super creative doodle activity book. Perfect for fostering hidden artistic talents. Can you make your own comic-strip story, find buried treasure, design some cool robots, create a flip book, design your favourite pizza, or compete a moon mission? Encouraging you to think outside of the box and be creative, Dare You to Doodle is sure to spark your imagination and make you laugh! Over 100 imaginative doodles to complete including: · Add flames to a fire-breathing dragon · What came first - the chicken or the egg? · Complete a moon mission · Make your own comic strip story · Create a flip book · Find buried treasure · Magic white rabbits from out of a hat · Get on TV! · Design your favourite pizza · Enter a haunted house · Go back in time · Make fingerprint art

Publication

01 August 2019

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$17.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781783124701

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

144pp

•

An exciting new illustrator makes this title fun, fresh and full of inspiration.

Illustrations

2-colour illustrations throughout

•

Age Range

6 and up

The cover has a raw board textured appearance to add to the feeling that this is a book for readers to really make their mark on. Readers will be able to let their creativity flourish as the fun prompts encourage drawing as well as paper-based craft activities.

Terms

Author Details Caroline Rowlands is an experienced children's author with many published titles to her name.

Key Information

•

CRASH!

Doodle some faces in the portholes and decide what this ship has hit!

d Make the cavemen feel at ho me an ic art. istor decorate their cave with so me preh

How do they feel about these masterpieces? Doodle some expressions!

What figures are making th

ese

STRAN G E S H ADOWS?

The Princess Creativity Book Andrea Pinnington

Snip! Stick! Colour! Create! Perfect for every young prince and princess, this activity book is packed with beautiful illustrations, puzzles and games. Make a tiara, design your own royal palace and take the ultimate test! Colouring, sketching and 150 stickers make this an unbeatable activity book for right royal princesses.

Author Details Andrea Pinnington has written and edited all kinds of books for children and is the creative whizz behind a host of children's craft and activity books. She lives in Guildford, Surrey.

Key Information •

Two sticker pages containing over 150 stickers.

01 August 2019

•

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

A sumptuous gatefold cover for readers to use to create their own unique princess sticker scenes. Princess-themed art paper, which can be pulled out and used at home, with ideas for brilliant craft projects. High production values mean this book stands out against the competition.

ISBN

9781783124626

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

300 x 240 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

4 colour and 1 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Publication

•

magi ca

l m aze

Start

Cinderella

Prince

ugly sister 24

Help the Prince f ind the way to his beautiful princess. Make sure he passes the slipper on his way. Answer is at the back of the book.

ugly sister

short, curly hair

very long hair wild hair

ree h t e h h t air on t h e s e aw r D

r i p n c g esses n i c n ou

o n e s o u t? d d O

ng â&#x20AC;&#x2122; Circle the objects that don t belo in most normal princess stories.

pea

coach

alien ring

frog

toaster

dwarf mirror

bananas

prince

glass slippers

Answers are at the back of the book.

g things to d n i z o ma

with

your stencils

Turn over the page to find your stencils (also find them after page 92). Use them to create your own princess STATIONERY and to decorate your letters, cards, envelopes and notelets.

2 3

Use the stencils to make a PICTURE that you can frame and give to a friend.

4 5

Make a SIGN for your bedroom door saying "sleeping beauty - do not disturb" or "no entry for my ugly sisters!"

You could make a WAND. Wrap a piece of paper into a tube, cut out a star using the template and some card. Stick together.

Cut out some DRESSES using the stencils and the pretty paper.

The Space Creativity Book William Potter

Reach for the Stars in this mind-bogglingly entertaining Space Creativity Book. Perfect for all budding girl and boy space fans, this out of this world activity book is packed with puzzles, games, stickers, stencils and pullout art paper. There's plenty here to keep a whole planet of children occupied for hours. Take Astronaut Alan's space test before entering the world of aliens, intergalactic battles and cosmic critters to see if you've got what it takes to pass out of astronaut school with flying colours.

Author Details William Potter has been writing, illustrating and editing children's titles for over a decade, including hundreds of comics. His stories and activities have explored the world, the bottom of the ocean, the past and the distant future.

Key Information Publication Binding

01 August 2019

•

Two sticker pages containing over 150 stickers.

Paperback

•

A sumptuous gatefold cover for readers to use to create their own unique space scenes. Space-themed art paper which can be pulled out and used at home, with ideas for brilliant craft projects. High production values mean this book stands out against the competition.

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783124640

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

300 x 240 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

4 colour and 1 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

• •

Touchdown!

Turn to page 80 for the answer.

Spot the 10 differences between these two pictures of the first Moon landing.

The first successful mission to land people on the moon and bring them safely home was Apollo 11 in July 1969. U.S. astronauts Neil Armstrong and Edwin â&#x20AC;&#x2122;Buzzâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Aldrin were the first people to walk on the lunar surface.

. Sun the nd

together your o t u P wn mo b

YSTEM S R e planets rotatin A h t ga L le with ro u

d planet Race to the res firs t? Who will reach Mar

HOW TO PLAY N Find a die and something you

can use for counters.

Q Place your counters on START

and take it in turns to roll the die. The first one to roll a 6 goes first.

M MOVE FORWARD the number

of squares shown on the die then follow the instructions written on the squares.

Follow the comet to see where it leads.

Computer malfunction. Miss a go to make repairs.

V The first person to reach

Mars is the WINNER!

Test some powerful new ion engines. Double your move.

BONK! You hit some space junk. Go back two spaces.

START BLAST OFF! 20

Rocket boosters fire. Roll again.

8 Emergency call. Zoom forward three spaces.

Visit moonbase for lunch. Miss a turn.

Space Food

chnology it would take Using todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s space te s to get to Mars and astronauts six month spite the long jour ney . De another six to get back ation, there are plans to and risk of solar radi s by the year 2035. take a team to Mar

finis WE YO LC U M OM AD E T E I h! T OM ! AR S!

mars

Wait in Mars orbit for permission to land. Miss a go.

Venus 21

Oops! Wrong turn towards Venus. Go back four spaces.

22 Space shortcut! Leap ahead three spaces.

12 Sucked into space wormhole! Jump forward four spaces to wormhole exit.

Stop to rescue drifting astronauts. Miss a go.

Space turbulence! Swap position with the player closest behind you.

18 Stop to get fuel at space station. Miss a turn.

15 11

Dodge the asteroids! Go back one space.

10 16

The Style Queen Creativity Book Andrea Pinnington

Snip! Stick! Colour! Create! Let your imagination run riot in the ultimate activity book for fierce fashionistas. Design an outfit for every season, make your own perfume and hold a fashion show! Packed with stickers, pull-out decorated pretty fashion pages and colouring tricks and puzzles, kids will be enthralled by this unbeatable activity book package. Special Items Include: · Two sticker pages containing over 150 stickers. · A sumptuous gatefold cover for readers to use to create their own unique, stylish sticker scenes. · Fashion art paper, which can be pulled out and used at home, with ideas for brilliant craft projects.

Author Details Publication

01 July 2019

Binding

Spiral

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783124749

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

300 x 240 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

40 4-colour and 40 1-colour illustrations

Age Range

7 and up

Terms

Available 1 July 2019

Andrea Pinnington has written and edited all kinds of books for children and is the creative whizz behind a stack of children's craft and activity books. She lives in Guildford, Surrey.

Key Information • • •

Carlton's Creativity series is well respected and this latest offering covers a high-interest topic in a vibrant and contemporary style. The book includes over 150 stickers, activities, games and more, providing real value for money. High production values mean this book stands out against the competition.

u o t b a m e... l l A

book is TOP SeCReT! e t o n s i Intruders â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Th no peeking!

My fashion name is. . ..............................

This w

! This is Meylish! Seriously st

as the number of c

n o s andle

irthday ca b t s a ke. l y m

I have (tick the right answers).. . .cute curly hair

. .silky, straight hair

. .scrummy short hair

. .lovely long hair

style queen.indb 4

24/1/11 14:55:55

The Style Queen Creativity Book

Tiaras and tweeds, sequins and pearls, short dresses, long dresses, patterns and swirls. Hair clips and make-up and finding a look â&#x20AC;&#x201C; all this and more can be found in this book! This Style Queen book belongs to:

.......................................

style queen.indb 1

24/1/11 14:55:44

What’s inside this book?

Stencils

Stickers

you wil find your style queen stickers at the back of the book. use them on the sticker scenes, quiz pages and anywhere else you want to!

look for the style queen stencils inside (hint - go to page 31), then search for the pages where you can use them.

Stories and pictures

Top puzzle fun..

There are plenty of places for super style queens to write, draw and paint in this book, so why not get going now!

. .includes join the dots, a tricky maze, spot the differences, matching pairs and a testing style queen quiz!

Things to make

Make badges on page 25, fashion dolls on page 29, rose petal perfume on page 40, a necklace on page 53 and some slumber party invites on page 61. look out for the fashion paper on page 12 as well!

This is a Carlton book Text, design and illustration copyright © Carlton Books Limited 2011 Published in 2011 by Carlton Books Limited an imprint of the Carlton Publishing Group, 20 Mortimer Street, London, W1T 3JW All rights reserved. This book is sold subject to the condition that it may not be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise without the publisher‛s prior consent. A catalogue record is available for this book from the British Library. 10

style queen.indb 2

ISBN: 978 1 84732 785 7 Printed and bound in China Author: Andrea Pinnington Consultant: Sally Stiletto

Games

START

FIn

ISH

Who wil reach the last outfit at the fancy dress shop on page 8 or be the best at the memory game on page 73? Wil it be you?

This book was made by Andrea Pinnington for the style queen ellie nobelle.

Executive Editor: Selina Wood Senior art editor: Jake da‛Costa Design: Zoë Dissell at Snowy Design Editorial: Andrea Pinnington at HourGlass Media Illustrations: Smiljana Coh (with Fabio Leone) and Elle Ward Production: Claire Halligan

24/1/11 14:55:46

n e e u q e l Sty n o i t a t i inv

be o t s e k a t t i t Do you have wha t yle queen s r e p u s a ?

is h t d n a a m m e G s i e m Hel o, my na ke to i l d l u o w e W . e l k r a p S is my dog, ey into n r u o j l a c i g a m a n o u invite yo st u J . n o i h s a f f o d l r o w the glamorous your m i a l c n e h t s e i t i v i t c a complete the ard. w a n e e u Q e l y T super S

style queen.indb 3

IF yOu DO, THen PleASe TuRn THe PAGe. .

24/1/11 14:55:51

The Dinosaurs Creativity Book Penny Worms

Snip! Stick! Colour! Create! Let your imagination run riot in the ultimate activity book on dinosaurs. Build a Giganotosaurus, become a fossil hunter and make a dinosaur mobile! Packed with stickers, pull-out decorated prehistoric pages, puzzles, colouring, games, and makes to try at home, kids will be enthralled by this unbeatable activity book package. Special Items Include: ·Two sticker pages contain over 150 stickers. ·Dinosaur themed art paper can be pulled out and used at home. ·Two glossy sticker scenes are attached to the back cover meaning readers can use their stickers over and over again.

Author Details Penny Worms has over twenty years' experience of writing and editing fiction and non-fiction titles for many leading children's publishers, including Puffin Books, Egmont Books, Macmillan Children's Books, Ticktock Media and Hodder Wayland. She is the author of the best-selling Wallace and Gromit: Grand Adventures and Glorious Inventions.

Publication

01 July 2019

Binding

Spiral

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783124732

•

Carlton's Creativity series is well respected and this latest offering covers a classic subject popular with boys and girls.

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

•

Imprint

Carlton Books

•

This book offers 150 stickers, activities, games and more providing real value for money. High production values mean this book stands out against the competition.

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

300 x 240 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

40 4-colour and 40 1-colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Available 1 July 2019

Key Information

? K O O B IS H T E ID S IN 'S WHAT COLOUR AND CREATE! There are oodles Think, create, draw, imagine of doodles and colouring activities.

STICKERS

ck of the There are dinosaur stickers at the ba ities, to book. Use them for the sticker activ em everywhere! create cool scenes, or just stick th

STENCILS

pages There’s a sheet of stencils between d use. 32 and 33 that you can take out an

S PUZZLES AND QUIZZE e dots, navigate the mazes plus

Spot the difference, join th osaur quiz at the end. much more. Then try the ultimate din

THINGS TO MAKE ANingDaDO Giganotosaurus, Keep busy for hours by build ok. Get making a mobile and creating a flipbo too. creative with some scaly art paper,

This is a Carlton book. Text, design and illustration © Carlton Books 2015 Published in 2015 by Carlton Books Limited, an imprint of the Carlton Publishing Group, 20 Mortimer Street, London, W1T 3JW. All rights reserved. This book is sold subject to the condition that it may not be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise without the publisher’s consent.

A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library. ISBN: 978-1-78312-114-1 Printed and bound in China AUTHOR: Penny Worms ILLUSTRATIONS: Liza Lewis and Anna Stiles DESIGNER: Ceri Hurst DESIGN MANAGER: Emily Clarke EXECUTIVE EDITOR: Anna Brett PRODUCTION: Marion Storz

PICTURE CREDITS The publishers thank the following sources for their kind permission to reproduce the pictures in this book: Key, t=top, l=left, r=right, c=centre, b=bottom. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Every effort has been made to acknowledge correctly and contact the source and/or copyright holder of each picture and Carlton Books Limited apologises for any unintentional errors or omissions, which will be corrected in future editions of this book.

the

time machine

We are going back in time to around 165 million years ago â&#x20AC;&#x201C; well before humans lived on the planet. We are heading to a land where dinosaurs ruled, huge flying reptiles soared overhead and gigantic sea creatures terrorized the seas.

Draw yourself inside this time machine.

E A DY ? H E R E W E R U O GO RE Y

...

Anyone you want to take with you?

o f h a l r l u a s fame o Din Here are portraits of some famous dinosaurs. Complete the pictures and colour them in.

- EINSTEIN THE CLEVEREST STEGOSAURUS Stegosauruses are not known for their brains. Einstein is different. He can outwit any dinosaur.

- TITANIC THE BIGGEST T. REX Titanic is the largest of all the T. rexes. And his teeth are the biggest too!

- MINI THE SMALLEST MICRORAPTOR Mini is so tiny, she lives in fear of being trampled on by any passing dinosaur. She’s only 40cm long – that’s not much longer than a ruler!

- ALVERA THE KINDEST ALLOSAURUS Alvera is laughed at by her Allosaurus friends because she’s friendly not fierce. She likes being kind to dinosaurs in need.

- SUNNY THE HAPPIEST TRICERATOPS Most Triceratops males are grumpy all the time. Sunny was born happy and he’s stayed like that. No one ever picks a fight with him.

- VELOCITY THE FASTEST VELOCIRAPTOR Velocity can outrun any Velociraptor and any predators. She is the Jurassic world champion sprinter!

- DUSTBIN THE HUNGRIEST DIPLODOCUS There isn’t a tree, shrub or fern that Dustbin won’t eat. He even eats stones to help him digest all that veggie food. TIP: Never stand downwind. Stinky!!

- GRANDDAD THE OLDEST IGUANODON No one knows of a dinosaur older than Granddad. He’s seen it all – volcanic eruptions, meteor strikes, extinctions, but he’s still going strong.